^txo''^0tK.ete. Sm 9?amcn bco f 95ater^ unb bc^ f 'So()ne^ unb beg f ^a^J ®eBet be^ ^errm 9?ater imfer, ber bit bift im ^immcl; flefieiliget tDcrbe bein 9?amc: jiifomme mh$ beiu O^eid); beiit SSiUe 9e]d)et)e iDie im A^iniinct, aV]o ami) auf (Srben; c\\b un§ []eiite uiifcr tat]Iidic§ Svot); nergib iind imfere Sc^ulben, tDie audi mv ticri^cbm unfcrn @c^ii(bii]ern;' iinb fudre un^ nicljt in ^i5cr)ud)ung ; jou- bern ertoje luv^ t)ou bent UebeL Slmcn. 2)cr cngltft^e ®rup. ©egriifeet fcift bii, 9J(aria! t)oK ber ®nabe; ber ^err ift mit bir ; bii biu gebcnebett unter ben 3^9etbern, unb gebeiiebeit 'ft bie gnid)t beiiie^o Seibeg, Sefn^. ,^et(ige 9D?aria, 9Jhitter ©otte^o, bttte ]nv un# ©iinber, jegt unb in ber ©tunbe unjere^ 2;obei?. 9(men. 2)a^5 apoftolif^c ©laufien^Bcfcnntnip. Sd) g(au6e an ©ott ben S5ater, alfmcic^tigen ©djopfer ^immeig unb ber ©rbe, unb an Sefum (£t)ri[tum, jeinen ein=== gebornen ©ot)n, unfern .^errn, ber empfangen i[t t)om tieiligeir ©eifte, geboren aih^ Waxxa ber Sungfrau, getitten unter ^ontiui^ ^itatue^, gefreujiget, geftcrben unb begraben, abgeftiegen ju ber §otIe, am britten Sage tDieber auferftanben t)on hen S^obten, aufgefatjren in ben |)immel, figet gur Stei^ten ©otte^, — 8 — beg allmac^tigen 35ater§, Don bannen er fommen tvxxi gu rid)ten bie Sebenbigeit unb bte Stobteu. Set) gtaube an ben l^eiltgen @ei[t, etne fietlige, fattiolijc^e ^ird^e, ®emeinic£)aft ber ^dlig^m, 9?a(^(aB ber Siinben, ^ufer[tet)ung be^ gteifc^eg unb ein emigeg Seben. Stmen. 2)tc gijttltc^en JJugenbcn* ® I a u b e. D mein ®ott, ic^ glaube an bicf) irnb i(f) glaube feft 9IIIe§ tt)a§ bu geoffenbaret i)a[t unb burcl) beine l)et(ige fatt)oIifcf)e SJirct)e ju gtaubeit t)orfteIIft, tDeil bu, bie emige, un[et)lbare SBa^r^eit, fotd)eg gejagt l)a]t |) f f n u n g. O mein ®ott, ic^ ^offe auf bicft unb .ic£) Ijoffe burrf) bie SSerbienfte Sefu ©f)ri[ti Don bir bie ^ergei-^ung meiner ©iinben, beine @nabe unb ba^ eiuige Seben, tneil bu, allmad)tiger^ barmfjerjiger unb getreuer ®ott, foldjeig uerfprod)en l)a]t £ i e b e. D mein ®ott, icf) liebe bic^ Don gangem |)er3en unb iiber ?l[Ieg, n:)ei( bu, mein be[ter ^^ater, ba^S t)6d)fte unb lieben^- tDiirbigfte ®ut bift. ©cinetioegcn licbe id) and) meineu ^ad)[ten, greunb ober geinb, luie mid) |elb[t Slmen. Stcuc unb 35or)a$* O mein ®ott, aUe meine ©iinben reuen mid) t)on ®runb meineg ^erjen^, n^eil id) bic^ ersiirnt unb beine gered)te Strafe terbient t}abe unb befonber^ reuen [ie mid), n:)eil id) bid), meinen beften S3ater unb grbjsten 23ot)(tt)dter, ha§ £)i3d)fte unb lieben^^ tniirbigfte ®ut. bag id) je|t iiber 2((le§ liebe, beleibiget tiabe, 2)arum t)erabfd)eue ic^ afle meine ©iinben unb netjme mir ernftfic^ t)or, mein Seben §u beffern unb mit feiner ©iinbe bid) mebr gu beleibigen unb aiic^ bie ©elegen^eit §ur ©iinbe forg== fattig gu meiben. ©ib mir baju beine ©nabe. §lmen» — 9 — SBetm ^luffte^cn mac^t man ba§ % ^reuaaeic^em ©oBalb man attge* fleibet ift, !ntet man nieber unb betet: Sn tieffter (S^rfurc^t bete td^ bid^ an, l^eiliger, brcieiniger @ott! @t}re fei bem ^^ater, ber muf) er)cl}affen, @()re bciti ®ute, ha^ id) iii§ auf bicfe ©tiinbe t)on btr empfangen ^abe» SSor^iiglid) banfe icf) btr, baB bu biefe 9^acf)t mic^ tDteber befc^ii^t unb crtjalten f)afi Scl) bitte bid), befter SSater, gib mir bie ®nabe, baf^ id) mic^ biejcn XaQ uor jeber ©iinbe tjiite unb in SlUem beinen i)eiligen SSillcn tbun moge. ®ir opfere ic^ auf afle ©cbanfen, SSorte unb SSerle bc§ ^eutigen 2age§, unb t)erctnige [ie mit ben 93erbien[ten bcineS ©otjneg Seju Sf)ri[ti. SWfigen fie gu beiner @f)re unb S3er- l^errlti^ung unb §u meinem .§ei(e gereid)cn. §eilige SJiaria, SJJutter ®ottei3 unb and) meine Sautter, t)einem mact)tigen ©d)u§e emptet)Ie id) mic^ ganj bejonber^ am I)eutigen Sage, |)ei(iger ©djugenget, erieudjte unb kite mic^ ^eute unb Betx)af)re mid) t)or alien ®efat)ren be^ Seibe^ unb ber ©eele. §eiliger ?tamen^patron nub aHe lieben §eiligen @otte§ Bittet fiir mid)» SBatet unfer. . . . ©egrii^et feift bu 5Jlatia. ... J3(^ glauBe an ©ott ben 33ater. . ♦ ♦ 5lBcnbgeBeL ■ 2tIImad)tiger etniger ®ott, S3ater, ©ot)n unb {)eiHger ©eift, c^ bete bid) an mit alien ©ngein unb ^eiligen be^ |)immel^. J^eilig, {)eifig, I)eilig ift ber ^err, ber ©ott ber ^eerj(|aarem S(^ banfe bir, giitigfter 95ater, fiir beine gro^e Siebe unb ©ebulb unb fiir aUe 2Sol)ttl)aten, bie id) mein gan^e^i Sebert unb befonberg I)eute t)on bir empfangen ^abe. Seiber ^abc 1 - 10 — x6) bcine ©iite m\t Unbanf klo()nt. Scf) t)ab^ gefiinbigt in ©ebanfen, SSorten uiib 2i5erfcn, (©ctDiffcnScrforfdjung). 9ieue, ♦ , . ©lauBe, ^offnung unb Siel6e« . . . S5ater unfer. , . . ©egrii^et feift bu 5!Jlaria. . . ♦ ©egne, o |)err, bie 5Rii^e bicfcr S^ad^t, baitiit id) meine ^rcifte erncucre unb bir beffer bicne. SetDalire mic^ biefe 9^ad)t Dor alkm Uebe(, befoiiberg Dor ber ©iinbe unb la^ beinen (Snget iiber mid) tvadjcn. D a[lerieUt3[te Sungfrau Waxia, befd)u^e mid) biefe ^adjt unb aHejeit, bcfonber^ in ber ©tunbe bes^ 'i^obc^. 2(Ue §eiU- gen bittet fiir mici) ! 2(ucf) bie ©ccten ber abgeftorbenen St]riftgtaubigen mogen burd) bie Sarmljerjigfeit ©otte^ in gricben rutjen. Stmen. S5ur bem ©jfen. filler Slugen trarten auf bid), o §crr, unb bn gibft i^nen t^re ©peife §u red)ter 3^^t; bu offneft beine ipanb unb er* fiitleft 2((le§, tva§ ha lebt, mit ©egen. §err, erbarme bic^ unfer, S^rifte, erbarme bid^ unfer» .l^err, erbarme bid) un)er. SSater unfer. , ♦ . ©egriiBet. . . ♦ ©egne un§, o §err, unb bie[e beine ®aben, bie tuir Don bei^ Iter ©lite je^t empfangcn toerben, burd) Sl)ri[tum, unfern ^errn. '^ad) bem ©jfen 9Sir banlen bir, o §err, ©ott, I)immIijcJ)er S5ater, fiir beine 8Bof)ItI)aten, bie toir jegt Don beiner mitben |)anb empfangen ^aben, ber bu Iebe[t unb regiereft, ©ott Don ©migfeit gu (Sroigfeit 2Imeu. (Bfjxe fei bem SSater. ♦ ♦ . ^err, erBatme btc^ unfet, ♦ ♦ ♦ SSatet unfer* « ♦ ♦ ©egxiiget feift bu. . . ♦ 2tu(^ bie ©eelen ber abgeftorbenen S£)riftglaubigen mogen burd) bie Sarmtjerjigfeit ©otteg in grieben rul)en. — 11 — Somm, f)ei(iger ®eift, erfiille bie |)erjen beiner ©(auBigeit itttb entjiinbe in it)nen ba^o ^euer beiner £ic6e. D ®ott, ber bu bie .^erjen beiner ©liinbigen bnrd) bie Grtenc^tnng be§ 1^1. ©eifteg gelef)ret l)a]t, gib, baB tnir in bemfelben ®ei[te, xva^ fUedjt x]t, t)erftel)en unb feine^ SrofteS un^ alle^eit erfreuen mfigen, burd^ ©l)ri[tum, unjern ^errn, §Imen. S5atet unfet* ♦ ♦ ♦ ©egtiigeh ♦ ♦ ♦ 9Sir fagen bir S)an!, o giitiger @ott, fiir aHe 2SoWtf)afett itnb befonber^ fiir biefen Unterridjt, ben bn nn^ i)a]t gufommen laffen. 8?er(eii)e nn§ aud) beine ®nabe, bag tnir beine (jeitigen £ef)ren tren in unfern §erjen ben)a()ren unb nacf) benfelben t)oilfommen leben mogen/burd) ©f)ri[tum, unfern ^errn. Stmen. SSatet unfex. . . ♦ ©egru^et. . ♦ . ober : ^ei gegtiiBet, ^onigtn. . , ♦ S)er (Snget beg ^errn bracfite 2)?aria bie S5otjcf)aft, unb fie empfing t)om Ijeiligen @ei[te. ©egtilget feift bm ♦ • ♦ Ttaxia fpra(^ : ©ief), id) bin eine 9Kagb be§ §errn, mir gefd^ef)e nadj beinem 9i>orte» ©egriiget feift bu. ♦ ♦ ♦ Unb ba^ SSort ift gleifc^ getnorben unb l)at unter un5 getnoljnt @egru|et feift bu* ♦ . ♦ OTenb§ fe^t man ein ^ater unfet unb etn ©egritget feift hn f^in^n mit bcnSSorten: ^err, gib ifjncn bie etnige 9iuf)e, unb ha§> etuige £ic!^t leudjte it)nen. Sa^ [ie ruljen in grieben. Stmen. — 12 — 2)tc fiinfjeljn ©e^etramffe ht§ f)l Siofenfranse^^ fBei ben erftett btei Woe ^axia f iigt man l^lnju : 1) 2)er tit itn§ ben ©laubcn t)ermef)ren tt)oIle. 2) ©cr in un^ bte ^offnung ftdrfen tDoUe. 3) Ser in un§ bte Stebe entjitnben tuoUe. S)te freubenretc^en ®el^etmnt]fe. 1) S)en bu, Sungfrau, Dom ^eittgen ©etfte entpfangcn IjafL 2) ©en bn, o Sungfran, §n (£(i)abet^ getragen Ijaft 3) Sen bn, o Snngfrau, geboren t)a[t 4) Sen bu, o Sungfran, tm Sempel anfgeopfert t)aft. 5) S)ett bn, o Sungfrau, im Sempet ttJieber gcfunbcn l)aft S)te firmer 5 f)aften ®e^eimni[fe. 1) S)er fiir un§ tm ©arten S5tut ge|d)n:)igt Ijat 2) S)er fiir un^ t[t gegeiBe(t tDorben, 3) S)er fiir nn^ mit ©ornen tft ge!ri)nt tDorben. 4) 2)er fiir un§ ha^$ fct)tr)ere SJreuj getragen l)at 5) SDer fiir mx§ ift gefren§tgt tDorben. S)ie glorretd^en ©e^etmntffe. 1) S)er t)on ben 2;obten anferftanben t[i 2) S)er in ben ^immel anfgefal)ren ift, 3) S)er um ben t)etligen @etft gefanbt ^at 4) S)er bicf), o Snngfran, in ben §immel aufgenommen i)at 5) S)er bic^, o Sungfran, im .^immel gefront Ijat. ©et gegriifeet, ^onigin, SKntter ber 95armt)er^^igfeit ! 3)e§ SeBeng ©ii^igfeit unb unfere ^offnung, fei gegriigt ! Qn bir rufen tuir t)ermie]ene ^inber @t)a'i^ ; gu bir fenf jen mtr tranernb unb n^einenb in biefem %\)ak ber S^^ranen. SSoljlan, unfere giirfprec^erin, tt)enbe beine barm^erjigen 5(ngen §u nn§, unb nod^ biejem (Slenbe ^eige nn^3 Sefnm, bte gebenebeite gruc{)t beineg SeibeS, o giittge, o milbe, o fii^e Sungfrau 2J^aria. — 13 — ©ebenfe, o giittgfte Sungfrau 93?aria, ba^ e§ nocf) nie ift get)i)rt tDorben, ba^ Semanb, ber ^u bir feiiie ^^fl^^^t naf)m, beinen Seiftanb anrief, urn beine giirbitte flet)te, t)Dn bir t)er- (affen iDorben fei ^on fotcI)em 58ertraucn bcfceft, nefime \(i) meine 3i^|l^i^^9t S^i ^i^^ Sungfrau ber Surigh'aiicn imb SJtiitter. 3u bir fomme id), Dor bir fte[)e id), feuf^enb a(i5 fiinbiger 9L)?en jd). O 9J?utter be^ eimgen 9Sorte^, t)erjd)mdf)e meine Sitte nid)t, fonbern t)6re [ie gnabig an unb er^ore [ie» ?lmen» ®f)re fei bent 9Sater, unb bem ©o^ne, unb bent f)ei(igerT ©eifte ! SSie e^ tvav im SInfange, je^t unb aUejeit, unb in alle Smigfeit. Slmen. 3Kein ©ott unb metn ^err ! SlCe^ §u betner (S^re unb 95erfierrlid)ung ! Slfle^ g^l'^^f)^ ita(^ beinem f)ei(igften SSiKen* D mem Se]u, 2(Eeg bir gu lieO ! Slfleg in beinem {)eilig^ [ten Seamen. Sefu, bir Ie6e ic^, Se[u, bir ftcrbe id), Seju, bein bin id), tobt unb lebenbig. Seju^, Tlaxia unb SofepI), end) fdjenfe ic§ mein ^er^ unb meine ©eele ! Sefug, 93?aria unb Sojepl), fteljet mir bei, jegt unb in meiner le^ten 8tunbe! Seju^, Tlaxia unb SojepI), mit end) fei meine ©eele t)er== einigt im Seben unb im Xobe. 2)tc selin (SeBote ©otteg. 1) Sd) bin ber ^err bein ®ott S)u follft feine fremben ®i)tter neben mir I)aben, S)u follft bir fein gefc^nigte^ Sitb mac^en, bajfelbe anjubeten. 2) S)u joltft ben Stamen ®otte§ beine§ ^errn, nic^t eitel nennen. 3) ®ebenfe, ha^ bu bm ©abbatf) I)eiltge[i 4) S)u joHft SSater unb 2Kutter etiren, auf ha^ c§ bir ft)of)l gef)e unb bu tange lebeft auf ©rben. 5) ®u follft nicfit tobten. — 14 — 6) S)u foUft ni(i)t ef)e6re(i)en. 7) S)u foaft ntd)t ftet)ten, 8) 2)u foII[t nicEit fa(fd)eg 3^i^9^^& 9^^^^ ^i*^^^ beinen 9tacf)ften. 9) ®u follft ni(St Begef)ren beine§ 9?acf)ften 3Seib. 10) Su foflft ni(^t 6egef)reit beine§ 9?dc^[ten 4^aii§, 3l(ier, ^ned)t, aJJagb, Dc^§, @fel, nod) Sltleg tDQiS fein tft ^iir^er lauten bte ©ebote : 1) 2)u joUft an ^tneit ©ott qlanben unb t^n aHetn auBeten* 2) 2)u foUft ben 5^amen @otte§ nid§t eitel nennen* 3) Su foEft ben a^a!uf, ,, ^-^rief an bie §ebraet. „ SScief be§ t)L 3a!obu§. „ (Soangelium be§ 161. 3o5anne§ obex Itez: Srief be§ l^L So^annei?. ,, $To^J^et 3faia§. ,, ^rief an bie ^olojfer. „ ^uc^ bet ^onige. „ ^rief an bie ^orintftet. ,, ©uangettum be§ !)l. ;Ouca§, „ S3ud^ ber ^a!!abder. ,, $rop^et 5D^alacftia§. „ ^Uangelium be§ 1)1. Mar!u§. „ ©t)angelium be§ Tf)L ^J}lattt)du§* ,, ^uc& be§ DJlofeg. „ OffenBarung be§ 5"^. 3i55anne§, „ S5rief beg 1^1. $etru§. „ S3rief an bie ^^itipper. „ ^^rebiger ober (lcclefiafte§> „ $fa(men. „ ^rief an bte 9l5mer. „ ^'ucft ^irac^ ober ^ccleftafticug^ „ ^priic^e (Salomon^. ,, >i^rief an bie S^effalonti^er*. „ ^rief an Ximotlf)eu§» „ md)ZoUa^. „ iinb bergleid^^en. „ ^n^ ber 2Bei§§ett. „ ^>rop{)et 3a(^aria§. ,, geftorben im ^a\)Xt 258, 95ei ^liifii^ruiigcn bou ^(^riftteptcm fiix lte§ S5ua§ 5Jlofe§. „ 2ter ^rief an bie ^ortnt'^er. ,t ]tcg .rnauptftini, 2ter SSerg. „ Iteg $>aupt|tiicf, 2ter unb 3ter S5et5*. — 18 — EXPLANATION OP abbeeyiatio:n^s a:n^d marks USED IN THIS CATECHISM. The Question marked t may be omitted in the beginning without any detriment to the context. Acts Apoc. Col. Cor. Dan. Deut. Eccl. Ecclus. Eph. Exod. Gal. Gen. Hab. Heb. Is. Jer. Lev. Machab. Mai. Num. Phil. Prov. Ps. Rom. St. James St. John 1 St. John St. Luke St. Mark St. Matt. St. Peter Thess. Tim. Tit. Tob. Zach. sigrnifies Acts of the Apostles. Apocalypse of St. John the Evangelist, St. Paul's Epistle to the Colossians. *' " *• Corinthians. Prophet Daniel. Book of Deuteronomy. Ecclesiastes. Ecclesiasticus. St. Paul's Epistle to the Ephesians. Book of Exodus. St. Paul's Epistle to the Galatians. Book of Genesis. Prophet Habacuc. St. Paul's Epistle to the Hebrews, Isaias. Prophecy of Jeremias. Leviticus. Book of Machabeeft, Prophet Malachiatj, Book of Numbers. St. Paul's Epistle to the Philippians, Proverbs of Solomon. Book of Psalms. St. Paul's Epistle to the Komans. Epistle of St. James. Gospel of St. John. First Epistle of St. John. Gospel of St. Luke. " St. Mark. "St. Matthew. Epistle of St. Peter the Apostle. St. Paul's Epistle to the Thessalonians, Timothy. Titus. Book of Tobias. *' " Wisdom. Prophet Zacharias. e£xQxon^£e^ve. (Einleitung> 1* SeScr ^at nn§ crfi^affen ? ©ott, ber ^err ^immete unb ber Srbe fiat un^ erfiiiaffeiL ^. SS^oau finb ttJtr auf ©rben? 2Bir finb auf ©rben, um ©ott ^u erfenncn, ju lieben^ tl)m gu bieuert unb baburd) in ben ^immel ju fommcu. 3* ^a§ tnilffett tuir 511 bief em (J^nbe t^uit ? 3Sir inii[[cn 1) Sltlea glauben, iDa§ ©ott gconenbaret f)at, 2) aHe ©ebote l)a(tcn, bie ©ott §u I)atten befo^ten f)at, 3) bte ©nabenmittcl gebraucfjen, bie ©ott ju unferm §eile t)erorbnet f}at. 4* 2Bd folleit ttiir btefc bret ©tMc Icrncn? Sn bem c^rifttidjcu Unterric^te ober Statedji^mu^, 5» SSotJoit l^cittbcit alfo ber ^ctci^i^ittu^^ 2)er !at f)oIi[(^e Statec^t^mug Ijaubelt 1) t)on bem ©laub eu, 2) Don ben © e 6 1 e n, 3) Don ben ©nabenmxttein, namtid) ben @a{ramett=^ ten unb bem @ebete» S'lu^antoenbunjj.— SSerfaume trie ben 9^eItgion§*Unterrti^t; f}bxe bett* felBen aufmetffam an; ntmm 5lIIe§, tcag bn prft, gu ^ergen unb IcBe bar* nad§^ S)ann tDirft bu bein 3tet nnb ©nbe nit^t tetfeKen* ©ott !ennen tft bie etfte $flt(^t; 2Bet @ott nit^t !ennt bet Uebt i^n nlc&t* 19 CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. INTRODUCTION. The End for which we are Created. 3. Who created us? God, the Sovereign Lord of heaven and earth, created lis. it. For what end did God create us? God created us that we might know Him, love Him, and serve Him upon earth, and by so doing gain heaven. 3. What must we do to attain the end for which we are cre- ated? We must, 1, Believe the truths which God has revealed; 2, Keep the commandments which God has given lis; 3, Use the means of grace which God has provided for our salvation. 4. How can we learn to do these things? By studying the Catechism of Christian Doctrine. 5. Of what, then, does the Catechism treat? The Catechism treats : 1, Of Faith; 2, Of the Commandments; 3, Of the Means of Grace, namely, the Sacraments and Prayer. Application. Never neglect the instruction in Christian Doctrine; pay attention to the teacher, remember what you hear, and practise what you learn. Thus you will attain the end for which Almighty God created you, 19 20 — Putt jr^ttt (^lauhsn^ ©(aubcn l^eifet, etn:)a§ [iir tDaf)r ^alten, tva§ Semanb fagt, nur begtjalb, tDcil er e§ fagt 2- 2Ba^ ^ei^t, ©ott bcm ^crrtt c^ianhtn? ®ott bem ^errrt gtaubett l^ei^t, mit ber ©nabe ®otte§ %Uc§> fiir tt)a{)r tjatten, tua^ @ott geoffenbaret i)at, unb bestjalb. tvdl er e^ geoffenbaret l)at. 3. 'il^avnm ntiiffen tuir fiir ttialjr ^altcn, ttjaig GJott gcoffcniaret f^at? SBeil ©ott bie eiutge, unfet)Ibare 9Saf)rt)eit t[t. 4» S^cr leJjrt un^ unfeljlbar, ttiai^ @ott gcoffcnbarct f^at ? S^te !atf)oIti{^e ^^irdje, tDeldje 6f)riftu§ baju beauftragte, Ief)rt ung un|el)tbar, U)a§ ©ott geoffenbaret I)at t 5, ^iimtctt ttiir 5llie^ fie(|reifctt, ttiai^ ®ott gcoffcnBaret Iftat ? (S3 gibt in ber g6tt(id)en Dffenbarung t)tele @ef)eimniffe, bte ii b e r unjere SJernunft, aber nic^t g c g e n unfere Sernunft [inb. 6* ^nxd) men f^at &ott ^Uc§ (jcoffettfiarct, ma^ toir glauBcit miiffen ? ®ott ()at bie§ SlKeg geoffenbaret 1) imaltenSunbe buri^ bie 5patrtar(i)en, hnvd) 2)?ofe^ unb bie 1|3ropt)eten : 2) im n e u e n 35 u n b e buret) feinen ©o^it Sefu^ (Sf)riftu^ unb bie Slpoftel. 7. Stt tticldicr ^cifc ift ha§, ttJa^ @utt gcoffettbarct Iftat, auf un^ gefommeu ? 3Sag &ott geoffenbaret I)at, ift tf)eilg f (^ r i f 1 1 i dj, tf)eil^ m ii n b I i c^ auf un3 gef ommen ; f (^ r i f 1 1 i c^ bnrc^ bie l)eiL ©dirift ober 95ibe(, miini) lic^ biird) bie Ueberlieferung ober ©rble^re* — 20 -^^^ PART I. FAITH. § I. The Meaning and Object of Faith. 1. What do you mean when you say "I believe"? When I say ''I believe," I mean that I take as true what another says, precisely because he says it. 2. What, then, is it "to believe in God?" To believe in God is, v^ith His grace, to take as true all that He has said or revealed, precisely because He has said or revealed it. 3. Why must we take as true what God has said or revealed? We must take as true what God has said or revealed, because He is the Eternal and Infallible Truth. 4. Who teaches us infallibly what God has revealed? The Catholic Church, which Christ has commissioned, teaches us infallibly what God has revealed. t 5. Can we understand all that God has revealed? No ; in Divine Revelation there are many mxysteries which are beyond, though not contrary to reason. 6. Through whom did God reveal what we are to believe? God revealed what we are to believe, 1, In the Old Testamient, through the Patriarchs, Moses, and the Prophets ; and 2, In the New Testament, through His Son, Jesus Christ, and the Apostles. 7. How has the revelation of God come down to us? The revelation of God has come down to us partly in writing and partly by word of mouth ; In writing, that is, by the Holy Scripture or the Bible; By word of m.outh, that is, by Tradition, — 21 — S. ^a§ tft bic ^cUtge ©dftrtft ? ®ie I)etttge @(i)rtft ift bic (Sammlung jcner 93ucf)cr, tDctdje unter (Singebung be§ t)eiL ®et[tei3 ge)d)rieben unb doit ber ^irdjc alg ©otte§ SSort anerlannt finb. 9. SSic tntrb bic ^ctHgc (Si^rift cinget^ctlt ? J)ie ^etlige @d}rift it)trb etngett)eilt in bie S3uc£)er be^ alten unb be^ neuen Seftament^. 1 10, ^a§ tntWt t>a§ altc Scftantcnt ? 2)ai3 alte Seftament ent^alt bie Dffenbarungen, tDcIdje ©ott Dor ber 5ln!unft ©f)ri[ti gegeben f)at. 1 11» 5(u^ ttjcld^en SBiitfiertt beftcijt ba;^ altc ^cftamcut ? S)a^ atte Seftament be[tet)t an§> 21 ®efd)td)tbu^ d^ern, 7 Set)rbud)ern unb 17 pr op 1} e ti jc^ er> ^ ii d) e r n. 1 12» aSa^ cittptt ba^ ncuc ^cftamcitt ? S)a^ neue Seftament ent()a(t bie gottlidjen Dffenbarungeit, tDcIdje \xn§ burd^ St)riftu^ unb bie Slpoftel gegeben finb. 1 13» ^n§ tticlr^ctt ^udjcrtt beftc^t \>a§ nciic ^eftamcnt ? S)a§ nene Seftament be[te{)t 1) au§ ben 4 (St) an gelt en nad) 5D?attl)auc, ddlavtn^; Sucag unb Sot)anneg ; 2) au^ ber Slpoftelgef cf)id}te; 3) an§ hen 14 S3riefen bc§ l)eiligen *i|5autui3 unb 7 ©rie|en anberer 5lpo|tcI; 4) aug ber geljeimen D f f e n b a r u n g bc^3 Ijciligeu Sot)anneg. 1 14, ^ft c§ gcmtg, mcnit toiv nnv ha§ glaubctt ttia^ in ber Ijciligcir ©rfjrift fteftt ? 9Mn; tDir mufjcn auc^ bie (Srblet)re glaubcn, b. :^. jene geoffenbarten 2Bat)rt)eiten, tDeld)e bie §lpo[tcI giDar geletjrt, aber nid^t aufgefc^rieben tjaben. ,,^^^iUabex ttoc^ t)tele§ anbete, lna§ 3efu§ get^an l^at; follte blefe^ elitseln aufgcfd^rte^en toerbett, fo toiirbe, glauBe ii^, bie SSelt bie S5ii(^er ni(^t faffen, toeld^e man ff^relBen ntiifete/' Sol). 21, 25. ,,§attet an ben Ueberlieferungen, bie t^r eriernet l^aliet, e§ fet bur(§ 2Boxt ober bur:^ einen Srief "oon un§/' 2. 2^5ef|, 2, 14« — 21 — 8. What is Holy Scripture? Holy Scripture is a collection of writings inspired by the Holy Ghost and recognized by the Church as the Word of God. g. How is Holy Scripture divided? Holy Scripture is divided into the books of the Old and the New Testament. 1 10. What does the Old Testament contain? The Old Testament contains the revelations which God made to man before the coming of Christ. fii. Which are the books of the Old Testament? The books of the Old Testament are the twenty-one Historical Books, the seven Moral Books, and the seven- teen Prophetical Books. 1 12. What does the New Testament contain? The New Testament contains the divine revelations which we have received through Jesus Christ and the Apostles. 1 13. Which are the books of the New Testament? The books of the New Testament are : 1, The Four Gospels written by St. Matthew, St, Mark, St. Luke, and St. John ; 2, The Acts of the Apostles ; 3, Fourteen Epistles of St. Paul and seven Epistles of other Apostles ; 4, The Apocalypse or the Revelations of St. John. 14. Is it enough to believe only what is contained in Holy Scripture? No ; we must also believe Tradition ; that is, those re- vealed truths which the Apostles preached but did not commit to writing. "But there are also many other things which Jesus did, which,' if thejr were written every one, the world itself, I think, would not be able to contain the books that should be written." St. John xxi. 25. "Therefore, brethren, stand fast; and hold the traditions which you have learned, whether by word or by our Epistle." 2 Thess. ii. 14. — 22 — 15» SS^arum miiffcn tutr \>it (Srble^rc eficnfo gtaubcit, ttiic ha§, toa§ in ber Ijeilioen @d)rift ftc^t ? 23et{ bie fatlioli|cf)e (Srble^re eben fo rr)of)I tjon ®ott ge- Dffenbaret i[t, al^ ha§, \va§ in ber Ijeiligen ©d^rift ftet)t „tlnb lel^ret fie QllleS l^ialten, toa§ td^ eud^ bef o^Ien l^aBe." ^Tcatt^, 28, 20. 16^ ^a§ mug bcmnar^ ber fat^oHft^c (£t)rift olauBeit ? (Sr mu^ 2([lc^ glauben, iDa^ Oott geoffenbaret t)at, unb bte •fatljolifdje Sirc^e gu glauben t)or[teIIt, eg mag baffelbe in ber t)eiUgcn @d)rift ftet)en ober ntdjt 9Iu^antDenbun0.— ^an!e (5Jott fiir bte @nabe be§ @Iaul6en§ iinb 5attc imnter feft an bex Set)re ber l^eiligen, fat^olijd^eu ^ird^e, aU an GJotteg SSort. § 2. 9Jot^tticnbtg!ctt bc§ @Iau6cn§. 17. J5ft ber ©lauBe tiotfjtuettbtg 5ur ©eltgfeit ? S)er ©laube ift gur ©etigteit unumganglid) not{)tr)enbtg, t)enn „of)ne ©lauben tft e^ unmoglid), ®ott §u gefallen." .^ebr. 11, 6. ,,2Bet nic^t glau^t, ber ttJtrb t)erbammt toerben/' 2Jlar! 16, 16. 18. a«a(^t jebcr 6>Inube felin ? 9Wn; felig madjt nur ber tDaf)re ®(aube, ben bie fatfjo- Itfc^e ^ird)e Iet)rt 19» 2®aritm l^at nur bte fat^oHfd^e ^ird^e ben toa^reit Qilanbtn ? 3SetI nur bie !at^oIifd)e S^irdje ben ©(auben t)on ©t)riftn§ itnb ben Slpofteln emp[angen, unb ftetS nnuerfdljc^t bematjrt J)at 9lu^atttDenbutig. — greue blc^, etn^tnb ber fat'^olifd^en ^ix^e 3U fein, t)enn e§ gi^t, tnle ber l^L 5luguflin fagt, !etnen groBetn Sleid^tl^um, feinen Qrbgern ©(^a^, al§ ben !atf)o(if(^en ©Iaul6en, toeil er aEetn ber loa^re, fetig- mad^enbe ©lauBe ift. § 3. ©tgenfc^aftctt bc§ @Iau6en§> 20. Wit mn^ unfer ©lauBe Bcfr^affen fein ? Unjer ©fanbe muB 1) allgemein, 2) feft, 3) ftanbf)aft, 4) lebenbig fein. — 22 — ^5. Why must we believe Tradition as well as Holy Scrip* ture? Because Catholic Tradition and Holy Scripture were alike revealed by God. "And teach them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you." St. Matt, xxviii. 20. 16. What, then, must a Christian believe? A Christian must believe all that God has revealed and the Catholic Church teaches, whether it is contained in Holy Scripture or not. Application. Thank God for the grace o£ Faith, and firmly adhere to the teaching of the holy Catholic Cuarch, because it is the W^ord of God, § 2. Necessity of Faith. 17. Is Faith necessary for salvation? Faith is absolutely necessary for salvation ; for "without Faith it is impossible to please God.'' Heb. xi. 6. "He that believeth not shall be condemned." St. Mark xvi. i6. i8. Will any Faith save us? No; only the true Faith, which the Catholic Cburch teaches, will save us. 19. Why has the Catholic Church alone the true Faith? The Catholic Church alone has the true Faith because she alone received her Faith from Christ Himself through His Apostles, and has always kept it incorrupt. Application. Rejoice that you are a child of the Catholic Church; for^ as St. Augustine saA's, there is no wealth so great, no treasure so precious, as the Catholic Faith, because it is the only true, saving Faith. § 3.. Qualities of Faith. 20. What must be the qualities of our Faith? Our Faith must be : I, Universal; 2, Firm; 3, Constant; 4, a living Faith* — 23 — 21. 28ann ift unfcr G^Iaubc all^cmcxn? Unfer ©hube ift allgemein, tt)enn n)tr nid^t btofe (Stnigeg, fonbcrn Sllle^ glaiiben, Uia§ @ott geoffenbaret ^at unb bte Iat^oIifd)e ^iri^e un3 gu glauben t^orftellt 22* aSann ift unfcr ©laubc f eft? Unfer @Iau6e t[t fe[t, tDcnn tt)ir glauben, o^ne 311 jiDetfeln- S5 e I f :p.— TOral^ant, feine§ feften (5>Iaul6en§ inegen, Beloljnt. 23. ^ann ift nnfer ©lauBc ft an b^ aft? llnfer ©(aube ift ftanbl)aft, iDcnn un^3 ??ic-^t!3 nom (Slauben abbringeit faint, fo ha^ tDir bereit firib, liebcr 2llle^, felbft bag JBebcn tjinjugeben, aU t)om ©(aubcii ab^ufallen, S5 e 1 f !)♦ — £ie ^etligen 5!Jlart^rer. 24. aSa^ fiifirt ^nm m^aU tiotn ©(aulien ? 3um SlbfaC t)om ©(auben fiiljrt 1) ©tofj unb t)orU)i^igeg ©riibeln iiber bie @cl}eimniffe ber ^Religion ; 2) ^erna(i)(affigitng ber 5ReIigion^pftid)ten unb Iaftcrl)afteg 6efonber§ unfeufd)e^ Seben ; 3) ha§> Sefen fcl)(ed)tcr Siic^er Dber 3^itf<^t:iftcn ; 4) ^u freier Umgang mit a^eligton^jpottern, Unglaubigen atnb Stnbern, bie ben ©laubcn gefdt)rben fonnen. 25. SBamt ift unfer manU Ithcnhxq? Unfer ©laube ift lebenbig, tuenn tvk nadf) bemfelben teben, t). f). bag 93i)|e meiben unb bag ©ute ttjun, raie ber &ianbc eg t)orfd^reibt. ,,©Iel(^tnte ber SetB o^m ©etft tobt ift, alfo ift aud^ ber Q^laube ol^ne 2Ber!etobt/' >!. 2, 26. 26. Sft c§ ntnn^, ha^ toix \>tn ttJa^reit ©lauBcit im ^crscn IieitJa^reu ? 9?ein ; Wiv ntiiffen ben ©lauben and^ auf3erlic^ befennen itnb benfelben nie, nitf)t einmal gum ©c^eine, tierldugnen. ,,2Ber mid^ tjor ben ^enfc^en Befennen tnirb, ben trtH it^ au(^ t)or nteinem S5ater Be!ennen, ber im §intmet ift. 2Ber mic^ aBer bor ben 5}lenf(^en ter^ Idugnet, ben toiE ic^ and§ t)or meinem SSater tjerldugnen." 2)latt^. 10, 32. — 23 — 21. When is our Faith universal? Our Faith is universal when we believe not only some, but all the truths which God has revealed to us and the Catholic Church teaches. 22. When is our Faith firm? Our Faith is firm when we believe without the least doubt. Example. Abraham rewarded for his firm faith. 23. When is our Faith constant? Our Faith is constant when nothing can deprive us of it, and we are ready to lose all, even life itself, rather than fall away from it. Example. The holy martyrs. i'24. What leads us to fall away from the Faith? 1, Pride and vain prying into the mysteries of our re- ligion; 2, Neglect of religious duties, and a wicked, impure life; 3, Reading bad books or papers ; 4, Intimacy with scoffers, unbelievers, and others that may endanger our Faith. 25. When is our Faith a living Faith? Our Faith is a living Faith w^hen w^e live up to it ; that is, when we avoid evil and do good, as our Faith teaches. "As the body without the spirit is dead, so also faith without works is dead." St. James ii. 26. 26. Is it sufficient to keep the true Faith in our heart? No ; we must likewise profess our Faith openly and never deny it even in appearance. "Every one that shall confess Me before men, , I will also confess him before My Father who is in heaven. But he that shall deny Me before men, I will also deny him before My Father." St. Matt. x. 32. — 24 — 27. ^nvd) toa§ fiir ciit Sctt^cn 5e!cmtt bcr fattjolifrfic (il)vx]t fctitcn Jlu^anttJCnbung.— ^Bte^e feft im lat^otifdjen (BlanUn unb meibe ?tne§, iDa§ tf)tt gefaf)xbet ©d^ame btd^ nie beffelBen noc^ feincr IfietltQen @eBrdud)e, fonbern fet ftanbl^aft ^ad§e oft unb mtt 5lnbad)t baS §L ^reujjeicgen. ^0ti hem ^|j4i^siltrd}ett ©iastlieiisliefeettnttttffc^ !♦ aBortn tft fur^ citt^altett, ttiai^ ttJir tjor 5IIIcnt lentett iinh glauBcn tttiiff ctt ? Su ben ^rvbi] Strttfcfrt bc5 apoftoUfdjcn ©(aubeni^befcnnt- ntffcg. 2* 293tc rautct ha§ apo^tolii^t manhcn^hcUnnUii^ ? Sd) glaube ait ©ott ben S3alcr u. f. d. (S. ©eibete, (^eite 7,) ©rfter ©lanBeHgartifeL „Sc^ glaube an ©ott ben 9?ater, altmac^tigen ©i^iipfer c^immelS nnb bcr ©rbe.'' § t Sou ©dtt „Sc^ glaube an ©ott" 3. 9S?a§ tft ©ott ? ©ott \]t cm unenblid) t)oIIfommener ©eift, bcr ^cn be§ ^immelig unb bcr Srbe, t)on bem 2(Ue^ ©ute {ommt 4. SBarum ttcnncn ttiir &ott dncn ©cift ? 23 ir ncnncn ©ott eincn ©ei[t, tDcil er 93crftanb unb frcien SBillen, abcr fciuen Seib l)at. t5* ^anim rcbct bcnn bie l^cUtgc ©dftrift tion Sotted 5(itocn^ Cf)ren, §diibcn, n. \, u>. S)ie f)ei(ige ©d^rift rcbct fo, urn ©ottc§ (Sigcnlcl^af en unb SSirfcn auf cine hen SJicnjdicn ucrftdnbtidie 23cife bar^uftetlcn. — 24 - ^j. By what particular sign does the Catholic Christian pro- fess his Faith? Chiefly by the sign of the Cross. Application. Stand firm in the Catholic Faith and shun everything that may endanger it. Never be ashamed of it or of its holy practises. Make the sign of the Cross often and devoutly. THE APOSTLES' CREED. 1. Where do we find the principal truths that we must know and believe? We find them in the twelve articles of the Apostles' Creed. 2. Say the Apostles' Creed. I believe in God, etc. (See Prayers, page 144.) THE FIRST ARTICLE OF THE CREED. '"''/ believe in God, the Father Almighty, Creator of heaven and earth/' § I. God. "I BELIEVE IN God." 3. Who is God? God is an infinitely perfect Spirit, the Lord of heaven and earth, and the Author of all good. 4. Why do we call God a "Spirit"? We call God a ''Spirit'' because He has understanding and free-w^ill, but no body. t 5. Why, then, does Holy Scripture speak of God's eyes, ears, hands, etc.? Holy Scripture speaks thus in order to explain God's attributes and acts in a manner intelligible to man. — 25 — 6. SBarum fagctt ttitr, ha^ Qiott untnhli^ tjofifommctt ift ? SBir faacn bte§, tueil ®ott aUe guteu ©tgenfdiaften in ber I)6d)[ten, t)oEfDmmenften SSeife be[i|t. 7. aScdijc ©igcnft^aftett obcr SBoUfommcn^citcn ©ottc^ fottcn teiir tttt^ htionhtv^ merfen? golgenbe : ®ott ift etDtg unb unt)eranberlt^, aUgegentDar- tig, afllDtffenb, adttJeiie, allmac^tig ; er ift unenblii^ t)ei(ig unb gered)t, giitig unb barmljersig, tDa^rfjaft unb getreu. 8» 993a^ fjci^t, &ott ift etotg ? ©ott ift emig I)ei^t, er ift immer, of)ne SInfang unb o^ne (Snbe. „©5e benn bie SSerge tDUtben, unb geBtlbet toarb bte ©rbe unb il^t Uin!ret§, U\t bu, @ott, t)on ©totgfett 3U gtcigfeit/' 5Pf. 89, 2. 9. aSa^ ^etfet, @ott ift unticranbcrlic^ ? @ott ift unt)eranberti(^ f)eiBt, er bteibt etntg berfetbe, o!)ne jemal^ fid) ober jeine 9^att))c^Iuffe ju tinbern. „S5et @ott ift !ein SlBed^fel unb !ein 6d§atten t)on S5exanberUa§!eit/' 3a!. 1, 17. 10. S2Sa^ ^ci^t, @ott ift attgcgcttttJartig ? ®ott ift aQgegcnmartig !^eiBt, er ift iiberall, im ^immel, auf (Srben unb an alien Drten. ^(Srfiille ic^ nid^t ^intntel unb ©rbe? f:ptt(5t ber ^err." ^et. 23, 24, $1. 138, 8—10. 11. SBa^ ^ci^t, (3ott ift attwiffcnb ? ©ott ift allraiffenb I)ei^t, er tuei^ 3llle§ t)oI(fommen, ha§ SSergangene, ©egenmartige unb ^^^^i^f^'S^f ^^^ unjere ge^ ^eimften ©ebanfen. „©otte§ ^ugen ftnb tJtel 'i)tUex aU bte ©onne, unb butd^fd^auen bie ttef* ften 5l^gxunbe in bem ^ergen ber ^Jlenft^en." ©ir. 23, 28. $Pro|)]§e3eil^ungen, tl2* aSo^tt foU ber ©cbanfc an ®oitt§ m^t^tntoaxt m^ Sttt* ttiiffctt^cit tttt^ bienen ? S)er ©ebanfe an ©otteg ©cgentcart foil 1) un^ iiberall, auct) im SSerborgenen, t)om S3i)fen abl)alten unb jum ©uten ermuntern ; — 25 — 6. Why do we say that God is "infinitely perfect"? We say that God is ''infinitely perfecc'' because He unites in Himself all perfections in the highest degree. 7. Which are the principal perfections or attributes of God? The principal perfections or attributes of God are these : God is eternal and unchangeable, omnipresent, omniscient, all-wise, all-powerful ; He is infinitely holy and just; infinitely good and merciful; infinitely true and faithful. 8. What do you mean by saying "God is eternal"? By saying ''God is eternal," I m.ean that He always was and always will be. "Before the mountains were made, or the earth and the world was formed, from eternity to eternity Thou art God." Ps. Ixxxix. 2. 9. What do you mean by sa3dng "God is unchangeable"? By saying "God is unchangeable,'' I mean that He re- mains eternally the same, without any change either in Himself or in His decrees. "With whom (God) there is no change nor shadow of alteration." St, James i. 17. 10. What do you mean by sa5dng "God is omnipresent"? By saying "God is omnipresent,'' I mean that He is in heaven, on earth, and everywhere. "Do not I fill heaven and earth? saith the Lord." Jer. xxiii. 24.; Ps. cxxxviii. 8-10. 11. What do you mean by saying "God is omniscient"? By saying: "God is omniscient," I mean that He knows all things perfectly, past, present, and to come, even our most secret thoughts. "The eyes of the Lord are far brighter than the sun, . . . looking {.ito the hearts of men, into the most hidden parts." Eccl. xxiii. 2B. Examples. Prophecies of Christ and of the Prophets. 12. What effects should the remembrance of God's omnipres- ence and omniscience produce in us? The remembrance of God's presence should — I, Keep us from evil and incite us to good, every- where, even in secret; — 26 — 2) in jeglidier 9?Dtf) nn§ Tlnt^ unb Sroft gebert* „^^ hJiH lieber o^ne bie'(Bofe) S^at in cure §anbe fatten, al§ funbtgcn l>ot bem 5ln9eti(^te be§ §errn/' San, 13, 23. „^d) tola nid§t§ Uel6er§ f urd§ten, tDeil bu (o §err I) M mix Bift/' 5Pf , 22, 4. 13. 2Ba^ ^ci^t, @ott ift atoeifc ? ©ott ift atlmeife ^ei^t, er trei^ SlUeg aufg Sefte eingu- rt(f)tGn, urn jeine Slbfidjt gu erreic^e i; S5etf ^.-5:er ^naDe ^ofe§ gerettet; 3ofe^5 erp^eh 14. SBa^ ^ei^t, @ott ift alltnai^tio ? @ott ift allmad)tig Ijei^t, er faun 5lIIe^3, unb braud)t nur gu iDoUen, urn etroaS ju i^ollbringen. „S5ei ©ott ift !etn 2)ing unntoglid^." Sue. 1, 37. S5 eif :p.— 2)ie ©i^opfung, bie 2Bunber in ©g^pten unb in bet SSiiftc. 1 15. 235o5tt fott nn§ ber @lau6c an @otte^ Wci§f)dt nn\> ^i^Umad^t antreitien ? (£r fed iinS antreiben, 1) att utifer ^ertrauen aitf ®ott gu fe^en unb 2) mit jeinen giigungen atlejett gufrieben gu jein. ^SBefie^I bent §errn beine 2Bege unb l^off' auf i^n; er toirb'S fd^on madden." $Pf. 36, 5. S5eif^— ^oB, SoBiag. 16. aaSa^ IjciR (Sott ift ^eilig ? ®ott ift I)ei(ig t)eiBt, er liebt unb tDill nur ba§ ©ute unb t)erabfd)eut ba§ ^ofe. „^n lieBft ®ere(J)tig!eit, unb l^affeft ha^ Untet^t." $f. 44, 8. //3t^ Bin ber |)err, euer ©ott. ^eib l^eilig, benn i^ Bin l^eilig." 3. !Olof. 11, 44. 17. ^a§ i}ti^t, Qidtt ift gcrcr^t ? ®ott ift gerec^t t)ei^t, er beIoI)nt ba§ ©ute unb beftraft ha^ S3i)fe, U)ie ein Seber eg t)erbient 2)ie t)oII!ontntene S5etgeltung gef^le^t etft in bet @toig!eit. „(Bt teirb cittern jeben t)ergelten nai^ feinen SBetten." 9t5m. 2, 6. S5 e i f :^.— ©ixubftut)^. S)et teid^e $taff et unb bet atme Sa^atuS. 18. aBo5tt foil tttt^ ber ©lauBc att ©ottc^ ©ercdftigfcit bicncn ? @r foH un§ baju bienen, 1) ba^ toir un§ furdjten, ©ott ju beleibigen ; — 26 — 2, It should give us courage and consolation in every difficulty and trial. "It is better for me to fall into your hands without doing il (evil), than to sin in the sight of the Lord." Dan. xiii. 23. **I will fear no evils, for Thou (O Lord!) art with me." Ps. xxii. 4. 13. What do you mean by sa5H[ng "God is all-wise"? By saying ''God is all-wise," I mean that He knows how to dispose all thingr so as best to attain His end. Examples. '^ t child Moses saved; Joseph exalted. 14. What do you mean by saying "God is all-powerful"? By saying God is ''all-powerful," I mean that He car do all things by the mere power of His will. "No word shall be impossible with God." St. Luke i. 37. Examples. The Creation; the miracles in Egypt and in the desert. 1 15. To what should our belief in God's infinite power anc wisdom incite us? It should incite us : 1, To place all our confidence in God; 2, To be ahvays resigned to His holy w^ill. "Commit thy way to the Lord and trust in Him, and He will do it."' Ps. xxxvi. 5. Examples. Job; Tobias. 16. What do you mean by saying "God is holy"? By saying "God is holy," I mean that He loves and wills only what is good, and hates all that is evil. **Thou hast loved justice and hated iniquity." Ps. xliv. 8. "I am the Lord your God; be holy because I am holy.** Levitijcuc xi. 44. 17. What do you mean by saying "God is just"? By saying "God is just,'' I mean that He rewards the good and punishes the wicked according to each one's deserts. Perfect retribution is not to be made in this world, but in the next. **He will render to everyone according to his works.'* Rom. ii. 6. Examples. The Deluge; the Rich Man and poor Lazarus. St. Luke xvi. 19. 18. With what thoughts should the remembrance of God'c justice inspire us? It should inspire us : I, With a dread of offending God; — 27 — 2) ha^ lt)ir bic ©ottlofcu md)t um iljr fd)etnbare§ ©liid beneiben. ^^giird^tet eui^ nicTjt t)ct bcncn, iDelt^e ben £eib tobten, a6er bie (Seele ttti^t tobten !onnen, fonbern fiirdjtet t)ielme§r benjcnicjcn, ber SeiB unb ^eele m'§ S5erberl6en ber ^oEe ftiiraen lann/' ^Tiatt^ 10, 28. 19. 2Ba§ ^eijit, @ott ift giitig ? ©ott t[t giitig I)eifet, er ift t)oH Siebe unb eriDcif't bc^=^ tDegen un§ unb alien ®e[cE)6pfcn un3dl)li9e 3So()(tljatcn, „®ott ift bte SteBe/' 1, ^ol^, 4, 8, „©o fe^t ^at ©ott bie SSctt gcUefct, ba§ er feinen eingeBornen ©ol^n IfiingaB/' ^o^. 3, 16. 20* 22Ba^ ^ci^t, &ott ift Barnt^er^ig ? ©ott ift barmtjer^vg tjeifjt, er rnft ben ©iinber gur Su^e unb Derjeitjet gerne Sebem, ber [ictj tvai)x\)a]t befet)rt S5eif|).— 2)ie 5^init)iten; ber berlorne Sol^n. t 21» ^a§ foUeit luir t^mt, ttJcU (Bott fo oiitig unb 6arm!)cr5tg ift? SSir fodcn 1) ©ott banfen unb i^n 'Don tg)er§en lieben; 2) tDenn toir gefeljit I)aben, i^n Uertrauen^DoH um SSerjei^ I)ung bitten ; 3) giitig unb barm^^erjig gegen unfere 3Kitmenfcl)en fein. 22. aSa^ ^ei^t, ©ott ift toa^r^aft ? ©ott ift toa^rfjaft ^eiBt, er offenbaret nur 3Sat)rI)eit, tneil er tnebcr irren noc^ liigen !ann> ,,®§ ift nnmoglidf), ba^ ©ott liige/' §eB. 6, 18. 23. aSaig ^eigt, &ott ift gctreu? ©ott ift getreu t)eiBt, er Ijalt geiDi^, tva^^ er t)erfprid^t, unb erfiillt, tnaS er anbroljt „§intmel unb ®rbe ttjerben berge^en; a6er nteine SBorte t^erben ni(j^t berge^en/' ^Jlatt^. 24, 35. t 24. SBic gelatigt bcmt ber SWcitft^ sur ©rfenntnig @ottc^ ? S)er SWenfc^ G^f^^ngt jur (Srfenntni^ ©otteg, 1) buret) bie ftcljtbare SSelt. 9iom. 1, 20. 2) burd) bie ©timnie be§ ©etDiff en^. 9iom. 2, 15. 3) t)or5ugIic^ burd^ b;e Dffenbarung, Sot). 1, 18. — 27 — 2, With a resolution never to envy the wicked theif seeming prosperity in this world. "Fear not them that kill the body and are not able to kill the soul; but rather fear Him that can destroy both soul and body into hell." St. Matt. X. 28. 19. What do you mean by saying "God is good"? By saying "God is good/' I mean that out of the abun- dance of His love He bestows numberless blessings upon us and upon all His creatures. "God is charity." i St. John iv. 8. "God so loved the world as to give His only begotten Son." St. John iii. 16. 20, What do you mean by sajring "God is merciful"? By saying ''God is merciful/' I mean that He calls the sinner to repentance, and graciously pardons every one that is sincerely penitent. Examples. The Ninivites; the Prodigal Son. t2i. Since God is so good and merciful, v/hat should we do? 1, We should be thankful to God, and love Him with our whole heart ; 2, We should confidently ask His pardon when we have sinned ; 3, We should be just and merciful to our neighbor. . 22. What do you mean by saying "God is true"? By saying *'God is true,'' I mean that He reveals noth- ing but truth, because He can neither deceive nor be de- ceived. **It is impossible for God to lie." Heb. vi. 18. 23. What do you mean by saying "God is faithful"? By saying ''God is faithful," I mean that He will surely keep His promises and execute His threats. "Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words shall not pass away." St. Matt. xxiv. 35. t24. How can man come to the knowledge of God? Man can come to the knowledge of God : 1, By the visible world. Rom. i. 20; 2, By the voice of conscience. Rom. ii. 15; 3, Chiefly by Revelation. St. John i. 18. — 28 — Sine t)on!otntttette ^tlentttnig ©otte§ Iretbett ttit etft int ^imniel tx* langen, tt)o Itjir ©ott t)on 5lngefid)t ju ^Ingefic^t fe^en tt)etben* Dlufeantnentiung. — §al6e gtoge (S^rfurc^t t)ot bem Unenbltd^en, Bete tl^n bemutt)tgft on, Dertroue finblic^ auf i()n unb IteBe il^tt t)ou Qanaem §er» 3en. „2Jlein ©ol^n, giB mir betn §et3/' ©|)rud[jto« 23, 26. § 2* 2Sott beti bret gfittlid^cu ^crfoitcn* „S(^ glaube an ©ott ben S5ater.'' 25. aBarum itcnnctt xoix (^M ben ^ater? SBir ncnnen ®ott ben S5ater, 1) iDcil ©ott unjer nnfid^tbarer Skater im ^immet ift; 2) tDeil in ©ott met)rere ^erfoncn finb, Don bcnen bie erfte S5ater l^ei^t 26. SBic tiieic ^crfonctt fhib bcnit in Q^M ? @§ finb bret ^erfonen in ©ott : Scr SSater, bcr ©of)n, unb ber tieiltge ©ei[t ,,2^aufet aHe SBoIfet im 5^amen be§ Sater§ unb be§ ©o^neS unb be§ l^ettigen ©eifte§/' 2}lattr). 28, 19. 27* 3ft cittc jcbc biefcr brci ^crfoitcn (^M'^ %a ; • ber SSater ift it)al)rcr ©ott, bcr Soljn i[t U)al)rer ©ott unb ber I)eilige ©ci[t ift iDaljrer ©ott. 28. Sft bctttt ntc^r al^ ciu ©ott ? 9^ein ; benn bie brci ^erfoncn finb nnr ein ©ott, votxi aUe brei ^erfonen nur eine S^catur nnb SBcfcnljcit Ijaben. 29. 2Sic utttcrfr^cibctt fttfj Die brci ootttici^cu ^crfoitcu ? 1) S)te erfte ^erfon ift SSater unb au§ fic^ felbft; 2) bie jtDeite ^erfon ift ©o()n bc^3 S^^ater^ Don (gn^igfeit; 3) bie britte ^^erfon, ber Ijcilige ©eift, gctjt Dom ^ater unb ©otjne a\x^, 30. Sft cine ^ctfott alter ober miit^^tioer o(§ W anbete? StHe brei ^erfonenfinb Don ©loigfeit l)er; alle finb gteid^ niddjtig, gut unb DoEionimen, toeit a\it brei uur ein ©ott finb. — 28 — We can never have a perfect knowledge of God until we reach heaven, where we shall see Him face to face. Application. Revere the Infinite God; adore Him, trust in Him, love Him wilh your whole heart. *']My son, give Me thy heart." Prov. xxiii. 26. § 2. The Three Divine Persons. ''I bcliez-e in God the Father Almighty!' , I 25. Why do we say: "I believe in God the Father**? 1, Because God is our invisible Father in heaven; 2, Because in God there are more persons than one, the first of whom is called the Father. 26. How many Persons are there in God? In God there are three Persons : the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. **Teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost." St. Matt, xxviii. 19. 27. Is each of the three Persons God? Yes ; the Father is true God, the Son is true God, and the Holy Ghost is true God. 28. Are there not therefore more gods than one? No ; the three Persons are but one God, because all three Persons have but one and the same nature and sub- stance. 29. How are the three Divine Persons distinguished from one another? 1, The first Person is the Father, and proceeds from no one; 2, The second Person is the Son, begotten of the Father from all eternity ; 3, The third Person is the Holy Ghost, and proceeds from the Father and the Son. 30. Is any one of the Divine Persons older or more powerful than the others? No ; all the three Divine Persons are from eternity ; all three are equally powerful, good, and perfect, because all three are but one God. — 29 — 31. SBcIriic SBcrfc ttjcrbcn htn brci giittlidictt ^crfonctt tiorttc^mn^ ^ugefdiriebett ? 1) S)em S5ater tDirb t)ornef)mIi(^ 5ugefcf)riebGn bte Sdjopfung ; 2) bem ©o^ne bte ©riofung; 3) bem I)eiligen ©eifte bie ^eiftgung; ti)icU)Df)l bicfe SBerfe alien brei ^erfonen gemeinfam jufommcn. 32» Wit iieuttcn itiir t>a§ ©e^cimnig tiou bem ©inen (Bott in brci 2Bir nennen e§ ba§ ©ef)etmni^ ber I)eUtgften S) r e i f a I- ttgfeit ober ©reieintgJeit IRu^ontucnbung. — SSetel^te mtt ttefftet ©l^tfutd^t bte aUerl^eiltgfte S)tetfaltig!ett unb haute hen brei gotttid^en ^etfonett fixr bie eni:pfarigenen SBo^It^atert, ber Srfd^affung, ©rlofung unb §eilic}ung, geft ber l^eiliQen Sreifaltigfeit. § 3* SBott ber ©rfd^affung nni 9Jegierung ber SSelt. ,,2lIImacf)ttger ©d}6pfcr |)immete unb ber ©rbe.'' S. aSarum f^ti^t (Sott (B^op^cv ^immty unb ber (Srbe ? 2Seil ®ott §tmmel unb Srbe unb StUeg, tva§ haxin tft, ifdjaffen l^at 34. ^ie f^at &ott bie 9»clt erft^affen ? ®ott l^at bie 3SeIt au§ $JticI)t^ I)crt)orgebrac^t bnrcf) jetnen attmai^tigen SSillen. ^®r f:prad() unb e§ tft getoorben, er Befal^I unb e§ tear gefd^affen/' S^fQlni 32, 9, 35. 99BD5tt Iftat ®ott bie 9BeIt gefdjaffett ? ©ott I)at bte 2SeIt ge]c[)aften 1) §u feiner (£t)re unb 95er^errltc^ung ; 2) 5um S5e[ten ber ©ejci)i3pfe» 36. Wmmt fid) &ott ttor^ fortma^renb ber 2BeIt an? ©ott ntmmt ftc^ ber 2Sett forttDat)renb an, bcnn er 1) erf)alt bte SSelt bnrc^ fetne SUImac^t, unb 2) regtert fie mit 2Seigt)eit unb t)atertid)er ©itte. — 2d — 31. Which are the principal works attributed to each of the three Divine Persons? 1, To God the Father is especially attributed the work of Creation ; 2, To God the Son the work of Redemption ; 3, To God the Holy Ghost the work of Sanctifica- tion; yet these works are really common to all the three Persons. 32. What do we call the mystery of one God in three Per- sons? AVe call it the mystery of the Most Holy Trinity. Application. Worship the Most Holy Trinity with all possible rever- ence, never forgetting what you owe to the three Divine Persons for the benefits of Creation, Redemption, and Sanctification. Feast of the Holy Trinity, § 3. The Creation and Government of the World. "Creator of heaven and earth." 33. Why is God called "Creator of heaven and earth"? Because God created heaven and earth, and everything that is in them. 34. What do you mean by saying that God created the world? I mean that He made the world out of nothing by His all-powerful will. *'He spoke and they were made; He commanded and they were cre- ated." Ts. xxxii. 9. 35. Why did God create the world? God created the world : 1, For His own honor and glory; 2, For the good of His creatures. 36. Does God continually take care of the world? God continually takes care of the world, because, 1, He preserves the world by His almighty power; 2, He governs the world by His wisdom and good- ness. — 30 — t 37* ^otttmt audi ha§ Sbfc in bcr SBcIt tjott &ott ? S)a^o 93ofe fommt nicl}t Don @ott, fonbern @ott la)]t ba$ 53ofe inir ^u, U)ci( er bcm SD^cnfc^en freicn 23iIIen gab, unb and) baio 53oie gum ©uteii gu lenten tcei^. ^^Iit fonnet SSo]e§ gegen niit^, ©ott aBer hjanbte e§ 3um ©uten." l.gTicf. 50,20. ^ e i j !)•♦ — Qofep^ unb feme SBtiibet. t 38* SBrutt aBcr @ott fiir 5lHe^ forgt, ttiarunt giebt ci^ benn fo tiiclc ®i? gicbt fo t)iele Seibcn aiif Srben, 1) baimt bie ©iinber fid) bcfjent unb nicljt eiDig t)crIoren gc^cn ; 2) bamit bie ®cred)ten an Stugcnb unb SSerbtenften reid^er tncrbcn. ,,S)enen, bie ©ott lieBen, geretc^cn aHe S^ittQe gum S3eften/' ?Rom. 8, 28. 39, Wit tteiint man hit ^iirforge &ottt§ in ©rl^altung luib Olcgterutt^ ber 3S>elt ? Wan ncnnt fie bie g6ttlid)e 9? o r f e f) u n g, 9(«^anttienbunfi. — „5[Bttf belne ©otge auf ben §ertn/' !Pf. 54, 23. ^imm q11c§ ©ute mit^an! bon ©otte» ^lanb. ^Oflurre unb flaqe nie liber feine ^ulaffungen unb (Sc^i(iungen. „2Bie e§ bem §ettn gefatlen l^at, fo ift es gefrfielfien: :5)er ^ame be§ §ettn fet gebenebeiet/' 3oB 1, 21. @ott, bein SSater, toitb ^tte§ ju beinem ^eften leiten. § 4 SBott bctt ©ngeliu 40* ^at &on md)t^ 3tnberea al^ bicfc ftrfjtbarc 92Se(t ctfrfjaffcn ? ®ott I}at ancl^ cine nnfic^tbare SSelt erfc^affen, namtid) un5a()Iige ©eifter, bie iDir ©ngel nennen. 41. 9Bie maren bie (Sttnel a(^ jie Don @utt crfd^affcn mnrbcn? ©ie tDaren alle gut unb gludltc^, unb mit {)errlid)en ®a- ben ber S^atur unb ©nabe auggcftattct 42* JBIieBcn hie (gngcl aUt pit nnb n^Uf^H^ ? 9lcin, nid]t alle ; t)ie(e emporten fid) gegcn ®ott unb tnur^ ben in bie \^ofle geftiirgt. S)iefe ^ei^eu Seufel ober bofe ©eiften — 30 — t 37' Does the evil in the world also come from God? The evil does not come from God, but He permits it, because He has given to man a free will, and He also knows how to turn evil into good. "You thought evil against me; but God turned it into good." Gen. 1. 20. Example. Joseph and his brethren. Gen. xlvii. tsS. If God takes care of all things, why is there so much suffering? There is so much suffering, 1, That the sinner may mend his ways and not be forever lost; 2, That the just may grow in merit and virtue. **To them that love God all things worked together unto good." Rom. viii. 28. 39. What do we call God's supreme care in preserving and governing the world? We call it Divine Providence. Application. "Cast all your care upon the Lord, for He hath care of you." Ps. liv. 2Z', I. St. Peter v. 7. Accept all things with gratitude from the hand of God. Never complain if He sends you trials, no matter liow hard it may be to bear them. **As it hath pleased the Lord, so is it done; blessed be the name of the Lord." Job. i. 21. Your Heavenly Patlier will direct everything to your advantage. § 4. The Angels. 40. Has God created only this visible world? God has also created an invisible world ; namely, count- less spirits, called Angels. 41. In w'hat state were the Angels when God created them? They were all good and happy, and endowed with ex- cellent gifts both of nature and grace. 42. Did all the Angels remain good and happy? No, not all; many rebelled against God and were cas'j into hell. These are called devils or evil spirits. — 31 — ©ott fjai ber (Snget, bie fiinbigten, nt(5t gefifjont. fonbetn in SBatibett bet §oIIe fie l^inabgeftiirat, in hm ^^Bgrunb, unb ber £luat iiBergeben. 2, $et 2, 4. 43» aSel^c JBcIo^ttung ttiarb ben gutcn ©ngeln ^u S^Ijctl ? (2ie fc^auen bag 2Inge[id)t &otk§ unb bienen iljm in Siebe unb eUJiger @elig!eit t 44* ®tttb affe ©ngcl g(ci(^ lierrlic^ ? S^ein, fie [inb t)er[tf)iebcn an Diang unb SSorjiigen unb toerben beStDcgen in neun E^i3re eingetljcilt 45. aSie finb hit gutctt Sngel gejien nn§ geftunt ? S)te guten ©ngel i)ahm un§ Iteb, fie bitten fiir un§, er^ tnal^nen ung gum (^uten unb befi^ii^en un^ an Seib unb ©eele. ,,(Seinen (^ngeln l§at ©ott betnettnegen Befol^ten, bi(3^ gu Bepten auj- cKen beinen SSegen," $l\ 90, 11. Zohia^. 2ot $ettu§ im ^exUx. 46* SSie nennctt mitr bie ©ngcl, teielt^e jebcnt SPlcnft^ctt itt^^efonbere %vim ©c^tt^ gegeben finb ? SSir nennen fie bie I)eiligen ©c^u^engeL „^et)et 3U, ba^ i^t !eine§ biefet ^(einen tjetat^tet, benn iij^ fage euc^^ T^te ©ngel int ^immel jef)en immexfort ha^ 5lrtgefic^t nteine§ S5atet§, ber im ^immtl ift/' ^Di^tt]^, 18, 10. tn S^adjfteKungen ber Ibofen ©eifte^' 5tt entgeljen ? SBir foEen tDad)jam fetn, eifrig betcn uub ben SSer[udE)^ ungen gleic^ im Slnfang tniberfte^en. JKu^ttnttienSung . — SteBe itnb bere^te bie % ©ngeL S5ete tagtidft 3m: 51* ©ctm^^enget, bejonberS in ©efal^ren be§ Sei^eg ober ber ©eele. §i)re CUV. ieine Srmal^nungen unb e§xe jeine ^egentuart. — 31 — '•'God spared not the Angels that sinned, but delivered them drawn down by infernal ropes to the lower hell, unto torments." 2 St. Peter ii. 4. 43. How did God reward the Angels who remained faithful to Him? He admitted them into His presence, where they be- hold Him face to face and serve Him from pure love, and are forever happy. t44. Are all Angels equal? No; they differ in rank and perfections, and are di- vided into nine classes or choirs. 45. What do the good Angels do for us? The good Angels love us, pray for us, encourage us to good, and protect us from harm in soul and body. "He hath given His Angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways." Ps. xc. 11. Examples. Tobias; Lot; St. Peter in prison. Acts xii. 46. What name do we give to the Angel who is set as guard- ian over each of us? We call him our Guardian Angel. '*See that you despise not one of these little ones, for I say to you that their angels in heaven always see the face of My Father who is in heaven." St. Matt, xviii. 10. — Feast of the holy Guardian Angels. 47. How do the bad Angels or evil spirits act towards us? The bad Angels, moved by hatred and envy, seek to harm us, especially by drawing us into sin and thus event- ually dragging us down to hell. •'Your adversary, the devil, as a roaring lion, goeth about seeking whom he may devour." i St. Peter v. 8. Examples. Eve; Job; Jesus tempted; the Demoniacs. St. Matt. viii. 28, 48. What must we do to avoid the snares of the evil spirits? Wt must watch and pray, and resist temptation from the very outset. Application. Love and venerate the holy Angels. Pray every day to your ■ holy Guardian Angel; call on him especially in all dangers of soul and body. Listen to his inspirations, and be ever mindful of his presence. — 32 — § 5* SSott bctt erftctt SKcnf^cn unb bent SunbenfaCe* 49* ^d^t§ ift \>a§ tjornc^ntftc @eft!)opf aiif ©rben ? S)er SJZenfd) ift bag tiorueljnifte ®efd)opf auf Srben. 50. 2tttf tticrti^e aSetfc fdjuf ©ott ben erfteit 9^enf(i)ett ? ©ott bilbete etncn Scib aiuo (Srbe unb t)aucl)te ifim etne un[terblid)c ©eele ein ; ba iDar bcr erfte 9J?en]ct) gcfdfiaifen. 51. SBic ]^at &att bett erftctt ^JQknfdjett au^gc^ett^ttct ? (£r I)at iljn iiacJ) feinem ©bcnbKbe crjcljaffcn, i. 5Jiof. i, 27. 52. aSoburtS^ tnar ber erfte SJ^ettfcff eiit (^Benbilb (^ottt§ ? S)urci) bte natiirlidjert unb iibcrnaturlidjcn ®aben, bte it)n ©ott a(}nlid) mac^ten. t53. SSorttt Befte^ett bte ttctitrltt^ett (SaBeit? ^aiiptjadjtid) bartn, ba^ bie menfdjlidje Seele 1) itnfterblic^, 2) mit S^ernunft unb freiem SSiUcn begabt i[t 1 54. aSoritt 6eftel)ett bie iiberttatitrUd^ett ©nbett ? §aiiptjad)Itd) barin, 1 ) ha\^ bcr erfte 9}?enf(^ bie I)eiligmad)enbe ©nabe f)atte, itnb babiird) 5?inb ©ottcg unb ©rbe bci3 ^^immelreidjio Wax ; 2) baB er mit grower ©rfenntnife begabt unb nie t)on hb^ fer £uft Dcriiidjt war; 3) bafi er niemalg 2)?uf)feligfeiten unb ©d)mer5en, and) ttid)t bent ^l^obe untern:)orfen wax, 55. ^aBett ttttfcre ©tatttmeltcrtt btefe iilierttaturudiett (Sahtn atte* 5eit bettia^rt? 9?ein; burdfj bte ©iinbe, tDcIdje fie begingen, f)aben [ie aHe ubernaturlid}en ®aben fiir fid) unb if)re 92ac^fommen t)er=^ loren, unb baburd) fid) unb bag ganje 3JJenfd)engefd}(ed)t xn'§> grogte @Ienb geftiir^t. 56. ^a§ fiir ettte Sitttbe Begittrjett fie ? (Sie glaubten ber @d)tange met)r at§ ©ott unb a^en t)o: ber t)erbotenen grud)t. 57. Stt melc^e^ ©lettb f^at t^re ©iinbe ba^ Qan^c 9)?ettft6ettoC' Wtt^t geftitr^t ? S)ie ©iinbe 2tbam§ ift mit if)ren bofen ^^^^3^^ <^^f ^^^^ — 32 — 5. Man and his Fall. 49. Which is the most perfect creature on earth? Man is the most perfect creature on earth. 50. How did God make the first man? God made the first man by forming a body out of the earth and breathing into it an immortal soul. 51. How did God distinguish man from all other creatures? God distinguished man from all other creatures by creating him to His own image. Gen. i. 2y, 52. How was the first m.an the image of God? Through the natural and supernatural gifts, which made him resemble God. t53. In what do the natural gifts consist? Especially in these, that the human soul is — 1, Immortal; 2, Endowed with understanding and free will. t54. In what did the supernatural gifts consist? Especially in these : 1, That the first man possessed sanctifying grace, which made him a child of God and an heir of heaven ; 2, That he was endowed with great knowledge, and was free from all inclination to evil ; 3, That he was not subject to hardships, suffering, or death. 55. Did our first parents always preserve these supernatural gifts? No ; by sinning they lost all these supernatural gifts for themselves and for their descendants, and thereby plunged the whole human race into the greatest misery. 56. How did our first parents sin? They believed the serpent rather than God, and dis- obeyed God by eating of the forbidden fruit. 57. Into what misery did their sin plunge the whole human race -> The sin of Adam with its fatal consequences passed on — 33 — 5D?enfd^en uBergegangen, jo ha'ii^ tDir jc^t 5IIle init bcr Siinbe beljaftet §ur SEelt fommen. „(Stel^ in ©iinben l^at nxelne ^Jllittex mid^ eni:|?fan9en." %^i. 50, 7. 58, SBie ncimctt mir biefc SutttJc, tnit tticl^cr toir afle aiir SSclt fommeit ? SBir nennen fie @ r b f it n b e, tDeil Voir fie nidjt perfon- lid) begangeu, fonbern 'Don unfern Stammedern g{eicf)]am geerbt t)aben, 59^ 9®cr aUtin nntcr afiett aJlenf^eit l^at btefe Siinbc itirfit gecrBt ? ©te aKcrfeltgfte Sungfrau SJZaria, tt)c{rf}e biircl) befonbcre ©nabe i:)on aller Ttatd ber ©iinbe ftetjg frci geblieben ifi geft bet nnBefledten Sm|]fangttiB ^JlatiL 60* S33el(^c 6i?fe ^ol^tn ftub ntit ber GrBfunbc auf atte SPIcnf^cit ilBergeoangctt ? 1) S)ie Ungnabe ®otte§ unb mit {l)r S3erluft ber Stub- f^aft ®otte§ unb be§ (£rbrecl)tci§ 511m |)imme(; 2) Untr)iffent)eit, 93egierlid}!cit iinb Dtcigung 511m Sb[en ; 3) SlCeiiei 2Ku()feItg'fetten, ©cljmerjen, ^(ageit imb enbtidj ber Xob, 61» 2Bte marc t§ htn SJtenf^en erouitgcn, tocnn (^ott fic^ tuc^t erfiarmt Ijatte ? Stein SJ^enjd) ^atte meljr ©nabe erlangen unb felig trerben lonnen* 62. SBic crBarmte ficfj 6>ott ber ^eufi^en ? (Sr t)er^ie^ einen ©ribfer, ber bie ©iinbe t)on i^uen Ibin- njegneljmen unb if)nen bie ©nabe nnb ha^ ©rbredjt ^um §im- melreid) tt)ieber ertDerben follte. 63* 93Sem ^at ®ott aucrfi htn (Srlofer tjcrf^roc^en ? Unjern ©tammeltern fogleid) nad) bcni Siinbenfalte nnb barnac^ ben ^atriard)en. 64» ^ur^ men ftat 65ott in bcr ?JoIge btefe 25erl)ei^itng erttcuert ? S)nrd) bie ^ropt)eten, n)eld)e Dom funftigen (Srlb)er 85iele2' t)ort)ergefagt f)aben- 65» ^atttt fam bcr tjcr^ct^ene Grliifer ? Ungefat)r t)tertanfenb Saf)re nad) (£rfd)affnng ber SSett — 33 — all mankind, so that we all come into the world infected with sm. ''Behold in sins did my mother conceive me." Ps. 1. 7. 58. What do we call this sin in which we are all born? We call it original sin, because, though we have not committed it ourselves, we have inherited it from our first parents, who were the origin of all mankind. 59. Who alone of all the descendants of Adam did not inherit original sin? The Blessed Virgin Alary, who by a special privilege was preserved from all stain of sin. Feast of the Immaculate Concep.icn. 60. What fatal consequences have passed with original sin to all men? I,' God's displeasure, together v/ith the loss of the sonship of God and of the right of inheriting the kingdom of heaven ; 2, Ignorance, concupiscence, and inclination to evil : 3, All sorts of hardships, pains, calamities, and, at last, death. 61. V/hat would have become of man, had not God shown him mercy? No one could have received sanctifying grace and been saved. 62. How did God show mercy to m.an? He promiised him a Saviour, who should take away sin from him and regain for him grace and the right of in- heriting the kingdom of heaven. 63. To whom did God first promise a Saviour? To our first parents immediately after their fall, and later on to the Patriarchs. 64. Through whom did God renew the promise of a Saviour? Througli the Prophets, who foretold many things about the promised Saviour. 65. When did the promised Saviour com.e? The promised Saviour came about four thousand years after the creation of the world. — 34 — ®ie ganje 2ScIt lag in SIbgottcret unb alien Saftern ttef t)er|unfen; bie Suben allein erfanntert nod^ bert toaljren ©ott 9lu^aitltientlttng. — ©et bu, ntetn ^inb, ein fqone§ (B'benUlh @otte§, unb l^affe bie ©iinbe, bie alle§ Unveil in bie SSelt geBrad^t l^ah „S)ie ©iinbe mac^t elenb bie fSblhx/' jeinem eigenen ^^^^gniffe; 4) an§ ber £ef)re ber Slpoftel; 5) aai3 ber Seljre ber !atf)oIt]i^en Slirdje. ^ 10* aSie itcnitett t^n bie -4?ro)j^etett in i^ren aBciffagmtgctt ? ©ie nenncn if)n ,,©ott/' ,,©ott mlt nih^/' „hm 3(llerl)et- Itgften/' ,,ben 23anberbarcn,'' ,,ben S5ater bc^. 3^^^^^^'' 1 11. "SScl^t^ ift ba^ Beugtiit be^ Xjintntaft^cn ^atcr^ ? Set ber S^aafe (J^riftt im Sorban unb bei feiner 9Ser- Karang aaf Sabor erjc^oU Dom ^immel bie ©timme: ,,Siefer ift mein geltebter ©oI}n, an bent ic^ mein 2So{)(gefalIen i)abt/* maii^. 3, 17. tl2. ^cl^t§ ift ha§ Bcugnit e^rifti felBft? 1) S£)rtfta§ be§eagte, ha^ er ©otte^ ©oljn unb tDaljrer ©ott jet Dite ber S5ater. So^. 3, 13, i6, 2) S)teje§ 3^^^S^iB Befraftigte er barcf) 3Sanberroerfe, unb 3) er befiegelte e§ mit jeinem Sobe. 1) ,,3(5 unb ber SSatet \mh (Sin§/' Sof). 10, 30. „SSer mit^ fiel)t, fie^t aud^ ben SSater/' 3o§. 14, 9. S3om ^o!)en:|priefter feterlti^ Ibefc^lDoreu i^u jagen, oh ex G;]§tiftu§, ber ^o^n (^viic^ fct, antn)ortete 3efii§ : „3c§ bin — 35 — 5. Why is Jesus called "The Anointed"? Because in the Old Law the prophets, high priests, and kings were anointed w^th oil; and Jesus is our greatest Prophet, Priest, and King. 7. Why is Jesus Christ called the only "Son of God"? Because Jesus Christ is by nature and from all eternity the only Son of God, and as truly God as the Father. 8. Are we not also children of God? Yes, we are children of God, but not by nature and from all eternity; we are only adopted children, through grace. **But when the fulness of time was come, God sent His Son, . . . that we might receive the adoption of sons." Gal. iv. 4, 5. "fg. How do we know that Jesus Christ is truly God? We know it : 1, From the prophecies ; 2, From the testimony of His Heavenly Father ; 3, From His own testimony ; 4, From the teaching of the Apostles ; 5, From the teaching of the Catholic Church. 1 10. What do the Prophets call Him in their prophecies? They call Him ''God," "God with us,'' "the I\Iost Holy,'' "the Wonderful," "the Father of the world to come." II. What is the testimony of His Heavenly Father? At the Baptism of Christ in the Jordan, and at His Transfiguration on Alount Tabor, a voice from heaven was heard saying, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am vv^ell pleased." St. Matt. iii. 17. 1 12. V/hat is the tertimcny of Christ Himself? 1, Christ testified that He is the Son of God and true God like His Father. St. John iii. 13, 16; 2, He strengthened His testimony by miracles ; 3, He sealed His testimony with His death. I. "T and the Father are one." St. John x. 30. "He that seeth Me seeth the Father also." St. John xiv. 9. When solemnly adjured by the high priest to say if He be the Christ, the Son of God, Jesus said unto — 36 — e§/' maiiij. 26, 63 unb auf btefe§ Sefenntmg 5tn Ittt er hen Sob. 2) „^ie 2Bet!e, bte tc^ ini '^amen nteineg S5atet§ h)tr!e, geugen t)on tnir." 3oT^. 10, 25. ^eilung tJtelet ^ranfen. ^lufertnedtung t)on ben Sobten. Seine eigenc Sluf* etftel^ung. 5Pro:pf)e3et§ungen. 1 13, 2BcJrf)c^ ift btc Sc^rc ber 5t))ufter nUv (S^rtftu^ ? ®ie 2()DofteI Ie[)ren, ha% S()rtftu§ tt)a()rer ©ott ift, unb ha^ i[)ni batjcr t)on alien ©efc^opfen Slubetung gebufjrt ,,(S5nftu§, bet ba tft (Sott T^oi^QelolBt in ^migfeit" mm. 9, 5, ,,3n g^riftu^ n)ol)nt bie gange giille ber ©ott^eit leiB^aftig." ^ol. 2, 9. „3m 5^amen 3efu foEen fi(^ Beugen oHe ,^ntee beret, bie im ^immd, auf ber ^rbe unb unlet bet (Bxhe finb/' $J)iL 2, 10. 1 14, 2Bc(d)c^ ift hk Sc^rc ber fat^oUfdjcit ^ir^e iiBer S^rifht^ ? S)ie !at^ottjcl)e ^ircf)e l^at Don jetier getet)rt, ba§ Sf)riftu§ tDa^rf)aft ©ott, eme^ SBefen^ mit bem 35ater ift, unb Ijat biefe Setjre ftetg t)crtt)eibigt ai§ bie ^auptletjre be§ St)riften^ tl)um^. SSeif^. — ®ie l^L maxif^xex al§ SSIutjeugen. 15^ SSantm fjci^t Sefu^ K^riftu^ unfcr §err ? Sefug St)rtftu§ ^ei^t nnfer ^err, 1) tDeil er nnfer ®ott ift unb 2) iDcit er nnfer ©rlofcr ift, ber nn§ mit jeinem Slute erfauft i)at 9lui^ttntt)ent)ung. — S^^ufe Bfter§ unb anbai^ttg ben 5^amen 3efu§ an, 16efonber§ in ber SSerfuc^ung. ©ebraut^e auc^ gem ben f c^onen ©tug : ©^ lobt fei Sefu§ (E:^riftu§ I — ^n ^tDigfeit 5Xmen. S^amen^^eju^gefL 2)rittcr ®IauBcn§artiIeL ,,S)er empfangen ift 'Dom f)eiligen ©cifte, geboren au§ 2Karia ber Snngfran.'' § 1. 9Kcnf(^ttJcrbung ^efu ©Jjriftl 1. SBaa U^xt m§ ^auplfac^rij^ ber hntt^ ^xtxM ? (£r Ie()rt nn^3, ha^ ber @of)n ©otte§ burc^ 23ir!ung be§ l^eiligen @eiftei3 SJJenfc^ geiDorben ift, b. i). ba^^ er einen Seib mib eine ©eele angenommen ^at, toie n^ir SJJemc^en tjabeit — 36 — him: "Tfaou hast said it." St. Matt. xxvi. 63; and for this confession He suffered death. 2. "The works that I do in the name of My Father, Ihey give testimony of Me." St. John x. 25. Examples. Healing of many sick; raising of the dead to life; His own Resurrection; prophecies. St. John xi. 12. 1 13. What did the Apostles teach of Jesus Christ? The Apostles taught that Jesus Christ is true God, and that all creatures should adore Him. "Christ, who is over all things, God blessed forever." Rom. ix. 5. "In Him (Christ) dwelleth all the fulness of the God-head corporally." Col. ii. 9. "In the name of Jesus every knee shall bow, of those that are in heaven, on earth, and under the earth." Phil. ii. 10. 14. What does the Catholic Church teach of Jesus Christ? The Catholic Church has always taught that Jesus Christ is true God, and of one substance with God the Father. This doctrine she has ever defended as the fun- datnental doctrine of Christianity. Examples. The holy martyrs. 15. Why is Jesus Christ called our Lord? Jesus Christ is called our Lord : 1, Because He is our God ; and, 2, Because He is our Redeemer, w^ho has bought us with His blood. Application. Often invoke wnth the greatest veneration the holy name of Jesus, especially in time of temptation. Take a delight in using this beautiful salutation: **Praise be to Jesus Christ. — Forever. Amen." Feast of the holy Name of Jesus. THE THIRD ARTICLE OF THE CREED. ''^Who zvas conceived of the Holy Ghost, bo7ii of the Vir- gin Mary'' § I. Incarnation of Jesus Christ. I. What does the third article of the Creed teach us? The third article of the Creed teaches us that the Son of God through the power of the Holy Ghost became Man: that is, He took to Himself a body and soul like ours. — 37 — „^a§ SSort, (ber iSo^n ©otte§,) tft gietfc^ gettjorben unb ^a^ utitet iin§ getoo^nt" So^* 1, 14. 2. 2Btc itctttten ttiir bicfc^ (^c^^cimitt^ ? 3Sir nennen biefeg @et)eimm^ bte 9}Zenf cIjiDcrbimg be§ ©o{)rteg ©ottes. 3. ^a§ glauBcit miv alfo tiott ^cfu^ G:^riftu^ ? 3Btr g(au6en, ha^ Se]u§ Sf)riftu^ Sngleic^ tualircr (Soft unb n^af)rer SKenfd^ ift : ®ott i[t er t)on ©roigfeit uiii) ajJenjc^ tft er gelDorben in ber 3^it- 4. S33ic uiele ^aturcit gibt c§ bentnac^ in ^cfu G^firtfto ? ©^ gtbt gtDet JJaturen in Se)u S()rtfto ; bie giittlid^e 9?atnr, tDeil er @ott t[t, unb bie m e n j d) I i c^ e SZatur, tDcil er 2Kenjd) ift. 1 5. &xU c^ in 3efu d^rifto auti^ gttJci ^crfoncn ? 9?ein ; Sejn^ fe^riftn^ ift nur eine unb groar gottlii^e ^er^ fon, \vdd]t bie menjd)lic^e ?Jatur angenommen i)at 6. S^ott mem ^at ber Solin Sotted btc menfti^Itd^c Watur rmgcttom- tneit? 9Son 9}?aria, ber reinften^ungfrau. S)arum Ijeifst fie aud^ SKutter ©otte*§ ober ©otte^gebdrerin. geft ^axm S5et!unbtgung. 7. §atte Sefu^ St)riftu^ and) einett abater ? ms 9Wenfd) {)atte Sefu^ (S^riftuS feinen 95ater. „^fu§ tourbe jilr Sofe:pl§§ ©ol^n gel^alten/' Su!, 3, 23, 8. SBcr mar bcmt ber l^ciligc S^fe^J^ ? S)er f)eiUge Sojept) tpar ber DMIjrtiatcr ober ^f{eget)ater Sefu ©f)rifti. t 9^ ^arum ift ber Sofin &otic§ SJlcttft^ gctnorbcn ? S)cr ®i)f)n ©otte^ ift 9Kenfd) geU)orben, 1) um fiir im^ leiben unb fterben ju fonncn; benn al3 ©ott fonnte er toeber leiben nod^ fterben ; 2) um un§ burd) fein SSort §u leljren unb nn^ ein Sei- fpiel §u l)interlaffcn. bem toir nod)fotgen follen. — 37 — "The Word (the Only-begotten of the Father) was made flesh and dwelt among us." St. John i. 14. 2. What do we call this mystery of Christ's taking a body and soul like ours? We call this mvstery the Incarnation of the Son of God. 3. What do we believe concerning Jesus Christ? We believe that Jesus Christ is both true God and true man ; that He is God from all eternity, and became Man in time. 4. How many natures, then, are there in Jesus Christ? There are two natures in Jesus Christ: the divine na- ture because He is God, the human nature because He is man. t5. Are there also two Persons in Jesus Christ? No : Jesus Christ is only one Divine Person, who took to Himself a human nature. 6. From whom, did the Son of God take His human nature? From Mary, the purest of virgins ; therefore she is also called ''Mother of God." Feast of the Annunciation of the Blessed Virgin Mary. 7. Had Jesus Christ also a father? As man Jesus Christ had no father. "Jesus being (as it was supposed) the son of Joseph." — St. Luke iii. 23. 8. Who was St. Joseph? St. Joseph was the foster-father of Jesus Christ. tg. Why did the Son of God become m^an? The Son of God became man — 1, That He might be able to suffer and die for us, for as God He could neither suffer nor die ; 2, That He might teach us by His word, and Ice^ve us an example which w^e are to imitate. — 38 — 10» 2Bie lange ift t§ f^ott, baj^ bcr So^n Gottc§, al§ 3)^cnfii^, in bie SBcIt gcJommen ift ? Ueber neun3el)nf)uni)ert Saf)rc. IL 2Bu ift ber ^eilanb gcBoreit ttJorbcn ? 3u $8GtI)(e[jem in eiiicm ©talle. ssci^nad^tifeft, 12» 33i>cr fam 5ucrft, t>a§ SVinb Scfu attauBetctt ? (Srft !amert fromme §irten au!§ ber 9^df)e ; bann !amen bie SSei[en ober bie IjL brct Slfinitje au*^ bem SJiorgcnlaube. 13. 23?obutci) ift ben §irteu uiitb ben SBeifett bie ©cSurt Sefu ht= tamit gewurbeit? ®en §irteit ift bie ©cburt Se[u burdj einen Gngel, imb ben 3Sei)en bnrc^ eincn tDunberbaren ©tern befannt geroorben. JRu^antoentJUng. — erttjage oft tnit ban!Batetn ^eraett, bag G)otte§ ung. — ^fitmnt bh ha^ ^efulinb junt 5Jluftet. ©et fromm Qegen @ott, gel^orfam ben ^Itern, Itel6retc^ gegen 5lnbere unb trad^te 'ni @u* ten ftetg gujunel^nten, tote bu an filter aunimmft. § 3* ®a§ Bffentltdic Sebcn ^t\n S^rtftu 20^ aSo^itt ficgaB jic5^ ^cfu^. a()^ er breigtg ^a^rc alt tuar ? 211^ Sefug breigig Sa^re alt tvav, begab er [id) an hm ^tu^ Sorban, tDO er ftc^ t)on Sot)anne^ taufen lie^. Sarauf ging er in bie 23ii[te, tDO er Diergig Sage faftete. 21* ^a§ tf^ai Sefua, al§ cr hit $Buftc tjerlaffen Ijattc ? Seju§ fing an offentlicf) jn le^ren nnb Sitnger nnt fic^ gu fammein, t)on benen er jiDoIf jn jeinen 2{po[te(n ober ©ejanb^ tm ern)af)Ite. 22. SSa§ re^rtc Sefu§ ? Sefu^ lef)rte Stdeg, tDa§ tnir glanben nnb tt)nn foUen, nm felig gn tDerben. 1 23* 2Btc bettJic^ Sefu^r bag f cine fie^rc ttia^r unb oottHdft ift ? Se]n§ beiDie^, bap feine Se^re tt)at)r unb gi3ttliclj i[t 1) bnrii) bie ^eiligfeit feineg Sebens; 2) bnrd) 3Sunbertt)aten nnb SSeiffagnngen. Sefu§ fagte gu ben ^uben : „2Bet au§' eud^ !ann mt(^ emet Sitnbe Be* f^ntbtgen?" ^of), 8, 46. ,3oIIet i^x metnen 2Botten ntc^t glauben, fo glaubet nteinen 2Bet!en." ;5o5. 10, 38. 24. ^annft bu mix eintoc feincr SBunbcrt^atett anfii^rctt ? SSaffer t)ertt)anbelte Sefng in 2Sein; mit fiinf S)roben fdt- Itgte er iiber fiinftaujenb 9J?en)cf)en ; mit einem 33orte ftiUte er SSinbe nnb SSellen, t)eilte Sranft)eiten aller Slrt nnb erlsDedte Xobte sum Seben. if 25* 9®arum nctttten ttJtr folt^c 9®cr!c S^nnbcr ? SSir nennen foldje 3Serfe 3Snnber, iDcit [ie alle natiirlidjen — 39 — -fig. What is known of the remaining years of Christ's youth? The Holy Scripture tells us: ''J^sus advanced in wis- dom and age and grace with God and men/' St. Luke ii. Application. Take the child Jesus for your model. Be devout, faith- ful to God, obedient to your parents, and obliging towards others; and seek to grow in virtue as you advance in age. § 3. Public Life of Jesus Christ. 20. Where did Jesus go at the age of thirty years? At the age of thirty years Jesus went to the river Jor- dan, where He permitted St. John to baptize Him. He then retired into the desert, where He fasted forty days and nights. 21. What did Jesus do after He had left the desert? After Jesus had left the desert He began to teach in public and to gather around Him disciples, from among whom He chose twelve to be His Apostles or Messengers. 22. What did Jesus teach? Jesus taught all that we are to believe and to do in or- der to be saved. 1 23. How did Jesus prove that His Doctrine was true and divine ? Jesus proved that His doctrine was true and divine — 1, By the holiness of His life; 2, By miracles and prophecies. Jesus said to the Jews: "Which of j^ou can convince Me of sin?" St. John viii. 46. **If I do not the works of My Father, believe Me not. But if I do, though you will not believe Me, believe the works." St. John X. 37, 38. 24. Mention some of His miracles. Jesus changed water into wine ; with five loaves He fed over five thousand people; by a word He calmed the winds and the waves ; He cured all sorts of diseases, and raised even the dead to life. t25. Why do we call such works miracles? We call such works miracles, because they are beyond — 40 — ^rtifte be§ 9}?enfcl)cn iiberfteigcn itnb @ottc3 SdlmacTjt ^a^n^ fdjreiben [iiib. ,,5^tentanb !ann btefe SBunbet h)lt!en, ble bu tolrfft, toenn nicfjt 6olt tntt t^m tft/' So^.3, 2, t 26» ^attttft btt &nxQt§ anfii^rctt, tt)a§ S^fu^ gettietffrtgt f^at ? Sefug Ijat t)orauSge)agt, tvaS niir @ott tDifjen fonnte: 1) ®en S3erratf) beg Subag unb bie QSerlaugxmng be§^^ 5petru§ ; 2) ©ettt Seiben unb ©terben, jeinc Stuferftcfjung unb ^im^ melfa()rt; 3) S)ie 3^^f^S^i^^S Seru]alcm<3, bie 93crbreitung unb S)ancr feiner S£trd)e. Dlu^antueniiung. — £te§ unb IBetrac^te flei^lg bie SeBenggefdC^itf^te Scfu.^ Be^etsige feine l^ciligett Seljxen unb folge fetnen 2;ugcnbBetj|3ieIen natfj, „bcim td^ ^'^Be eu(^ ein SBeifptel gegeBen, bamit i§r cu(^ jo t^ut ioie i(^ getl^oix. „©clitten unter ^ontiuso ^i(atug, gefreustget, geftorbcn iini> begraben.^' 1. ^a§ Uf^xi m§ bcr Dtertc 5trti!el ? ©r letjrt un§, ba^ Sefu§ EliriftuS fiir mvi gelitten I)at, ant ^reuje geftorben unb m§ ©rab gelegt tDorben i[t 2. 23Sa^ ^at Sefu^ S^riftu^ fiir un§ gcUttctt ? (£r f)at fein ganjeS 2^bm ^inburct) fet)r S8ie(eg gelittem (SnbltdE) t[t er nad^ grower 2obe§angft im Cclgarten gefangcn,, t)erfpottet, gegei^elt, mit 2)ornen gefrbnt unb jutegt an^ £rcu j genagelt tDorben. 3. 2Ber ^at 3cfu§ 5itm ^obc ticntrt^eilt ? S)er romifc^e £anb)}flcger ^ontiujo ^i(atu gu leibett ? S^eirt ; Sc[u§ l^at freiiDidig ben %ob gclitten. ,,®r tft 5mgeo|)fext toorben, toeil et felBft ttjollte/' 3f. 53, 7^ t 7* SBarum f^at Scfui^ fo t)te( leibctt unb ftcrBctt ttJoUcn ? 1) Um fiir unfere ©iinbeit. genugjut^un, xmb itn§ bie t)erIorne @nabe unb ben ^immel luieber §n ermerben; 2) um feine grojse Siebe gegen un§ ju jeigcn; 3) um unj§ ein Seifpiel ju geben, bamit and) tvix gebufbig leiben, „Unt Httferer 5!JltffetT^aten tt)iGen ift er berlDunbet, um unferer ©iinbeit tntHett gefd^Iagen JtJorben/' 3l* 53, 5. „Sine Qrojsere ;OieBe al§ bteje f)at ^^temanb, ha^ er fein 2t'ben fiir feine greuube fjingi^t." ^o^. 15, 13. „(E5riflu§ l§at fiir un§ gelitten unb eud^ ein S3ei]>ie][ ]^interIoffen, batnit i^r feinen gugfta^fen nad^folget/' 1. $et. 2, 2U 8* §ur tticl^e Siinbctt ^at Q^f^vi)tn§ gcnuggct^an ? Sefug Ijat fiir bie ©rbfiinbe unb al(e anbern ©iinben ber 9}?enfd)en genuggett)an. 9. 2®arum mcrbctt aBcr ntc^t afic 3Jlcttfd^ett fcUg ? ©§ tuerben mcf}t SlUe felig, tueil nid)t Sllte tt)rerfeitv tl)un^ \va§ gum ^eile not^n:)enbig ift, b» ]^» tueil nidjt Side glaubcn^ bte ©ebote l^alten unb bie ©nabenmittel gebraudjen. 10» 9Ba§ gefri^a^ nati^ bcm Subc S^fu ? S^ad^bem feine ©eite mit einer Sanje geoffnet tuorbeit tvax, nai\m man feinen Seib Dom ^reu§e, legte \i)n in'^ @rab, Derftegelte eg unb fteUte eine "^adj^ Don ©olbaten an bem^ felben auf. 9lu^anttienbung. — ^etrac^te oft ba§ Bittere Seiben unb ©terben 3efu, unb tJergig nie, ba^ er au§ Siebe 3U bir fein Seben l^ingegeBen X)at Scbe unb leibe fiir i^n unb freusige it}n nie auf'S 9fleue in beinem ^erjen butd^ cine fd^toere ©unbe, G^ruciftj, 5lbftinen3 am greitag. — 41 — 5. What happened at the death of Jesus? At His death the sun was darkened, the earth trembled, the rocks were rent, graves opened, and many of the dead rose to Hfe. Hence the captain and his soldiers confessed, "Truly this man was the Son of God!" St. Matt, xxvii. 54. 6. Was Jesus compelled to suffer death? No; Jesus suffered death of His own free will. "He was offered because it was His own will." Is. liii. 7. 7. Why was it the will of Jesus to sufler so much and to die? 1, To make satisfaction to the Divine Justice for our sins, and to recover for us the grace of God and the right to heaven ; 2, To give a proof of His great love for us ; 3, To teach us by His own example how to suffer patiently. "He was wounded for our iniquities. He was bruised for our sins." Is. liii. 5. "Greater love than this no man hath, that a man lay down his life for his friends." St. John xv. 13. "Christ also suffered for us, leaving you an example that you should follow His steps." i St. Peter ii. 21. 8. For what sins did Jesus make satisfaction? Jesus made satisfaction for original sin and all the other sins of mankind. 9. Why are not all men saved? Because all do not do what is necessary for obtaining salvation ; that is, they do not all believe, keep the Com- mandments, and use the means of grace given them by God. 10. What happened after the death of Jesus? After the death of Jesus His sacred side was pierced with a lance ; then His body was taken down from the Cross and laid in a tomb; the tomb was sealed and sol- diers were stationed to guard it. Application. Often meditate on the bitter Passion and death of Jesus, and never forget that for love of you He gave His life. Live and suffer for His salce, and never crucify Him anew in your heart by grievous sin.— The crucifix. — Abstinence on Friday. — 42 — pnfter ©lauBcn^artifcL ,,?lbc]eutegcn 5ur ^oflc, am brittcn Sage tniebcr auferftanbeit Don ben Sobten.'^ !♦ ^a§ Bebcuten hie SSorte : ^(btjcftiegcit ^ur §Mc ? 2)a|3 bie Sccle Scfu (Sl)rt[ti nad) feincm 2obe in bie "^ov- t)dik Ijinabftieg, urn bie Seelcn ber t)er[tor6enen @ered)tcn ju troften unb gn bcfrcien. i, $et. 3, i9. 2. 2Bavum tuaren hit Seclcn ber tJor G^^riftu^ tjcrftorbettctt 05c= rec^tcu ill bcr ^orpUe ? SScil ber |>tmmcl burcf) bie @unbe t)er]cf)lD]|en iDar unb erft burc^ ©tirijtu^ jotlte ge6f[rtet iDerbcn. S. SSte lanoe hlic^ hie Seele S^fw tw ^^^ S^ur^ftijtte ? 3}ie Secle Scfu blieb bi^3 §um britten Sage in ber Sor- I)i3[Ie. S)ann Hcreinigte fie fid) bnrcf) bie Slraft feiner ©ott^ i)eit tt)ieber mit bent iieibe unb Sefug erftanb glorreid) au^3 bem ®ra6e. £fterfcft 4, SBurbe ^cfu^ anti) na^ bcr 5(uferfte^ung o^f^^cn ? Sc[u^3 i[t nari) feiner 2luferftet)ung tniebertjott hm Seinen cr|d}ienen unb feine Siinger t)aben it)n oft ge]et)en, beriiljrt, mit il)m gejprodjen unb gegeffen. 5» SSie langc hlich ^cfu^ iiat^ fctncr 3luferftc^ttug not^ auf ©rbcn ? Sejn^ blieb nodj tiieijig Sage auf ©rben unb ertlicilte feineu Slpofteln, Dornefimlid) bem ^^etrn^, oerfdjiebene S^oli- inadjten unb Uutenneifungen gum ©eften feiner Slird)e. G. 2Sa^ fuHeu tviv an§ bcr Stufcrftc^mig 3cfu Icrncu ? 1) S)a§ Sefug tpatjrer ©ott ift, 2) ha^ and) tDir einften^ auferftel^en tnerben, 3) ha^ tnir Don bem Sobe ber ©iinbe ju einem neuen, Ijeiligen 2cbm auferfteljen foUen. ,Sn 3efu§ (S^rtftug bon ben 2:obten ertuedt l^at, tolrb an^ euere fterb» lichen SelBer ItBenbig madden." Uiom. 8, IL 9Iu1^anUienlluilQ* — Sreue bic^ be§ erftanbenen §eilanb§ unb feine§ ^iege§ iibet 2^ob unb ^oEe. IBereite tic^ aucfj gu einer glorreidjcn ^^ufer* ftel^ung burc^ ein neue§, ]^eiltge§ Scben tioc. — - 42 — THE FIFTH ARTICLE OF TFIE CREED, ^'He descended into hell, the third day He rose again front the dead/' 1. What is meant by the words "He descended into hell"? That the soul of Jesus Christ, after His death, de- scended into ''Limbo,'' to console and set free the souls of the just. I St. Peter iii. 19. Limbo was the place of rest wherein the souls of the just who had died before Christ, were detained waiting for the time of the redemption. 2. Why were the souls of the just who had died before Christ detained in Limbo? Because heaven was closed through sin, and was first to be opened by Christ. 3. How long did the soul of Christ remain in Limbo? The soul of Christ remained in Limbo until the third da}^, when it was, by His own divine power, reunited to His body, and He rose gloriously from the tomb. Easter Sunday. 4. Was Christ seen after His Resurrection? After His Resurrection Christ was repeatedly seen by His Apostles and Disciples, who touched Him, ate and talked with Him. 5. How long did Christ remain on earth after His Resurrec- tion? Christ remained forty days on earth, conferring vari- ous powers upon His Apostles, especially upon Peter, and leaving instructions for the good of His Church- 6. What does the Resurrection of Christ teach us? 1, That He is true God; 2, That we also shall rise again ; 3, That we should rise from the death of sin to a new and holy life. **He that raised up Jesus Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies." Rom. viii. ii. Application. Rejoice at the thought of your Blessed Saviour's triumph over death and hell. Prepare yourself by a new and holy life for a gloria ous resurrection. — 4.Z — D ift S^rifttt^ in ben §immel anfgefa^ren ? 2Uif bent Delberge, bor hm Slngen jeincr Siinger* 1 4» 2Kamm ift K^riftu^ in hen §imme( anfgefa^ren ? 1) Urn t)on jemer ,g)errlid}feit Se[i^ p netjmen; 2) um unfer giirfprecfter beim S5ater ^n fetn; 3) um and) un^ eine 93of)nung gu bereitem ,3ii^ ^a^en einen giirf^red^ex Mm SSater, ^ef um (S^ttftum/' 1. Sol§. 2,1. 5* 22Bai§ Bebentett bie SBorte : Si^et snr Otedftten ©ottc^ ? ©ie bebeuten, ha^ 6f)riftug aud^ al§ 9}?en]c^ Sf)eil nimmt on ber SKad^t unb §errUd)feit be^ 35aterg. (S^^. i, 20-22, 9lM^anto)cnt)Uttg.— St^e'Be oftbetn C>5emiitl^ unb betn^ers gum^imntet ^etnent toal^ren ^^atertanbe, 5Jlit 3efu §ulfe iinb beinex eifrigen 3Jlittt)ix!ung toixft bv aud^ bortl^in Qelangen. ©d^eue !eine 3Jlu]^e, ber §tmmel ift 5lEc& toextlg. (Sicbcntcr ©lauBcn^artifcL J8on bannen er lommen ttjirb, ju ric^ten bie Sebenbigen unb bie Sobten.'' 1. VBa§ Ic^tt m§ ber ftebentc Strtilel ? S)er fiebente ©lauben^artifel Iet)rt un§. ba^ Sefug £t)riftu§ — 43 — THE SIXTH ARTICLE OF THE CREED. "He ascended into heaven, sitteth at the right hand of God the Father Almighty.'' 1. What do these words, "He ascended into heaven," teach us? They teach us that Christ, by His own power, with body and soul went up into heaven. Ascension Thursday. 2. Did Christ ascend alone into heaven? Christ took with Him into heaven the souls of the just, whom He had freed from Limbo. Eph. iv. 8. 3. From what place did Christ ascend into heaven? From Mount Olivet, in the sight of His disciples. t4. Why did Christ ascend into heaven? r, To take possession of His glory ; 2, To be our Advocate with His Father ; 3, To prepare a place for us. "We have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ." i St. John ii. 2. 5. What is meant by the word3 "sitteth at the right hand of God"? They mean that Christ even as Man partakes of the power and glory of the Father. Eph. i. 20-22. Application. Often raise your mind and heart to heaven, your true home. By the grace of Jesus and by your earnest co-operation, you too will reach it. Let no difficulty deter you; heaven is well worth all the pains you can take. THE SEVENTH ARTICLE OF THE CREED. ^'From thence He shall come to judge the living and the deadr I. What does the seventh article of the Creed teach us? The seventh article of the Creed teaches us that Christ will come again at the end of the world with great power — 44 — am (Snbe ber SSelt mtt grower 9Kad}t unb |)errlicl)fett tt)iebcr^ fommen tt)irb, um alle SKenfdjen, bie ©uten unb bie SfifcUp ^u ridjten. 2. SSie ^ci^t biefc^ ©crtdftt am ©itbc bcr SSeU ? S)iefe}3 ©Grid)t ^etfet ba§ a 11 g e m e t n e ober ba§ 9S e 1 1- g e r i d) t, tDcil bann aGe 2)?enjd)en ^^ugleid) gend)tet tDerben. t 3. SSatttt fomntt ba^ (5nbe ber SSelt ? S}en Sag be§ ®ericf)tg iDeife S^temanb; bod) iDerben berfd^iebene ^^i^j^n am ^immel unb auf (Srben Dorangeljen. 2nt 21, 25 u, f* lij. 4, 933oru6cr merbcit bie SJlenft^en gcrtt^tet tuerben? ®te SKenjdjen tDcrben geridjtet tDcrben iiber aHe ®e^ t)anfen, SSorte unb 3S e r ! e unb iiber bie U n t e r I a f^ jung be§ ©uten, „®tTte§ ;5eben SBet! tnirb offenBar tnexben; bentt ber Sag be§ §etrn toirb e§ an§ Sic^t BxinQen/' 1. Sor, 3, 13. 5» 333a^ ttJtrb ber giJttUi^e SRir^ter gu ben (^iiteu fageti ? Stommet, t{)r ©efegneten metneg 95ater§, befiget ba§ 3?ei(^, ttield^eg end) bereitet ift l:)on 2lnbeginn ber 3Belt 3natt5.25,34. 6. 99Sa^ totrb ber §err su ben SSofeit fatjen ? JBeic^et t)on mtr, t^r ^erfluc^ten, in ba§ etDige geuer, tr)eld)eg bem Seufel unb feinen (Sngefn bereitet ift 23latt§, 25, 4i, ?♦ SSa^ ttJirb auf ben SRi(i)terfjjruj^ fulgen ? ©ie S3i3len tDerben in bie §6lle, bie ©uten aber in ben ^immel einget)en. maifi), 25, 46. 8. &ibt e^ nod) tin anbere^, al§ ha§ afigemeine &ctidjt? (S§ gibt nod^ ha§ b e j n b e r e ©eridjt, in tDelc^em jcber SKenjc^ gleid) nad) feinem Sobe geridjtet tDirb, „©§ ift bem 5[Renfc§en Beftttntnt, einmal 3U [texlBen; barnac^ folgt ba3 ©ettd^t" §eb. 9, 27. ' . t 9* SSarum ttJirb ttebft bem Befoitbcrii ©erid^t nod) dn aKgcmei^ ue^ ftattftnbett? @in aUgemeineS ©erid)t tDirb jtattfinben, 1) bamit bie 2Beig^eit unb ©erec^tigfeit ©otte^ t)on %Ucn anerfannt tucrbe; — 44 — and majesty to judge all men, both the good and the wicked. 2. What do we call the judgment at the end of the world? The general judgment, the last judgment, or the judg- ment of the world, because then all men shall be judged together. tS. When will be the end of the world? When it will be no man knows ; nevertheless various signs in heaven and on earth will precede it. St. Luke xxi. 25. 4. What are the things for which we shall be judged? We shall be judged for all our thoughts, words, works, and omissions. "Every man's work shall be manifest, for the day of the Lord shall de- clare it." I Cor. iii. 13. 5. V/hat will the Divine Judge say to the just? He will say to the just: ''Come, ye blessed of My Fath- er, possess the kingdom prepared for you from the f oun- ' dation of the world.'' St. Matt. xxv. 34. 6. What will the Divine Judge say to the wicked? He will say to the wicked : ''Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, which was prepared for the devil and his angels.'' St. Matt. xxv. 41. 7. What will be the result of the last judgment? The wicked shall go into everlasting punishment, but the just into life everlasting. St. Matt. xxv. 46. 8. Is there any other than the general judgment? Yes ; there is also the particular judgment, which im- mediately follows death. "It is appointed unto men once to die, and after this the judgment." Heb. ix, 2.'j. 9. Why will there be a general judgment besides tliis particu- lar judgment? There will be a general judgment — I, That God's wisdom and justice may be acknowl- edged by all men ; — 45 — 2) bamit Sefu§ ©[jriftug tior ber ganjen SSelt t)ert}errltd)t 3) bamit bie (Sered^ten bie t)erbtente (Sfire unb bie @ott- Io[en bie Derbtente ©c^marf) empfangen. „^ann trerben bie ©erec^tett mtt grower ©tanbl^afttg!ett benen gegen* il'Betfte'^en, t)on benen fie geangftiget toorben unb bie ©ottlofen tuetben e§ fel^en unb bon fi^retltii^er fjuri^t tjeriDirrt tnerben u, f . tt)." 2Set§5. 5, 1. 10* aSul^ttt fommt t>it ©ccic itac^ bent Bcfottberit ©erit^t ? (Sie fommt entocber in ben ^inimcl, ober in bie |)6lle, j)ber m'§ gegfeuer. IL 2Sa^ ift ha§ fycgfcucr ? S)a^o gegfeuer ift ein Drt, in tDelc^em bie ©eele burd^ groBe Seiben gereinigt ttjirb. 9leintgung§ott 12» ^Bclc^c ©eelen lommcu in ba^ gcgfeucr? ©ie ©eelen ber ©erec^ten, bie nad) bent S^obe entoeber nod) IdBlid)e ©iinben, ober geitlidje ©trafen abjubii^en ^aben. „^u§ btefem ^er!er tt)ttft bu ntd^t el^er ]^erau§!ommen, 16l§ bu ben le^* ten teller Beaa^It !)aft/' ^IJlatt^. 5, 26. gernet 2. matt 12, 46. 1. ^or, 3, 15. 13» aStrb ba^ ^egfcucr nat^ bent afigcmcinctt 65ertt^t aut^ noi^ tiefte^eu ? dlad) bent affgemeincn ©crtdjt gibt Ci3 nur nod) §immel unb ^o(Ie, aber fein geg[ener meljr. 14, aScl^e ®ee(ett fommctt xxad) bcm Sobc fogrett^ in ben §immcl ? S)ie ©eelen ber ©eredjtcn, l^eldje beim Sobe be^3 Seibe^^ ganj rein, b. f). Don allcr ©iinbe unb ©unben[trafe frei [tub. 15* 25t>cl(^e ©eelctt lumtneu na^ hem Xohe in hit §oIIc ? S)ie ©eefen ber ©unbcr, toeldje in ber geinb]d)aft @otte^5, b. {). im 3^[to^^ ^^^^^ Sobfiinbe geftorben finb. Slu^anltsenbung. — ®en!e oft an ©otte§ (Sertd^t. S5on ^Hent, an^ t)on jiebem unnii^en SQBort, ntu^t bu S^lei^enft^aft geBen unb 5lUe§, aii^ ba» Ser- fcorgenfte, U)ixb an'§ ;Ct(^t gegogen tt)erben. Set tmntet Ibereit unb in ber @nabe @otte§, bamit bex %oh bi(^ m(5t in bet Sobfiinbe iilberxafd^e unb \o tent Wd^iex iil6erliefe^vev — 45 — 2, That Jesus Christ may be glorified before the %vhole world; 3, That the just may receive the honor and the iv^icked the shame which they have merited. "Then shall the just stand with great constancy against those that have 'Tifflicted them, and these seeing it shall be troubled with terrible fear," etc. iVisd. V. I. 10. Where does the soul go after the particular judgment? The soul goes to heaven, to hell, or to purgatory. 11. What is purgatory? Purgatory is a place or state of punishment wherein by suffering for a time souls are purified. 12. What souls go to purgatory? The souls of those who have to atone for venial sins, or for the temporal punishment due to past sins, the guilt of w^hich has been remitted. "Thou shalt not go out from thence till thou repay the last farthing." St. Matt. V. 26. Also: 2 Machab. xii. 46; i Cor. iii. 15. 13. Will there be a purgatory after the general judgment? No; after the general judgment there will be only heaven and hell. 14. What souls go at once to heaven after death? The souls of the just, who at the time of their death are perfectly clean, that is, are free from all sin and punish- ment due to sin. 15. What souls go at once to hell? The souls of those who die enemies of God, that is, in mortal sin. Application. Think often of God's judgment. We shall have to giwf an account of everything, even of the idle words that we have uttered The most hidden secrets shall be brought to light. Hold yourself in readi ness, that death may not surprise you in mortal sin, and in that state de liver you over to your Judge. — 4G — 2l(^tcr ©lauBcn^artifel ,,S^ gtaude an ben {)eiligen ©eifi" 1. SBetr ift bcr ^ctUgc ©cift ? 2)er tieiltge ©cift ift bie britte ^erjon in ber ®ottf)ett, meldje t)on ©rcigfeit £)er Dom 95ater unb t)om ©of)ne au^get)L 2. SBo ift bcr ^eilttjc @cift ? (Sr ift u6erall, tDcil er ®ott ift, bocl^ ift er al§ ®naben^ fpenber auf befonbere 2Seife in ber Iatt)o(i)cf)en Sl!irc^e unb in ber ©eele be§ ®ered)ten. 3» SSautt ift bcr ^ciligc ©cift bcr ^irt^c gcfanbt ttiorbctt ? ?lm ^fingfttage !ant ber t)ei(ige ©eift in ©eftalt fenriger 3nngen iiber bie Stpoftel ijtxab, urn fiir immer bei ber Stixd)^ 5U bleiOen. ^fin^ftfeft. „3c^ ItJiII ben SDater bitten unb er tntrb en(5 etnen anbern Crofter geben, bamtt er in Slt)ig!eit Bei eut^ bleiBe, ber ©eift ber 2Sat)r]§ett/' 3o§. 14, 16, 17, 4» 2Sa^ njirfct bcr ^ciligc @cift fortma^rcttb in bcr ^ircS^c ? Sr (etirt, l^eiligt unb regiert bie ^tirc^e unfic^tbarer 3Sei[e bis an'0 @nbe ber 3Selt. 5» SSautt fommt bcr ^ciligc ©cift ^ucrft in hit ®cc(c ? Sn ber f)eiligen Saufe, 6. S5kitit bcr l^ciligc ®cift immcr in bcr Sccic ? ®cr tjeilige ©eift bleibt fo lange in ber ©ee(e, al§ fie rein Don jeber fdj^eren ©iinbe ift. 7. 2S5a^ ttiirfct bcr ^ciligc @cift in bcr ®cc(c ? (£r erleud)tet, ftartet, troftet, reinigt unb f)ei{igt bie Seele^ barum n?irb er and) Xrbfter unb §eiligmac^er ge^ nannt. Dlu^anttJenbung. — ,,2[Siffet il^r nid^t, ha^ i§r %mx\)zl ®otte§ feib, unb ber ©eift @otte§ in eud^ tDol^net ?" 1. (Sor. 3, 16. S5erBanne nie ben ^eitigen ©eift au§ beinem ^erjen butd^ eine Sobfiinbe, BetriiBe x%n nt(^t burcl) lag- lid^e^ 9iufe aui^ oft ben ^eitigen ©etft an, bag er bic§ etleuc^te, ftdxfe unb leitc, golge getreu feinen ©inf^red^ungen. — 46 — THE EIGHTH ARTICLE OF THE CREED. "I believe in the Holy Ghost!' t. Who is the Holy Ghost? The Holy Ghost is the Third Person of the Blessed Trinity, proceeding, from all eternity, from the Father and the Son. 2. Where is the Holy Ghost? As God, the Holy Ghost is everywhere ; but as the Dis- penser of grace, He is especially present in the Catholic Church and in the souls of the just. 3. When was the Holy Ghost sent down upon the Church? On Whit-Sunday the Holy Ghost descended on the Apostles in the form of fiery tongues, to abide forever with the Church. Pentecost. "I will ask the Father and He shall give you another Paraclete that He snay abide with you forever, the Spirit of truth." St. John xiv. 16, 17. 4. What does the Holy Ghost perpetually do in the Church? The Holy Ghost teaches, sanctifies, and directs the Church in an invisible manner, to the end of the world. 5. When does the Holy Ghost first come into our soul? When we receive the Sacrament of Baptism. 6. Does the Holy Ghost always remain in our soul? The Holy Ghost remains in the soul as long as it is free from mortal sin. 7. What effect does the Holy Ghost produce in the soul? The Holy Ghost enlightens, strengthens, consoles, puri- fies, and sanctifies the soul ; hence He is also called the '^Comforter" and ^^Sanctifier." Application. "Know you not that you are the temple of God, and that ihe Spirit of God dwelleth in you?" i Cor. iii. 16. Beware of banishing ^he Holy Ghost from your heart by mortal sin, and of grieving Him by venial sin. Often invoke the Holy Spirit, asking Him to enlighten, strengthen, and direct ^ou. Correspond faithfully to His insDiratious. — 47 — ^euntcr ®IauBen^artt!cL ^©ine f)Gi(ige, Iatf)oIi jdje ^irc^e; ©cmemfdjaft ber ^eitigen.'* § L SSuti ber Str(^c tut SlJIgctttetttcrt. 1. 2Ba§ :^at etjriftu^ fiet^ait, urn aHeit ^eitftiictt 161)^ an§ (gnbc bcr 2BeIt bic d^natJc ber (Srliifung ntit5ut^eUeu ? Sfjrifti:^ \]at baju etne befonbere ^^cK^anftalt gcftiftet, tDcId^e man ble ^irdje nennt 2. aSic ^at e^riftu^ btcfc $ciI^aKftaIt gcftiftet? (Sr t)at ^ctruS itub bie anbern 9lpo[tct 511 fetnett ©tcH- t)ertrctcrn an[ ©rben eingejefet, unb i^ncn jeine SSoKmadjt er== ttieitt, gum ^eile ber 2)?cn]d)cm „3^riebe fet tntt eu(^ ! 60 tnte tnt^ bet S5atet gefenbet l^at, fo jenbe td^ cua^/' ^ol§. 20,21. 3. S!BcI(^c^ 5Tntt itBertntft S^riftu^ ben 3lt)ofte(n, iubcm cr i^ttcn feittc aJoCmad^t berlie^ ? ©IjrtftuS I)at feinen Slpofteln iibertragen : 1) ha§ Sebramt, jeine Set)re §u )3rebtgcu ; 2) ha§ ^priefteramt, bte {}eiL ©a!ramente ^it fpenbcn ; 3) ha§ ^irtenamt, bie ©laubigen §u leiten unb ju rcgieren. „^h tft aHe ©etnalt gegeBen tm §ttntnel itnb auf drbett. S)atuttt gel^ei l^ttt unb lel^tet aHe S55I!et unb taufet fie int 3^amen bey S5atctg unb be^ ©ol^ne§ unh be§ l^eingen ©etfteS unb leljxet fie 5tEe§ l^alten, ba3 ic§ eui§ IBefo^Ien 5a5e/' 5[}lat[^. 28, 18—20, 5Jlatt§. 18, 18. ,,%^mi biefe§ 3U uteinem 5lnben!en/' Su!. 22, 19. 4. aBcId)C)g 5Itttt ^at S^rtftu^ bettt $ctnt^ aUtin uBcrtragcu ? ©Ijri[tu§ mad)te ben ^etrug gum Dberljaupte joiner Slird)e. ,,^u 16ift 5Pettu§, (bet 5el§) unb auf biefen getfen totH xc^ utetne ^irt^e Bauen unb bie $pfoxten ber §oIIe toexben fie nic^t ixBettrjaltigen. Unb bir tcili ii^ bie ©(^liiffel be§ ^intmelreic^eg geBen. OTeg, U)a§ bu auf ^xhen 16tnben toirft, tcirb aud^ tm ^intmel geBnnben fein ; unb ?ine§, tt)a§ bu auf ^xbeit lofen toitft, ttJttb aui^ int §intmel gelofet fein." ^att^. 16, 18. 19. ,,2Bcibe tneine Sdmnter — SBetbe meine Sdmntex — SBeibe meine ©$aafe!" ^oi). 21, 15—17. — 47 — THE NINTH ARTICLE OF THE CREED. *''The Holy Catholic Church, the Communion of Saints.^' § I. The Church in General. 1. What did Christ do in order to communicate the grace of salvation to all men unto the end of the world? Christ established for that purpose a special institution which we call the Church. 2. How did Christ establish this Church? He appointed St. Peter and the other Apostles His rep- resentatives on earth, and conferred on them a power sim- ilar to His own, that through their ministry all men might be saved. "Peace be to you. As the Father hath sent Me, so I also send you." St, John XX. 21. 3. What office did Christ give the Apostles in conferring this power on them? Christ gave His Apostles 1, The office of teachers, to preach His doctrine ; 2, The office of priests, to administer the Sacra- ments ; 3, The office of pastors, to guide and rule the faith- ful. "All power is given to Me in heaven and on earth. Going therefore, teach ye all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Teaching them to observe all things what- soever I have commanded you." St. Matt. xvii. 18; xxviii. 18-20. **Do this in commemoration of Me.'* St. Luke xxii. 19. 4. What office did Christ confer on Peter alone? Christ conferred on Peter alone the office of supreme head of His Church. *Thou art Peter (a rock), and upon this rock I will build My Church, and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. And I will give to thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven. And whatsoever thou shalt bind upon earth, it shall be bound also in heaven, and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth, it shall be loosed also in heaven." St. Matt. xvi. 18, 19. "Feed My lambs, feed My sheep." St. John xxi. 15, 17. — 48 — 5. 9IBcr tft beittt nt(^t S^tiftu^ ha§ Of)eti^anpt bcr ^trt^c ? (Jt)riftu^ i[t giDar haS D6ert)au)3t ber H'trd)e, aber ba§ unfict)tbare; 5pctru§ bagegen ba§ j i c^ t b a r e. ^a bte ^it(^e ein fid^tBaret ^bxpex tft, mu§ fie au^ em ft(^tBate§ §au:pt 6. eotttc ba§ 9ltnt bc^ ^t $ctru§ unb ber 2t)Joftct an^ fortbefte^eti ? S)a^ Stmt be§ 1)1 ^etrn§ unb ber Stpoftel foUte fortbe- ftet)en bt§ an§ (Snbe ber SBelt, toeil bte S^irdje attegeit fo fortbe[te:^en mu^, tvk ©t)ri[tu§ [ie etngerid)tet \)at S)atuttt f^ta(^ S^xtftug, cl§ er fie au§fattbte t^t ^mt 311 bertoalten : ,,Uttb fel^et, it^ Vm Bei eu(^ aHe Za^e Bi§ an§ ©nbe ber SSelt/' Matt:^. 28, 20. 1 7» 2Ba§ t:^atctt bte 5(^JofteI, na^bem fie am ^ftrtgftfefte htn % @eift ettt^fauoeu fjatUix ? ©ie gingen an§ in alle SSelt, :j:)rebigten unb tauften, tote S^riftuS it)nen befolilen I)atte, unb tieretntgten alte urn [id), toeldje glaubten unb fid) taufen lie^en. t 8. ^a§ etttftanb a\x§ btefett 25eretttett ijott (SlaitBtoett ? (£§ entftanben ©^riftengemetnben, U)eld)e ber t)L ^etru§ unb bie iibrtgen Slpoftel al§ ©te[It)ertreter (S^rtftt regterten. t 9» 23?a§ t^aten bie 5()JofteI, al§ t>xt S^rifteiigetneinbeit fic^ t>er= tne^rtcu ? ©ie tnetfjten an 'oxd^n Drten 95tfd)6fe unb fe^ten fie aU SSorfte^er ber neuen S^riftengemeinben ein unb trngen iljnen auf, ha^ fie tnieber anbere toeifjen unb einfe^en follten. 1 10^ Stattbett aUt biefe Sfiriftettgetttcittbett mit eittattber itt ajer= biubmig ? Side jene Kf)riftengemetnben ftanben nttt einanber in enger ^erbinbung, ©te befanntcn benjelben @ t a u b e n, naljmen ^(}etl an benfelben ©a!ramenten, unb ftaitben unter einem gemeinjamen C)berf)aupte, bent t)L ^etru^. ©0 bilbeten fie eine einjige gro^e ©emeinbe t)on 6f)riften» 1 11* 2Sie ttattttte tttan btefe gro^e ^^rtftettgenteinbe ? Man nannte biefe gro^e 6()rtftengemeinbe unter einem ge^ nteinjamen Dberl)anpte bie fatboltfd)e, b. t). bie aUge- meine ^trc^e, ober and) mit einem SBorte: bie l^irc^e. 12» S9a^ ift bcmgetttat bie mrd)c ? £)ie Slird)e ift bie ©en^einbe aller red^tglaubigen ©fjriften — 48 — 5. Is not Christ Himself the Head of the Church? Christ is indeed the Head of the Church, but He is the invisible Head ; Peter, however, is the visible head. The Church, being a visible community or body, must have a visible ■ head. 6. Was the office entrusted to Peter and the Apostles to con- tinue after them? The office entrusted to Peter and the Apostles was to endure to the end of the world, because the Church is al- ways to continue as Christ established it. This is evident from the words which Christ spoke to His Apostles when He sent them forth to exercise their office. "And behold I am with you all days, even to the consummation of the world." St. Matt, xxviii. 20. t7. What did the Apostles do after they had received the Holy Ghost on Whit-Sunday? They w^ent forth into the whole w^orld, preaching and baptizing, as Christ had commanded, and united into con- gregations all those who believed and were baptized. t8. What arose from these congregations of believers? There arose communities of Christians, whose rulers were St. Peter and the other Apostles as representatives of Christ. tg. What else did the Apostles do, when the communities of Christians increased? They ordained bishops, and appointed them every- where as rulers of the new Christan communities, and au- thorized them to ordain and appoint others. 1 10. Were all these several Christian communities united with one another? Yes, they were all closely united with one another; they professed the same faith, partook of the same sacra- ments, and altogether formed one great Christian family under one common head, St. Peter. fii. What did they call this great family of Christians un- der one common head? They call this great family of Chrstians under one com- mon head the Catholic, that is, the universal. Church, or, in one word, the Church. 12. What, then, is the Church? The Church is the congregation of all the faithful on — 49 — mtf (Srben itnter Stncm gemeinfamen C6erf)aupte imb ben if)m xintercjeorbneten S3ijct)6fen. 13. 2Bcr tft feit \>tm Xoht ht§ fjU ^ttvn§ ha§ ftrf)tBarc Dhtxf^anpt ber itircfje ? ©ag fid)t&are Dber^au^^t ber ^ird^e fett bem Stobe be§ I)t. 1I?etrug ift jeirt red^tmafeiger S^ai^folger auf bem bijc^i)[(itf)en ^anpt ift ; befe- tDcgen net)men bie ©inen 5;;(jei( an ben geiftigen ©litem ber SlnDern. 4L 9Sic IjaBctt tnir 2^^ci( an ben gciftUdjcn (^iitcrtt bcv Scligcn im ^immcl ? S)ie S5erbtenfte unb bie giirbitte ber §eiligen bei ©ott fommen nnS gu ©ute. 42* ^Pttttctt auA bie ©eelcn im ^^egfcucr Sficil nel)mctt an uttfcrn geiftlirfjctt ©iitern ? 2Bir fommen ben ©eelen im gegfeuer gn |)ulfe burd) ©e- bet, SIblafje; gate 2Ser!e unb befonDerg burc^ bag t)eilige a^eBopfer. ^©§ ift etn l§etltget unb l^etlfamer @eban!e, fiix bte SBetftorBetten gu 15eten, batnit fie ticrr il^ren ©iinben erioft toerben/ 2, 5Jla!f. 12, 46. filler* feelentag* 43. ^aUn luir aurfj 5tttt^ei( an bcit gciftUt^cn ©iitcrn bcr Shrift* gldttbigcu auf (^rben ? SBir ^aben bejonber;? int ©tanbe bcr ©nabe 2Intf)eiI an — 53 — of God are spiritually united to the faithful on earth. 37. What is this spiritual union called? The Communion of Saints. 38. Who are members of this Communion of Saints? 1, All the members of the Catholic Church on earth, that is, the Church militant; 2, All the souls in Purgatory, that is, the Church suffering ; 3, All the Saints in heaven, that is, the Church triumphant. 39. Why are all the members of this Communion spoken of as *'Saints"? Because all are called to be Saints and have been sanc- tified by Baptism, and many of them have already at- tained perfect sanctity. 40. In what manner are all these members united? They are all spiritually united as members of one body, whose head is Christ; and therefore all share in the spiritual goods of the others. 41. How do we share in the spiritual goods of the Saints in heaven? We share in their merits, and are assisted by their prayers. 42. How do the souls in Purgatory share in our spiritual goods? They are assisted by our prayers, alms-deeds, the ap- plication of indulgences, by other good works, but espe- cially by the Holy Sacrifice of the Mass. "It is a holy and wholesome thought to pray for the dead, that they may be loosed from their sins." 2 Mach. xii. 46. All Soul's Day. 43. Do we also share in the spiritual goods of the faithful on earth? Yes ; especially while in the state of grace- we share in — 54 — oHen 93?e^o|)fern, ©efieten, guten SSerfen nnb an aKen getft^ lichen @d)a^en ber fatt)oIi](^en Sird)e. IWtt^anlDCnimng— greue bt(5, em ©Heb am Qe^etmni^boIIen SetBc ^efu unb fo in ©emeinfc^aft mit fo t)ielen ^eiUgen gu fetn. (Set aber etn IeBenbige§, l^eiltgeS ©lieb. S^ufe mit SSertrQuen beine feltgen SSriibet im ' ^immel an, S3ete etfrtg fiit bie atmen ©eeten unb fxit aEe ^Jlenfd&eU; 16e* jonbex§ bie ©lauIienSgenoffen. ^el^ntcr ©lauBcn^arttfcL ,,9?ac!)IaB ber ©iinben.'' !♦ SBa^ U^xt m§ ber se^ntc 5Irti!er ? S)er geljute 5lrti!el Ief)rt, ba^ man in ber Jat^olifi^en ^trc^e, !raft ber a.^erbien[te Sefu ©tirifti, 92a4(afjuiig ber ©iinben unb itjrer ©trafen eriangen fann. 2, SS^ie tuerben in ber fatl^olift^en ^irc^e hh ©iittben ttati^gelaffett ? Surd) ba^ (Saframcnt ber Saufe unb ber 95u^e, 3, ^ijttttctt aUc ©iittbctt in ber fat^olifrfjett Sirt^e nad^gelaffen tticrben ? 3a, atle ©iinben oljne SluSna^me fonnen in ber fat^o- Iifd)en ^ircfje nadigelaffen toerben. „^IIe§ tt)a§ il^r auf (Srben lofen toetbet, tnirb auc^ tm §immel gelojet fein." 3}latt§. 18, 18. 9lu^anUJentlUttc;. — ©iinbige nie, n^enn bu aBer gefiinbtget, berjtDetflc titi^t, benn bu !annft butd^ ©otte§ unenblid^e SSarml^exaigfeit unb bie ^ex^ bienfte ^eju S5et3eif)ung cr:^alten, 5!Jlan mug i^ho^ bie notl^igen 2Jlittel an* Joenben unb fid^ exn[tUd^ beffexn ttjollen. eiftcr ©laubcn^arttfcL „3luferftef)nng be§ gleifc^eS," 58eim SoDe fdjeibet bie ©eele t)om Seibe unb erfd)eint bor a^ bic ©trafeit ber ^erbammteit ettiig finb ? 1) 2lu§ bem !(aren 3^i^sniffe S^rifti unb ber 2(pofte{ ; 2) au§ ber au^briid(id)en Se^re ber unfe[)I6aren ^ird)e. „Sie toetben gel^en in bie etoige $ein." ^aiif). 25, 46. „^'t)x SButttt ftitl6t nicf)t unb ba§ geuet etlifc^t nid^t/' 5Jcat!. 9, 45. 9» SScrbett aHe ^erbammten glci^ tJtcC (eiben ? Seber n^irb leiben nai) bem 9J?aJ3e feiner ©iinbcn unS> nad) bem 2Ki]3brauc^e ber iljm i:)er{ief)enen ®naben. — 56 — 2, In freedom from all evil and the blissful society of the Angels and Saints. "Enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." St. Matt. xxv. 21. "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man, what things God hath prepared for those that love Him.*" I Cor. ii. 9. 4. Shall all the just in heaven be equally happy? Every one shall be rewarded according to his labor, that is, according to his merits, i Cor. iii. 8. 5. Shall not the damned also live forever? The damned shall live forever in hell, where they shall be miserable for all eternity. Example, The rich man in hell. St. Luke xvi. 6. What is hell? Hell is the place of everlasting, unspeakable misery and torment. Christ calls it: "a place of torments." St. Luke xvi. 28; "an everlast- ing punishment." St. Matt. xxv. 46; "an unquenchable fire;" St. Mark ix. 44; "the exterior darkness, where there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth." St. Matt. viii. 12. 1 7. In what does the misery of the damned consist? The misery of the damned consists 1, In the loss of God and of the joys of heaven; 2, In the most intolerable torments of body and soul ; 3, In the horrible company of the devils and of all the damned. "Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire," etc. St. Matt. xxv. 41. 1 8. How do we know that the pains of the dammed are eter- nal? 1, We know it from the clear testimony of Christ and the Apostles ; 2, From the plain teaching of the infallible Church. "And they shall go into everlasting punishment." St. Matt. xxv. 46. "Their worm dieth not, and the fire is not extinguished." St. Mark ix. 45. 9. Shall the pains of all the damned be equal? Each one shall suffer in proportion to his sins and to the bad use he has made of the graces bestowed on him. — 57 — 10» 9Bc(c^ci3 flub bic tJtcr (c^tcn ^ingc be^ SDknfrfjcit ? ©ie t)icr lefetcn Sincje bc§ SKenfcften finb 1) ber %oh, 2) baj§ ®eridjt, 3) bte |)6l{e, 4) ber |)immeL „^n alien beinen 2Ser!en gebenfe betner U^ien Singe nnb bu toitft in Smigfeit nid^t funbigen/ (Sit. 7, 40. 11. SSaa ^cbcntct baig aSSurt ^tmcit am ®d)Iut bog ©rauBcn^- iBefctttttttiffC)^ ? 5)a§ SSort 5tmen bebeutet jo t)tGl alig : fo ift c§ — bag gtaube id) fefi ^lu^ontueniuitg* — SBeben!e e§ too^t: ^Stnntat t)etIoten, etoig t)er* loren/' nnb ^augenBMIic^e Suft Bxingt etoige £lual;" abet ^!ut3e§ Seiben btingt etotge gteuben." ^0n hsn ^lebciitn. !♦ S^tttt tt)ir gcttug itm fcHg su ttjcrben, mentt mir ^ttC)§ glauBctt, snja^ ®ott gcoffenbarct ^at ? Urn feltg ju tuerben, ift e^ nic^t genitg b(o§ gu glauben f onbern \vxv miiffen aud) bte ©ebote t)a(ten. „2BiGft bu sunt SeBen eingel^en, fo l§alte bie @el6ote/ OJlatt^. 19, 17. t2. aSclti^c ©cBotc miifTctt ttiir f^alttn? 9Sir Tttiiffen bte ®ebote ©otteg unb bte ©ebcte ber ^trd)t l^a'teu. t 3» ^iinttcn toiv and} aUt ©eBotc ^alteu ? Ttit §u(fe ber gottltc^en ®nabe fottnen tt)tr aUe ©ebott I)alten. S5on km ^au^JtgeBott 4* 33el(i^ei^ ift \>a§ ^anptqthot, ha§ aUt iibrigen in ft(i^ fci^ne^t? Sag §au)^tgebot t[t ba§ ©ebot ber Stebe ©otteg unb be^ S^ai^ften. — 57 — 10. V/hich are the four last things? The four last things are i, death; 2, judgment; 3, hell, and 4, heaven. **In all thy works remember thy last end, and thou shalt never sin." Ecclus. vii. 40. 11. What is the meaning of the word "Amen," with which we conclude the Apostles' Creed? The meaning of the word Amen is ''So be it," — 'This I firmly believe/' Application. Often consider this serious truth: "Once lost, forever lost." "Momentary joy often leads to eternal pain; but short pain to eternal joy." PART II. THE COMMANDMENTS. I. Is it sufficient for eternal salvation to believe all that God has revealed? To obtain salvation it is not sufficient simply to be- lieve ; we must also keep the commandments. "If thou wilt enter into life, keep the commandments." St. Matt, xix. 17. fa. What commandments must we keep? We must keep the Commandments of God and the Commandments of the Church. ts. Are we able to keep all the commandments? With the assistance of God's grace we are able to keep all the commandments. THE CHIEF COMMANDMENTS. 4. Which are the chief commandments that include all others? The chief commandments are the Commandment of the love of God and the Commandment of the love of our neighbor. — 58 — 6. aSic lanttt btcfe^ griigte ®cBot ? „2)u foHft ben ^errn, betnen ®ott Iteben an§ beinem gam ^en ^erjen, an§> beiner flanjen ©cele, au§ beinem gan.^eit &t^ miit^e unb au§ alien beinen ^raften. ®ieg i[t ha§ gri^fjte unb crfte ©ebot £a^ anbere a6er ift btefem gletc-^ : S)u foUft bet- jten 9^a(i)[ten lieben ti:)ie bicE) jclbft/' 3jiari 12, 30. mati^.22, 37. § L SBott ber Siebe (S«)ttcg* ,,©u foHft hm ^errn, beinen ®ott lieben." 6. 2S^a^ icftc^It utt^ ba§ &tUt ber SicBe ©ottog ? ©§ befie^It un§, ba^ tt)ir ©ott iiber 2lt(e§ licbem 7. SBanit HeBctt ttiir ©ott iiljcr mt§ ? SSir lieben ®ott iiber §llle§, n^cnn ti:)ir tf)n mef)r ate allei "SInbere lieben unb be§I)aI6 bereit finb, elier 2(Ke^ ^u t)erlieren, ate ung burrf) bie ©iinbe t)on ©ott gu trennen. ^SBebet SeBen no(^ Sob tjermag un§ 3U fd^etben tjon ber Sie^e @otte§/ mom. 8, 38. 39. 8. aSarum foUcn ttJtr @ott licBctt? SSir foUen ©ott Ijauptfatfjlic^ lieben, 1) tddi er bag ]^i)d)fte lieben^tDiirbigfte ®nt ift; 2) tDeil er nn§ §uerft geliebt unb un^ unjdijiige 23of)Itf)a^ ten eripiefen Ijat unb noc^ taglicf) eriDeift ^Saffet un§ ©ott lieBen, toell un§ @ott guerft gelleBet l&at/ 1. So^. 4, 19. 9^ SBorait erfcnncn ttJtr, ba§ toir ©ott iitUn ? S)a& tDtr ©Dtt lieben, erfennen tcir baran, ba| tuir t^utt, tva§ i(jm tDotjIgefallig ift unb meiben, tDa§ if)m mi^fdttt, h. \). jeine ©ebote ^alten. „2Ber tnetne ©el6ote Ijat unb fie pit, ber t|T§, ber miit} liebt" ^o^. 14, 2U Jlu^QttttJentJUng. — UeBe bic^ Pex^ig in ber Siel6e @otte§ baburc^, ba^ hn oft an il^n ben![t unb 3U i:^m Ibeteft, ^ae§ il^nt ju SieBe t^uft unb leibeft unb nid&tS jo fe^r fiird^teft, al§ i^n au Beleibigen. — 58 — 5. How are the chief commandments expressed? 'Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with thy whole heart, and with thy whole soul, and with thy whole mind, and with thy whole strength. This is the greatest and the first Commandment. And the second is like to this : Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself.'' St. Mark xii. 30. St. Matt. xxii. 37. § I. The Love of God. ^^Thou shalt love the Lord thy Godf^ 6. What does the commandment of the love of God require of us? It requires of us to love God above all things. 7. When do we love God above all things? We love God above all things when we love God more than all else, and would rather lose all else than be sepa- rated from Him by sin. "Neither death nor life . . . shall be able to separate us from the love of God." Rom. viii. 38, 39. 8. V/hy must we love God? We must love God chiefly 1, Because He is the sovereign and most perfect Good ; 2, Because He has loved us first, has bestowed num- berless blessings upon us, and continues daily to do so. "Let us love God, because God first hath loved us." i St. John iv. 19. 9. How do we show that we love God? We show that we love God by doing what is pleasing to Him, and shunning what is displeasing to Him — in other words, by keeping His commandments. "He that hath My commandments and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me.'* St. John xiv. 21. Application. Exercise yourself in the love of God by these means: often think of Him and prsy to Him, do and suffer everything for Hia «ake, and fear nothing so much as offending Him. — 59 — § 2. SBon ber Scl^ft^ unb mi}\itnlkU. ff^n follft bcinen D^adjften Ikbcu. \vk bid) ]db\t** 10. ©ottctt njir tttt^ fclbft HeBett? SBir foUcn un§ jclbft lieben, boc^ mu§ biefe Siebe tool)!* georbnet fein* 1 11. aSatttt tft bte ©cIBftlicBc ttio!)(gcotbttct ? Sie ©clb[tlie6e i[t tDoljIgeorbnet, tDcnn tt)ir unferrt SBiHen bcm gotKidjcn nnteriDcrfen unb t)or SlUcm iiir ba^ §cil um jerer ©ecle bcforgt finb. ^^artlja, ^axi^a, bu ntac^fi bit ©orge unb ^e!iimmerft bid^ itm fe^t ttele Swinge; nui: ©m§ tft not^tnenbtg (ba§ (Seelenl^eU.)" Su!. 10, 41, 42* 1 12. aSaittt tft bic (SelBftlieBe iti^t mo^rocorbttct ? S)ie (Selbfttiebe tft ntdjt tt)o[)(gcorbnct, tvcnn bcr S)?cnfc^ 1) fcine @f)re unb feinen SSitten ber @f)re unb bem 3SiIIcn ®ottc§ t)or3iGljt; 2) t:)cnn er mef)r fiir ben £ei6 unb ha^ S^itli(i\Cf ai§ fiir bte ©eele unb ha^ ©tnige beforgt ift; 3) U)enn er jetn etgeneS 9Sot)( gum ^Jtadjtfjeit be§ SMdjften fudii 13. SBcr ift ttttfcr SWad^ftc, ben ttilr IteBctt foKcit ? Seber 9J?en]d); £)I)ne S(u§naf)me, ift unfcr 92ad)fte. tl4. aSatitt KcBctt ttiir bctt SKarfjftctt, toic ttit^ fclbft? 2Sir lieben ben 9^ad)ften, tpie un§ felbi't, tDenn tt)tr ttiun, tDa§ bie {)eilige ©d)rift fagt, 1) ©iel)e, ba'^ bu niemate etnem STnbern tljuft, tva§ hn nid^t iDillft, ba^ bir t)on einem Stnbern tntberfaljre. ^o:6. 4, i6. 2) 5l[Ie§, tnaS i^r mollt, bafe eudj bie Wm\6)m tfiun, bag foUet i^r tt)nen tt)un. SJiatt^, i, 12, 15. 28tc fott uitfcf e 3ldtfi^ttnikhc Bcfci^affctt fciit ? Sie S^ad^ftenliebe foU 1) aufrid)tig, 2) ttiattg, 3) unetgem nugig, 4) allgemein fein. 16. aSatttt ift ttttfcrc fiiclic ^nm SRiiti^ftcit aufrid^tig ? Unfere Siebe yam 9tad)ften ift aufridjtig, n^enn tok bem 9Jad^ftcn \vk un§ felbft t)on |)er5en tDot)tooUett. _ 59 _ § 2. Christian Love of Self and of our Neighbor, ''Thou shall love thy neighbor as thyself/' 10. Ought we to love ourselves? We ought to love ourselves, but this love must be well- ordered. fir. When is our self-love well-ordered? Our self-love is well-ordered when we subject our will to the Divine will, and are, above all things, solicitous for the salvation of our souls. "Martha, Martha, thou art careful and art troubled about many things. But one thing is necessary" (salvation of our soul). St. Luke x. 41, 42* 1 12. When is our self-love inordinate? Our self-love is inordinate 1, When we prefer our own honor and will to the honor and will of God ; 2, When we are more solicitous for our bodies and for temporal things than for our souls and eternal things ; 3^ When we seek our own welfare to the injury of our neighbor. 13. Who is our neighbor? Every one, without exception, is our neighbor. ti4. When do we* love our neighbor as ourselves? We love our neighbor as ourselves when we observe what the Holy Scripture says : 1, ''See thou never do to another what thou wouldst hate to have done to thee by another/' Tob. iv. r6. 2, "All things, therefore, whatsoever you would that men should do to you, do you also to them." St. MatL vii. 12. 15. What kind of love should we have for our neighbor? We should have for our neighbor a love that is i, sin- cere; 2, active; 3, disinterested; 4, universal. 16. When is our love for our neighbor sincere? Our love for our neighbor is sincere when we love him really as ourselves. — 60 — 17» 933atttt tft unfcrc SieBc tptig ? Unjere Siebe jum 9^ad)[ten i[t tl)atig, trenn iDir tt)m nadC) Sraften ®ute^ tf)un. 18* aBaun ift unferc fiicBc pm JJarfjfteii Mttcigcmiii^ig ? Unfere Siebe jum 9Md)[ten ift uneigenniigig, lt)enn h)tr i^m ©ute^ t()im ttjegen @ott, unb nid^t urn unfereS eigenen SSor^ t^eilg iDillen. 19» aSSaiiit ift uufere Stcbc ^um S^a^ftcjt attgcmctu ? Unfere 2iebe ^um ^adj\kn ift allgemein, tDenn tDtr feinen SJfenfc^en, fei er grcunb ober geinb, t)on unferer Siebe amS- fd)IieJ3en. S^er Batml^eratgc ©Qtttatitan, Su!. 10. 1 20* 2!8arum tniiff en luit a H c 9J^ctif c^eu, felBft uuf etc geuibe Hebett ? SBir miiffen alle 2J?enfcf)en liebcn, 1) tDeil S^riftug e§ un^ befoljleit unb biird) fcin Seifpiel gele^vt l)at; 2) tneil olle 93?enfc^en ^inber @ine^ 9Sater§ im ^immel, mit S^rifti S3Iut erioft unb jur emigen Seligteit berufen finb. „^^ obex foge euc^: Stcl6et cure getnbe, f^iit @ute§ benen, bie eud^ l^affen, Betet fiir bie, tneld^e eud^ bexfolgen unb bexidumben, bamit i!^r ^tnber euTe§ S5atet§ feib, ber im §itnnie( ift, hn feinc Sonne iiber ©ute unb 335fc aufge^en unb uBer ©ered^te unb Unqeredfjte tecinen lafet." 9}}attfi. 5, 44. 45« „^aUx t)etgib tl^nen, benn fie triffcn mdji lt)a§ fie tt)un/' Su!. 23, 34. 21» aSelrfie SJienftiiett merbeit in ber ^eUigcit Sc^rift unferer SieBc tiefonber)^ em)jfo!)len? Unferer Siebe toerben bejonber§ empfof)Ien bie airmen, bie SBittiDen nnb SSaifen unb iibertjaupt Sllle, n)e(d)e in leiblic^er ober geiftlidf)er dloti) ftnb. 22. 9Bic fotten ttiir t^tn ^iotljleibenben Beif^ringcn ? 3Sir fotten ben ?totl)(eibenben beifpringen burd^ bie letB^ It(J)en unb getftlid^en 9Serfe ber 93armt)er5ig!eit. ,,(SeUg finb bte SSarml^etsigen, benn fie toerben SBatml^erstgfett ct' langen." ^IJlatt^. 5, 7. t23. ^d^t§ ftnb bie leiBHri^ett 9BerIc ber Sfirmf^eraigfeit ? 2)ie leiblid)en 2Berfe ber ^arm^erjigfeit finb folgenbe fteben : _ 60 — 17. When is our love for our neighbor active? Our love for our neighbor is active when to the best of our power we do good to him. i8. When is our love for our neighbor disinterested? Our love for our neighbor is disinterested when we do good to him for God's sake and not with a view to our own advantage. 19. When is our love for our neighbor universal? Our love for our neighbor is universal when it eni-? braces all men, whether friends or enemies. Example. The Good Samaritan. St. Luke x. t20. Why must we love all, even our enemies? 1, Because our Lord has taught it by word and ex- ample ; 2, Because all men are children of one Father in heaven, redeemed by Christ's precious Blood and called to eternal salvation. "But I say to you, Love your enemies, do good to them that hate 3^011, and pray for them that persecute and calumniate you, that you may be the children of your Father who is in heaven, who maketh His sun to rise upon the good and bad, and raineth upon the just and the unjust.'* St, Matt. V. 44, 45. ^'Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do." St. Luke xxiii. 34. 21. Whom does Holy Scripture particularly recommend to our love? Holy Scripture particularly recommends to our love the poor, the widow, and the orphan, and, in a word, all who are in bodily or spiritual need. 22. How must we assist those in need? We must assist those in need by the corporal and spir- itual w^orks of mercy. "Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy.'* St. Matt. v. 7. t23. Which are the Corporal Works of Mercy? The Corporal Works of Mercy are these seven: — 61 — 1) bie ^ungrtgen fpeifen; 2) bie Surfttgen trdnfcn ; 3) bie ^adtm !(eiben; 4) bie gremben bef)erbergen; 5) bie ®efangenen erlofen; 6) bie ^ranfen bclud)en; 7) bie Sobten begraben. t24* ^cld)t§ fittb bie oeiftlidOcn 2SSerfc ber ^armf^ct^i^Uit? S)ie geiftlid)eit 2Ser!e ber SBarml^ergigfeit [inb bicfe fieben: 1) bie ©iinber 3uretf)toei]en; 2) bie Unmiffenbeu le^ren; 3) ben 3^^ifrfnbert rec^t rat{)en; 4) bie ^etriibten troftcn; 5) ha§ UnrecE)t gebulbig leiben; 6) benen, bie iin§ beleibigen, gerne berjei'^enr 7) fiir bie Sebenbigen uiib S^obten beten. Slu^ontoetliJUItg. — Set t)ertta9lt(5, liebe'DoU unb bienftferttg gegen Sc* bcrtnattn, 16efcnber§ betne ©efd^totftet, 5lngepx^gen unb OJIitfi^uler. ^i(f ben 5^ otl^Iei ben ben fo Diet bu fonnft SSergilt nte S5ofe§ mit S3ofem; tJergeil^e gexne unb gleid^, ]6ete file hm, hn h\^ Beleibtgt ^t. S5on ben ^elin ©cBoten (^otk§. 1* SBorin fjat &dtt ha§ ®eBot ber SieBe «of)cr erflart ? Sn ben gefjtt ©eboten, bie or burc^ SJcofe^ gab, unb tt)elcf)e auf gtuei fteinernen S^afeln gcfc^riebcn tvaxQU. ©efe^geBung auf bent SSetge ©inat. 2. ^Tiof. 19 unb 20. 2* aSie taitert bie gelftn ©eBote ? ,,S(^ bin ber ,^err, bein ®ott.'' Ste^e Seite 13. 3» SBic ttJarett biefe ®eBote eiitget^eilt? 5luf ber erftett S^afet ftanben bie bret erften (Sebote, tDeld^e uu§ bie ^flic^ten gegett ®ott erftaren; auf iDcr anbertt bie fie=^ ben iibrigen, n^eldie bie ^flid)ten gegen hen Tiad]]kn unb ung felbft entf)alten. ^ Gl — T, To feed the hungry; 2, To give drink to the thirsty ; 3, To clothe the naked ; 4, To harbor the harborless ; 5, To ransom captives ; 6, To visit the sick ; 7, To bury the dead. t24. Which are the Spiritual Works of Mercy? The Spiritual Works of Mercy are these seven : 1, To admonish the sinner; 2, To instruct the ignorant ; 3, To counsel the doubtful ; ' 4, To comfort the sorrowful ; 5, To bear wrongs patiently; 6, To forgive injuries ; 7, To pray for the living and the dead. Application. Be peaceable, kind, and obliging to every one, especially to your brothers and sisters, relatives, and associates. Assist the needy as far as j'-ou are able. Never return evil for evil; forgive willingly and readily and pray for those that have offended you. THE TEN COMMANDMENTS OF GOD. 1. Where shall we find our duty to God and our neighbor more fully explained? In the Ten Commandments, which God gave to Moses, written on two tables of stone. God giving the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai. Exod. xix. and xx. 2. Say the Ten Commandments. 'T am the Lord thy God," etc. 3. How were these Commandments divided? On the first table were engraved the first three Com- mandments containing our duties towards God; on the second table, the remaining seven explaining our duties towards our neighbor and ourselves. — 62 — 4, 9Ba§ fott tttt^ ^efottber^ antrei^cu bic oottHti^Ctt ©cBote trcu 5tt !)altctt ? 1) S)ie 2ld)tung, 2tc6e unb 5)anf6arfcit, tDeIcf)e tDir ©ott f(f)ulbig ftnb; 2) bte gurd^t Dor ber ctDigen ©trafe, unb bte ^^offnung auf bte etDige S5eto^nung. ,3tIIft hu obex 3um Seben einge^en, f o ^citte bte ©eBote." Mattl^. 19, 17» drftc^ ©efiot @ottc^. „^d) bin ber ^err betn ©ott S)u fodft !etne fremben ©fitter neben mir Ijaben. S)u jollft bir lein ge[(^m|teg SBilb Tnacf)en, baffelbe an^ubeten*'' 5* aSa^ gcBictet @ott tm erftcit ®e^otc ? ©ott gcbietet, ba^ tDir \i)m, a\§ unferm §errn unb ©ott, bie fd}ulbtge SScre^rung unb 2(nbetung leiften. 6. 2!Bte tJtctcrlci ift bic SJcre^rung, bic mir @ott ft^ulbig finb ? 3it)cier(et: bie innere unb bie auJ3ere SSeretjrung. 7. aSic tJcrefiren mir &ott inncrlic^? 3Sir Deret)rcn ©ott tnnertic^, \v^nn mir, 1) an itjn glanben, auf it)n I)offen, unb if)n uber 2IIIe§ lieben ; 2) ibn anbeten unb if)m banfen; 3) feinem 9iUlIen un^ bemiitljig untertDerfen. „^n foEft ©ott betnen §etrn anbeten unb tlfjnt aHein btenen." ^lattf), 4, 10, 8. aSSic ucrfiinbigt watt ]i^ O^gett ben 05lattBcit ? Wan Dcrjiiiibigt fid} gcgcn ben ©lauben, 1) burc^ Unglauben, Srrglauben unb freirt)illige ©lau- ben§3tDeifel; 2) burc^ Sefung !e^erifcf)er ober gottlofcr ^Bucljer unb ©i^riften; 3) burd) 31eben unb ©pfitteleien gegen ben ©(auben ober tDO^lgefdtlige^ 3(nboren berfelben; 4) buri^ ©leic^giiltigfeit tm ©lauben ober SSerldugnung beffelben* «« 62 — 4. What should induce u^ ::o keep faithfully tiie Command- ments of God? 1, The reverence, love, and gratitude which we owe to God; 2, The hope of eternal reward and the fear of eter- nal punishment. "If thou wilt enter into life, keep the Commandments." St. Matt. xix. 17. THET^IRST COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ""7 am the Lord thy God. Thou shalt not have strange gods before Me; thou shalt not make to thyself any graven thing, nor the likeness of anything that is in the heavens above, or in the earth beneath, or in the wa- ters under the earth. Thou shalt not adore them nor serve them'' 5. What does God command by this First Commandment? By this First Commandment God commands us to pay Him due honor and adoration. 6. How many kinds of honor do we owe God? We owe God two kinds of honor, namely, interior and exterior honor. 7. How do we honor God interiorly? We honor God interiorly 1, By faith, hope, and charity or love; 2, By adoration and thanksgiving for all His bless- ings; 3, By obedience and resignation to His holy will. "The Lord thy God shalt thou adore, and Him only shalt thou serve." St. Matt. iv. 10. 8. How do we sin against faith? We sin against faith 1, By infidelity, heresy, and wilful doubts on matters of faith; 2, By reading or spreading bad books or writings ; 3, By using impious and profane language, or by wilfully listening to it ; 4, By indifference in matters of faith, or by actual denial of the faith. — 63 — 9. 9!Bic tJcrfuttbtcjt matt ftrfj o^ocn bic ^offituttg ? Wan t)erjunbi9t [id^ gegen bie ^o|fnung, 1) burd) 93ZiBtranen auf @ott unb SSerjtDeiflung; 2) burcf) t)ermeffentltd)e§ 85ertrauen an; ®ott; 3) burii) eitleg ^ertrauen auf ftd^ felbft ober aubere @efd)6)3fe, 10. 2Ba§ fottctt ttJtr tiott ®ott {joffctt ? 9Sir joUen t)or SlQem bie S^er^et^^ung unferer ©iinben, bie gottlic^e ©nabe unb ha§ etrige Seben I)of[en. 11. SSaruttt foUctt mtr btc^ tiott @ott ^o^cn ? 23ir follen bicje^ I)offen, 1) itieil ber allmaditige, barmtjersige unb getreue ®ott e^ ung t)erfprocI)en t)at; 2) tDeil Sejug S^riftuS e§ fiir un§ t)erbient f)at f 12. Sitrfctt ttitr an^ geitltrfjc ©liter tiott &ott ^offett ? 3Sir biirfen and) §eit(icf)e ©liter t)on ©ott t)offen, tt6cr nur in fo fern, a(§ fie iDienlic^ ober bod) nicf)t t)inberli(^ finb, bie ctoige ©eltgfeit ju eriangen. 13. 9Btc i)crfuttbtr|t tttatt fit^ gegctt bic SteBc ©uttcig ? 2)?an oerjiinbigt fid) befonber^ gegen bie Siebe ®otte§ burd) |)a^ unb SSibertoitlen gegen ©ott unb feine t)dternd)en Stnorbnungen. 14. SSBic tJcrc^rctt ttiir (3dH augcrUc^ ? 3Sir t)eret)ren ©ott auBerlid), tDenn n)ir bem ®otte§bicnfte beitt)of)nen, e^rerbietig beim (^^hdc finb, !nien, bie ,g)dnbe fatten u. f, to. Set atuolfid^nge 3efu§ tm Setn:|5et, bet ^L 5lIot)ftu». 15. 9Bic tjcrfiittbigt tttatt fid^ 0^9^^ ^^e att^erc iSJottc^ticreljrutig ? 5DZan Derfiinbigt fid) gegen bie aubere ©otte§t)eref)rung, toenn man bm ©otte^bienft Oerfaumt ober fid) unet)rerbieti9 bet bemfelben betragt 16. aStc latttt tttatt ftr^ ttod) fottft gcgctt ba^ erfte Qichot tjerfiitibtgctt ? 9)?an t)erfitnbigt fic^ and) gegen ba^ erfte ©ebot, burd) 5lbgi3tteret, ©otteSraub, Stberglauben, SSabrfagerei unb ber=^ Qleid)en mel)r. — 63 — g. How do we £in against hope? We sin against hope 1, By despair, or distrust in God; 2, By presumption, or false confidence in God ; 3, By vain confidence in ourselves or in Other creat- ures. 10. What should we hope for from God? We should hope, above all, for the forgiveness of our sins, for the grace of God, and for life everlasting. 11. Why should we hope for forgiveness, the grace of God, and life everlasting? We should hope for these things 1, Because God, who is all-powerful, merciful, and truthful, has promised them to us ; 2, Because Jesus Christ has merited them for us, 1 12. May we also hope for temporal goods from God? We may also hope for temporal goods from God, but only in as far as they serve or at least are no hindrance in obtaining eternal salvation. 13. How do we sin against charity or the love of God? We sin against charity or the love of God chiefly by hatred or dislike of God and His fatherly commands. 14. How do we honor God exteriorly? We honor God exteriorly by attending Divine service, by devoutly saying our prayers, bending the knee, joining the hands, and otherwise showing our respect. Examples. The child Jesus in the temple; St. Aloysius. 15. How do we sin against the exterior worship of God? We sin against the exterior worship of God by neg- lecting to attend Divine service, or by being irreverent when present at it. 16. In what other way can we sin against the First Com^ mandment? We can also sin against the First Commandment by idolatry, sacrilege, superstition, fortune-telling, and such like practises. — 64 — 1 17. aSatttt iniU man ^HUtttd ? Wan tvQxbt Slbgotterei, tDcnn man einem ®e|cf)6pfe g6tt=» Iid)e tSljre eriDcift, n)ie bie §eiben tljaten. (Stofen ber 3§i*cieliten tnegen 5lBgottereu 18. 9Ba)g ift ®ottci§ratt5 obcr Safrtlcoium ? ©otte^raub ober ©afrikgiinn ift cine 33erunet)rung gott^ gel^eiligter ©ac^en, ^erfouen ober Ortc, ^ontg SSalt^afar tDurbe geftraft tocil er bte l^L (Sefage enttoel^tc* S)an. 5« 3eju§ trieb bie 2:emt)elfct)dnbex auo. 3ol^. 2. 1 19. SBcr fiinbigt burt^ ^IBcrglauBeit ? S)urd^ Slberglauben fiinbiget ber, trelc^er ©ingen, SSorten ober Qd^m eine getotffe Slraft jujdjreibt, bie fie tDeber t)on 9?atur, nod) t)ort ber SlircE)e, noc^ t)oit ©ott Ijaben fonnen. (S§ gt^t au(^ al6ergldul6tf(^e ^elBete unb 2Jlipraud§ ICjeiliget ©ac^en^ 1 20. aaScr fitttbigt burti^ 933a^rfttgcret ? S)urc^ 2Ba{)rfageret fiinbigt, tDcr burd^ aberglaubifc^e Wit- id, Sraumbeuterei, Starlenfc^Icigerei, ©eifterflopferei u. f, to. gufiinftige ober t)erborgene S)inge ausfagen ober erfat)ren toiE. ®§ !ann geft^e^en, ha^ 16et 5UJergIauBen unb SSal^rfagercl bet Bofe geinb ntit im S^iele ift Mu^antHCnilUllg. — ©ttretfe oft, am 16eften tSglid^, ©lauBe, .^offnuttg itnb fiicBe. IXntetlaffe nie bein 5!Jlorgen* unb SlBenbgeBet. Qn bet ^itd^e bettage bit^ el^retbietig, Bete imtnet tedt)t anbad^tig. gortfe^ung be§ erften ©eb ote^S. SSan ber SScrcIjrung unb Stnrufung ber ^eingetu 21. ^a§ U^vt \>ic fatfjoi^^t 5!trri^e t}on ber S^ere^nmg unb ^n^ rufmig ber §etUgeu ? ©ie fatf)olifc^e Sl'ird)e Ief)rt, ba^ e§ redjt unb l^eilfam ift, bie §eiligen gu tiereljren unb anjurufen. sie ^eiUgenfefte. 22* 9Barum e^ren ttiir bte ^eiUgen? 9Sir ef)ren bie ^eiligen, 1) toegen i^rer au^gejeic^neten STugenD unb §eilig!eit; 2) tocgen it)rer 9Ser^errItcl)ung im ^immel, too fie mit @ott fiir immer t)eretnigt finb. — 64 — 17- When do we commit idolatry? We commit idolatry when we pay divine honor to any creature, as the heathens did. Example. Punishment of the Israelites for their idolatry. Exod. xxxii. i8. What is sacrilege? Sacrilege is the profaning or violating of holy things, persons, or places consecrated to God. Examples. Punishment of King Baltassar for desecrating the sacred vessels. Dan. v. Christ casting the sellers out of the temple. St. John ii. 15. fig. What is superstition? Superstition is attributing to things, words, or signs a certain power which they cannot have by nature or from the Church or from God. Note. Beware of superstitious prayers and the abuse of holy things. t2o. What is fortune-telling? Fortune-telling is the attempt to inquire into the future, or to reveal hidden things by means of signs, dreams, cards, spirit-rapping, etc. Note. It may easily happen that in superstitious practises, fortune- telling, etc., the evil spirit is the chief agent. Application. Often, every day if possible, make acts of Faith, Hope, and Charity. Never neglect to say your Morning and Evening Prayers. At church behave with reverence, and pray with attention and devotion. THE FIRST COMMANDMENT OF GOD. (Co7itinued,) The Veneration and Invocation of Saints. 21. What does the Catholic Church teach concerning the veneration and invocation of Saints? The Catholic Church teaches that it is right and good for the soul to honor the Saints and pray to them. Feasts of the Saints. 22. Why do we honor the Saints? We honor the Saints 1, On account of their great virtue and sanctity; 2, On account of their glory in heaven, v^here they are forever united to God. — 65 — t23. Sft btc @^rc, hit totr bcit ^ctligcn erttieifctt, ittd^t gcgcti ©ottea @^re ? S)ie 93eret)rung ber §et(tgen {[t nicljt cjegen bie (£f)re ®ot^ te§; benn, 1) ®ott e'^ren imb Beten Wix an, aU ben l^ScE)ften §errn, bie e^eiligen aber ef)ren mir fc(og al§ jeine treuen Siener unb greunbe; 2) ®ott ef)ren tDir ttjegen feiner feI6ft, bie §ei(igett aber Ycegcu ber ©aben, tDetdje fie \)on ©ott Ijabcn. 24» $Bo5U rufen ttJtr btc ^eiHgen an ? 2Sir riifen bie |)ei(igen an, bamit [ie ©ott fiir ung bitten, urn Der]cf)iebene ©naben §u erljalten. S5on bent lattge berftoxBenett ^ro^^eten ^etetnia^ fagt bie ^eitlge ©thrift : „^er ift'§, toeld^er fo biel fiir ba§ 25oI! unb bie l^eilige Stabt heteU' 2. 3Jla!!. 15, 14, auc^ in Off. 5, 8 ftel^t, ,.ha^ bie t)ierunb3n)an3ig 5lelteften tiox bent S^^i^one ^otte§ bie ©ebete ber §eiUgen barBringen." 1 2b. ^ann btc ^iirBittc ber ^etUgctt uiti^ itii^cti ? S)ie giirbitte ber ^eiligen fann un§ )e()r t)ie(nn^en; benn, 1) tDenn ha§ ©ebet ber ©crcd)ten auf ©rben fc^on t)iel bet ©ott t)ennag, urn n)ie t)iet met)r ha§ ©ebet ber ^^ciligcn im ^immel? 2) tvxx tDtffen, ba§ ©ott buret) bie g^iirbitte ber ^eiligen fc^on t)iele ©naben ertljeilt unb felbft SSunber geiDirft Ijat. OTra^atn Bittet fiir ©oboma unb ©omorrl^a. t 26. 3ft t§ ttidjt etit S^xd)cn t)on ^i^traucn gcgen ^efu^ G^^rtftuig, ttiemt mv bie §etligeu tint i^rc giirbtttc attrufcu ? (Sj§ i[t bieg feinestpegS ein 3^i^j^^ bon SJJiBtrauen gegen SefuS ©t)riftu§; benn, 1) tnir ertnarten 2lQe§, urn tva§ n^ir bitten, bod) nur urn ber 35erbienfte Seju 6f)rifti raiflen; 2) tDir ru[en bie ^eiligen nur an, toeil itjr ©ebct Don Se^ fu§ et)er erljbrt tnirb a(g baig un frige. 27. SBarum fottcit ttitr Wlavia me^r tierc^rctt nnh aitrnfcn, al§ atte ©ngel uitb ^ctligen ? SSir foUen Wllaxia met)r t)ere^ren unb anrufen, 1) tneil fie bie 9}?utter ©otteg ift unb barum an ©nabe, Stugenb nnh §errlicf)feit alle ®ngel unb ^eiligen locit iiber^ trifft; — 65 — 1 23. Is not the honor we pay to the Saints opposed to the honor due to God? The honor we pay to the Saints is not opposed to the honor due to God, for 1, We honor and adore God alone as our sovereign Lord; but we honor the Saints only as His faithful ser- vants and friends ; 2, We honor God for His own sake; we honor the Saints on account of the gifts they have received from God. 24. Why do we pray to the Saints? We pray to the Saints that by their intercession they may obtain for us favors from God. The Holy Scripture says that the Prophet Jeremias, long after his death, "prayeth much for the people and for all the holy city." 2 Machab. xv. 14; also that "the four-and-twenty Ancients incessantly offer up the prayers of the Saints at the throne of the Most High." Apoc. v. 8. t25. Can the intercession of the Saints benefit us? The intercession of the Saints can benefit us very much, for 1, If the prayers of the just on earth are so powerful with God, how much more the prayers of the Saints in heaven ; 2, We know that God has granted many graces and worked many wonders through the intercession of the Saints. Abraham prays for Sodom and Gomorrha. The Angel Raphael and Tobias. i-26. Do we not show a want of confidence in Jesus Christ when we ask the intercession of the Saints? By no means, for 1, We expect to obtain all we ask through the merits ^f Jesus Christ ; 2, We address ourselves to the Saints, because Jesus Christ will hear their prayers more readily than ours. 27. Why should we honor and pray to the Blessed Virgin Mary in particular? We should honor and pray to the Blessed Virgin Mary in particular I, Because she is the Mother of God, and therefore :far surpasses all the Angels and Saints in grace, virtue, iind glory ; — 66 — 2) tddl fie e6en be^rpegen burd) iljre girrbitte am meiften Bet &ott t)crmag. 28^ ©ottctt ttiir and) bic a3Ubcr G^^riftt nnb bcr ^ciligen lit (Sljren flatten ? 2Bir follert bie SBilber Sf)riftt itnb ber ^eiligen in S^ren l)atten ; benn tvmn fci)on ein ^inb bte Stibniffe fetner Slterit et)rt, jo miiffen tDir gen:)!^ aud) bie Silber beg ,g)errn unb jei^ ner ^eiligen efjren. 1 29» Sft e^ ittj^t ^t^erglauBc t)ox bcit Silbcrn 5u Jntcit unb ^u l^eten ? S)a<3 ift fein 5lberglaube; benn ipir beten nidjt ^u ben ^iU bern felbft, fonbern §u ©tjriftug ober ben ^eiligen, tvd^t burd) bie Silber t)orgefteIIt tDerben. 30* 3Barum Dcrc^rcit ttJtr bte StcUquicn i)bcr Ue^erblciBfct bcr §ct(igett ? ^ir i)eref)ren bie 9?eliqnien, 1) tDeil @ott i)fter§ .53unber bnrd) fie get^an i)at; 2) tDcil bie Seiber ber ^^eiligen iempel be§ ^L ©eifteg tuaren unb einft glorreid) auferfteljen toerben. „S5otn 5L $autu§ legte tttatt bie (Si^ttjei^tiic^et unb ©ixrtet aiif bie S^xanUn unb bte ^ranf^etten tnii^en toon i^nen unb bte Bi3fen (SJetftet fn^ren aug/' 5lpgfcO. 19, 12. 1 31» 2Btc alt ift ber &thvan^, ^ilber unb OteUqiuen 5tt tiere^ren? Sie[er ©ebrauc^ ift in ber Stirc^e St)rifti fdjon gu ben erften ^citen ber 2)?artt)rer gett)e)en. Slu^anttientiung. — S5etef)te anbdc^ttg bte lieBen §ctltgen, tjor^uglttf) bte atletfeltgfte ^ungfrau ^Itarta, hen l^elL 3ofe:|3^, beinen ^^amen^patron, ben f)L 5tl[ot)fiu§, ben ©d^u^^attcn ber ^ugenb. Ste§ fleiBig t^re SedenSge* f(^i(^te unb 16eben!e, ba§ bte ^efte Serel^rung ber ^eUtgen bie 3^ac^af)mung il^rer Sugenben ift. 3ttieite^ @c6ot. ,,S)u foUft ben Seamen ©ottes, beineg §errn, nidjt eitcl nennen.'' L ^a§ tjerBtetct (3ott m ^mittn &cUit ? ®ott t:)erbietet jebe 35erunet}rung jeineg t)eiligen 9?amen§. 2. 28a^ tierurte^rt ben ^etHgett Seamen &oitt§ ? 1) Unef)rerbietige§ 2lu§ipredjen beffelben; 2} ©otte^Idfterung; — 66 — 2, Because, for that very reason, her intercession with God is most powerful. 28. Should we honor the images of Jesus Christ and of the Saints? We should honor the images of Jesus Christ and of the Saints; for if children honor the portraits of their pa- rents, we certainly ought to honor the images of our Lord and of His Saints. 29. But is it not superstitious to kneel and pray before images? It is not superstitious, for we do not pray to the images, but to Jesus Christ or the Saints, whom the images represent. 30. Why do we honor the relics of the Saints? We honor the relics of the Saints 1, Because God has often wrought great miracles through their means ; 2, Because the bodies of the Saints were temples of the Holy Ghost, and will one day rise again from the dead to eternal glory. "Handkerchiefs and aprons which had touched the body of St. Paul were laid on the sick; and the diseases departed from them and the wicked spirits went oat of them." Acts xix. 12. 31. How long has the practise of honoring images and relics existed in the Church? The practise of honoring images and relics existed in the Church even in 'the times of the earliest martyrs. Application. Honor the Saints in heaven with great devotion, espe- cially the Blessed Virgin, St. Joseph, your Patron Saint, and St. Aloysius, the Patron of Youth. Read their lives, and bear in mind that the greatest honor you can pay them is to imitate their virtues. THE SECOND COMMANDMENT OF GOD. '^Thoti shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain," 1. What does God forbid by this Second Commandment? By this Second Commandment God forbids all profana- tion of His holy name. 2. How do we profane the holy name of God? We profane the holy name. of God 1, By uttering it irreverently; 2, By blaspheming; ~ G7 — 3) 'Sunbt)aftea Scl}tt)6ren urtb gtud^en; 4) Srec^en be§ SibeS nnh ber ©eliibbe. 3» aiSantt tJcvfuubigt man ^x^ burt^ imc^rcrbtctigci^ ^n§\pvt^tn? 9Scnn man ben 9?amen (Sotteg, ber ^eKicjen, ober ber i)i Safraniente unb benjl. (eiditftnnig ober im ^orn au^jprid^t 4. aSaitn laftcrt man @ott ? Wan Iciftert ©ott, iDcnn man jc^Iedjte ober t)erdcl}tli(^e 9leben ober ©djimpfmorte miber (^ott, miDer ^^eilige ober Ijei^ lige S)incie aneiftoBt. „^ex ben Stamen ©otte§ laftett, joH be§ 2:obe§ fterBen/' 3, ^of. 24, 16. 5* ©inb bic gotte)§lafterItd)Ctt ©ebanfcn aud^ ©iinbe? SBenn man fid^ freuDillig in 90ttegla[terlid)en ©ebanfen anfl)alt, ]o jiinbigt man. 6. ^a§ ^cigt edjttiiircu ? ©d)tD6rcn [}d\]t, ©ott ^nm B^^S^^ anrnfen, ha^ man bte 3Saf)r(}eit fage, ober ha\^ man fein ^'erjpredjen Ijalten molle, Wan !ann aud^ Beim — SH*i ben 3^anten (Botte§ nnb feiner ^etligen. ©^nrtj§ tf>:i nid§t unac^tfani nnb teir^Uinnig au§, fonbern nrit @5i^fnr(5t. S^ufe il^n t)emaHen§t)oE an in ©ef^a^jren. ^Jletbe ^eIxgton§f^otter, 5ll6er box SlUem ^nte bic^ t)or bet jd^anbltctien nnb argetlid^en ©etool^n^eit be§ glud^enS itnb jiinbl^aften ^djtoi)ren§, Srittc^ (3cUt f,(3^htnt% ha^ hn hm ©abbatf) I)eiltgeft.'' !♦ 9Ba^ gcBictet itit^ &ott im hvitttn ©cBotc ? ©ott gebieiet nn§, hm ©onntag ate hm %aQ be§ ^crm. ^eitig ^n {jalten, t 2. SSarum fctern bie d^riftett t>tn Sonntag ftatt bc§ SaBBat^^ ? SSeil bie Slpoftel e§ jo t)erorbnet l)abm gum STnbenlen • — 68 — 10. Is a person bound to keep an oath? Certainly ; a person is bound to keep a lawful oath. If, however, he has sworn to do something that is evil, he sins in keeping his oath. 11. What is cursing? Cursing is wishing evil either to one's self or to an- other, or to any of God's creatures, thus dishonoring the name of God. 12. What is a vow? A vow is a voluntary promise made to God to do some- thing that is agreeable to Him, even though there was no obligation to do it. 13. Are we bound to keep a vow? Yes ; we are bound to keep a vow, unless it be impos- sible to do so. We should not be hasty in making vows of importance; we should do so only after quietly and calmly considering the matter, and, in general, only after asking the advice of our confessor or some other prudent priest, Jephte. Judges xi. 30. 1 14. Is it enough not to dishonor the name of God? No ; we must also honor and revere the name of God, pronounce it with respect, and exert ourselves to promote its honor. "Hallowed be Thy name." St. Luke ii. 2. Application. Honor the name of God and of His Saints. Never pro- nounce those names lightly or carelessly, but with due reverence. Call de- voutly on the name of God in time of danger. Avoid those who scoff at religion. Carefully guard against the shameful and sinful habit of cursing and swearing. THE THIRD COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ^'Remember that thou keep holy the Sabbath day/' I. What does God command by this Third Commandment? God commands us to keep the Sunday as the Lord's Day. Note. The Jews kept the Sabbath or the seventh day; Christians keep the Sunday or first day of the week. 5. Why do Christians keep the Sunday instead of the Sab- bath? Because the Apostles appointed it so in memory of the — 61) — ■ an bie 9(uferfte{)imc5 Sefit unb bic Scnbung be§ t)eil ©eifteSp. tDclcIje an cinem ©onntag ftattfanbcii. 3, 3(uf ttjc((^c 2Sctfc foKcit ttiir bctt Soitittag fjcilin Ijaltcn ? 23ir foden t)or5U{cm bcr f]ciL iiOtcffe iiiib imcf) 53(ucj{ic^feit and) bcm itbngen @otteebien[te, bejonbca^ ber^prcbigt imb ber-j Sljriften(et)re beiiDotjuen, t4. aSefi^c anbcre oottfcligc 2Ser!e fiub noc^ 5ur ^cUigung bci^ ©onutag^ cmpfo!)Ieu? Scr ©mpfang bcr Ijeil. ©aframeiitc, fx-omme Sefung unb- ^rtftUcIje Siebe^iucrfe. 5^ S3aj^ ift am Sonntag ftrcng t)txhotcn ? §{IIe fneditticlje, b. l). fo(ci)e Brperlidje 2Ir6eiten, ttield^e ge^ tt)5t)nUc[) Don Sienftboten, 2ageli}t)nern unb e^anbiDcrtern uer^ rid)tet toerben. 1 6» ©iiubigctt B(o^ bicjcittgcn, mettle fnec^tlidje ^IxhtiUn felBft ticrri^tcn ? S^ fiinbigen aud) bicjcnigcn, tt)c(ct)e o(ine S^otf) t)on if^ren: Untergebencn fncdjtlidje 5irbcitcn forbern obcr Dcrridjten laffen.. ,.(5ecfjs STacie foflft bu orBciten unb oHe bctne ©eidfjafte tljun. ?In! fieBen* ten abn ift ber 9^iit)ctag be^ §ervn: am fellien foUft hn fein 6ef(^dft tl^un^ toeber bu, nodi bein Sobn, noc^ bciiie lod^tex, noc§ beine ^Kagb, noc^ htin ^m^t/' 2, mi)'], 1:0, 8 unb 9, ?• Sfi c^ nic criaufit, ant Soimtag fnctfjllidje ^Ivhdt 511 ucrri^tcn ? ©cj ift crtaubt, tncnn bie ©lire ©ottc^>, ba^ 33ol)I beg- SMdiftcn ober bringcnbc 9totlj e^ forbcni. .3m 3n)eifcl frage man bie GeiftlicB^en £I)ern. 8^ Gut^ciltgt man bc:t (Boixixta^ hlo§ burtff !i:cc^t(id)C 5Irbeitcn ? 93?an ent(}cilic\ct ben Sonntag and) burd) cirgerlidje 9(n§^ fd^rueifungen, bnrd) nnmdBigesS Srintcn, an^gelafjene Spiele unb Sujtbarfciten, !Ru^anttJent>ung. — ^atte ben (Sonntag tntmer re($t l^eilig au§ 2)Qn!«» Batfeit gegen (Bolt unb ^u jeiner (^fjve, gum 2Bo^( beiner (Seele unb 3ur allge* meinen (Jrbauung. SSo^ne fXeiBig ber S^ttftenle^^re Bei, Saffe btd^ nid^t burt^ (eii^tferttge ^Pienjctien gur (Jntl^eitigung be§ ©cnntcg§ t)erlCeitem ©oti fttaft bie (S^abbat^^anbex in biefem unb irn juJunfttgen Seben* — 69 — Resurrecton of Jesus Christ and the Descent of the Holy Ghost, which events took place on Sunday. 3. How should we keep Sunday holy? We should above all hear Mass, as it is a mortal sin to neglect it, and, if possible, also attend the other services of the Church, especially the sermon and Christian Doc- trine. t4. What other works of piety are recommended for the proper observance of Sunday? The vv^orthy reception of the holy Sacraments, spiritual reading, and works of mercy. 5. What is strictly forbidden on Sunday? ' All servile work, that is, such bodily work as is com- monly performed by servants, day-laborers, and trades- men. 1 6. Are those only guilty who do forbidden work them- selves? No ; those also are guilty who without necessity require or allow those under their charge to do such work. "Six days shalt thou labor and shalt do all thy works. But on the sev- enth day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: thou shalt do no work on it, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy man-servant, nor thy maid- jervant." Exod. xx. 8, 9. 7. Is it never permitted to do servile work on Sunday? It is permitted as often as the honor of God, the good of our neighbor, or urgent need requires it. In doubt we should consult our spiritual superiors. 8. Is Sunday profaned only by servile work and neglecting^ to hear Mass? No ; Sunday is also profaned by revelry, intemperance^ extravagant games, wild sports and amusements. Application. Always observe the Lord's Day in gratitude to God, for His honor, for the good of j^our soul, and for the- edification of all. Be diligent in attending Catechism. Be not led away by bad companions to break the Sunday. Remember the temporal and eternal punishment witk which God threatens such conduct. — 70 — ,,S)u follft 9Satcr imb 9J?uttcr cf)rcn, auf ha'^ e^ bir ti:)of)I gef)e unb bu lange Icbe[t auf ©rben." 1. 2Sa^ oc^ietet @ott im kJicrten ©eBote ? ®ott gebietet, ha% bie ^iuber i{)ren ©(tern unb bte Unter- gebenen iljren ^orgefegten (££)re, Siebe unb ©ef)or]am ern:)ei]en. S3 e t f ^3, — 3^oemt unb ^ut^ — ZoVia^, 2. SBarum ioUcn tuir uttfcrn (Sltern (S^rc, 2ic5e unb ©c^orfam erttJeifeu ? 3Seit bte ©Item nacJ) ©ott unfere groBten 3So^It£)ater ftnb unb &otk§ ©telle Dertreten. 3. SSie futtbigt man hnx^ Une^rcrBictigfeit gegen bte (5 (tern? 9J?an fiinbigt burd) Uneljrerbietigfeit gegen bie ©(tern, tpenn man, 1) bie (Sltern gertngjrf)a^t, t)erad)tet, firf) i()rer fd^amt* 2) jc^(ec(}t Don iljnen rebet, ober gar iiber fie f(ucJbt ; 3) iljnen grob unb trogig begegnet „(Bfjxe belrten S5atet t)on gattjetn §er3en." ©tr» 7, 29. „§alte beine ^Oflut* tet in (Sljren aEe ^age beine§ Seben§." S^oB. 4, 3» 4» SSic fiinbigt watt gegett t>it bctt ©Item ftfjulbige Siebc ? 33Zan jiinbigt gegen bie ben ©(tern fdjulbige Siebe, tuenn man, 1) ben ©(tern gurnet, fie I)a^t, t{)nen S56fe§ tt)unfcf)t; 2) iljuen $5erbruf3 unb 2(erger mac^t, fie mi^tjanbett; 3) iljnen in ber dloti) m6)t beifte()t, nid)t fiir fie betet. „Mdn ,^tnb nintnt btc^ betne§ S5atet§ an, Inenn er alt tolrb, unb BetriiBc l^n nid^t, fo lange er hit" ©ir. 3, 14, 5* aSic fiittbigt tttatt gcgett bctt ft^ulbigett ©c^orfam ? 2}Zan fiinbigt gegen ben fd)u(bigen ©eljorfam, tuenn man, 1) hm ©(tern fc^(ed)t, ober gar nic^t getjordjt; 2) it)re ©rmafjuungen nic^t gut annimmt ober t)era(^tet ; 3) fic£) i()ren ^eftrafungen tniberfe^t ,,^lnber gel^orc^et eucrn ©Item, henn bay ift tec^t/' (i.l?^* 6, !♦ — 70 — THE FOURTH COMMANDMENT OF GOD. 'Honor thy father and thy mother, that it may be zvell with thee, and thou mayest live long on the earth.'' 1. What does God command by this Fourth Commandment? By this Fourth Commandment God commands children to show reverence, love, and obedience to their parents^ and inferiors to their superiors. Examples. Noemi and Ruth; Tobias. 2. Why must children love, revere, and obey their parents? Because, next to God, parents are their greatest bene- factors and hold His place in their regard. 3. When do children sin against the reverence they owe their parents? Children sin against the reverence they owe their pa- rents 1, When they disregard or despise them or are ashamed of them; 2, When they speak ill of them, or go so far as to curse them ; 3, When they treat them harshly or insolently. **With thy whole heart honor thy father." Ecclus. vii. 29. "Thou shalt honor thy mother all the days of her life." Tobias iv. 3. 4. When do children sin against the love they owe their parents? They sin against the love they owe their parents 1, When they bear them ill-will or hatred, or wish them evil ; 2, When they cause them trouble or grief, or abuse them; 3, When they neglect to assist them in their need, and do not pray for them. "Son, support the old age of thy father and grieve him not in his life.'* Ecclus. iii. 14. 5. When do children sin against the obedience they owe their parents? They sin against the obedience they owe their parents 1, When they do not obey them at all, or obey only with reluctance ; 2, When they are unwilling to listen to their advice, or listen to it with contempt ; .'^, When they resist their corrections. "Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is just." Eph. vi. i. — 71 — 6. ^a§ ^aBett folrfic gu txtoaxtcn, totld)t fit^ fd^iucr gegctt i^rc ©Item tierrjel)ett ? Sn biefem Seben ben glucf) ©ottc^ fammt ©djmad) uub ©c^aube ; im aitbern Seben bie eiDige SSerbammniB. ,,S5etflua&t fet, Itjet SSatet unb ^Jluttet ni(J)t e^th" 5« ^of. 27, 16. „2Bet SSater ober 5Jlutter fct)Iagt, foU fterBen, tret S5ater ober 5)lutter flui^t, foil fletlBen/' 2. ^of. 21, 15—17. S^am — ^Ibfalom. ?♦ aSa^ ^aBcn ttJtr p crttiartcn, tDcnit mir uufcrc ^flitifttcn oc9^» bie ©Itern treu erfiitten ? Sn biefem Scben @ottc§ ©c^u^ unb Scgcn uub im an- bern bie etDige ©eligfeit. „ST^re beinen S5atet unb betne ^Ulutter." ^a§ ift ha^ etfte GJeliot ntit bet ^er'^ei^img; ,. bag e§ bit ttjo^l gel^e unb bu laiiQe Iebe;t auf (Srt)en." (S;){). 6, 2 unb 3. (Sent, ^faa!, ber junge ^obia§. 8» 2[Bc((^e§ fhib bie S^orgefe^teit, benctt tnir ncBft ben (5(tern (Sljre, Siebe unb ©eftorfam enueifen foUen ? Sie ^flcgeeltern, £el]rer, SJJeifter, ^errjdiaftcn unb bie gei[tlid)en unb ujeltlic^cn Cbcrn. (SamueL i* 9^ aSte tierfunbigen fic^ in^Befonbere 2)ienPoten (jegen i^re §crrfd)aften ? S)icnftbotcn locrjiinbigen fid) gcgen it)re ^xrrfdjaftcn, 1) burd) Ungetjorfam unb miirrifdje^ oDcr trotjigc^o 93e- Iragcn ; 2) burc^ SSernac^Iaffigung it)reg S)tenftc^ unb 3Scruntrcuung; 3) burd^ iible^ SZac^reben unb Stu^plaubcrn ; 4) am aCermeiftcn, tnenn [ie bie St^ber be^ 4^au)e^ gum iBbjcn Ucrleitcn ober it)ncn ba§u tjelfen. 10* 25on tnem fommt bie ©ettJalt ber rjeiftlidjen mx^ meltlic^en OhxiqUxt t ©ie i[t t)on ©ott felbft gum Seften ber Untcrgcbencn an- georbnet mm. 13, i. 4. i-U^ 938ie tserfiinbiot ntan fic^ gegen "tAz (jciftltdje unb u>eltlicl)e Dbrigfeit ? 3)Zan Derfiinbigt fidj gegen bie gciftlidje unb tDeltlii^e Dbrigfeit, 1) burd) SSeradjtnng, fred^eS S^abeln unb Sciftern; 2) buret) ungeredjte ^iBiberje^tidjfeit uuD Smpbruiig. — 71 — €. What awaits those who grievously fail to do their duty towards their parents? The curse of God, disgrace, and dishonor in this world and eternal punishment in the world to come. "Cursed be he that honoreth not his father and mother." Deut. xxvii. i6. "He that striketh his father or mother shall be put to death. He that •curseth his father or mother shall die the death." Exod. xxi. 15, 17. Examples. Cham; Absalom. 7. What awaits those who faithfully discharge their duty towards their parents? God's blessing and protection in this world and eternal Tiappiness in the world to come. **Honor thy father and thy mother, which is the first commandment with a promise; that it may be well with thee, and thou mayest be long- lived upon earth." Eph. vi. 2, 3. Examples. Sem; Isaac; young Tobias. S. Do we owe special honor, love, and obedience to any others besides our parents? Yes ; to our guardians, teachers, masters, employers, and to all our spiritual and temporal superiors. Example. Samuel, i Kings i. i-g. How do servants in particular sin against their masters and mistresses? Servants sin against their masters and mistresses 1, By disobedience, obstinacy, moroseness, and ill- will; 2, By negligence in their work, by stealing, and ivasting things entrusted to their care ; 3, By calumny, detraction, and tale-bearing ; 4, And most of all by setting bad example to the chil- dren of the house, by teaching them to commit sin, lead- ing them astray, or helping them to do wrong. 1 10. From whom do spiritual and temporal superiors derive their authority? From God Himself, who clothed them with authority for the good of their inferiors. Rom. xiii. i, 4. t II. How do we sin against our spiritual and temporal supe- riors? We sin against our spiritual and temporal superiors 1, By contempt, calumny, and impudence ; 2, By disobedience and rebellion. — 72 — 12. Stt ttjclrfjem gaffe barf mart ©Item, S^ijrgefe^tcit nnb DBrigfciteir ttidit gcfjorc^en? 33enn fie etoa§ 6efef)Ien, ba§ t)or ®ott unerlaiibt ift; benn ©ott mu§ man mef)r gef)ord)en afe ben SJJenji^en. 5l|)ft9f(5, 5, 29, 1 13* §aBctt ttit^t au(^ bic ©Item ^flit^tcit gegcu t^rc Sittber ? ©ie cr[te unb fjeiligfte ^flidjt ber (£(tent flcgen i^re^inber ift, ha^ fie tl)re ^inber fiir ©ott unb ha§ etDtge Seben er5iel)cn- 1 14» 2Ba^ foUcn bcntnatf) bic ©(tern fiir il^rc Sinbcr ti]nn ? ©ie ©Item follen, 1) iljren ^inborn friifijeitig bie gurc^t ©ottc§ in*;? ^erj ^flan^en ; 2) fie in ber fatt)oIif(f)en 9leIigion giit nnterricljtcn laffen; 3) fie ^um ©ebcte unb allem ©uten an(jaltcn ; 4) fie fleifeig ubcrmacf)en unb tt)re gef)Ier geljorig ftrafen; 5) iljuen buret) 23ort unb %i)at gute§ $8eifpie( gcbcn. 1 15^ Siinbtgctt bic]cuigctt ©Item, tticld^e biefc ^fiit^teu t)cxna^^ laffigeu ? 3)icfe ©Item fiinbigen fel^r fcf)tt)er, mac^en fid( ntitfd^ulbig an ben ©iinben i^rer ^inber unb finb oft Urfadje an bercit Ungliid unb 35erbammni§; toeSlDegen fie hen Qoxn ©otte§ unb feine ©trafgeridjte auf fid) f)erab3ie^en» §eil SBu^anttJcnbung. — (S^te unb IteBe betne ©rtern, ©eelfotgcr, Sclfttct, itnb alle betne SSorcjeje^ten xinb jel t!)nen ban!Bar. (Sl^rc aiicf) bQ§ filter, ©el^orfatne gem unb f($neE na(^ bem SSotBtlbe ^efu, ber, toieiooljl GottcS ©o^n, bennod^ HJlarta unb 3o|e:pl^ untert^an h)ar, pttftcg @e6i)t. ,,S)u foHft ntd)ttbbten.'' 1. aSa^ ticrBictct (3ott im fiinftctt ©eBut ? ©ott oerbietet Sllle^, tooburdj man bem ?cad)ften obcr fi(^ felbft am Sebcn beg Seibeg ober ber @ee(e fdjabcL 2, 233ic ucrfiittbigt matt fti^ am SeiBe unb Scben ht§ ^dd\\tcn ? Wan t)crfunbigt fid), wmn man, 1) i(}n ungeredjter SSeife tbbtet, fc^tagt ober oermunbet; 2) t^m bur(^ S^ranfung, f)arte SSet^anblung ha^ 2cbcn berbittert ober t)erlur§t — 72 — 32. Are we ever allowed to disobey our parents and tem- poral or spiritual superiors? Yes ; we are not only allowed but even bound to diso- bey them when they command us to do what is against the law of God. "We ought to obey God rather than .men." Acts v. 29. ti3. What is the first duty of parents towards their chil- dren ? The first and most sacred duty of parents towards their children is to bring them up for God and for heaven. 1 14. What, then, should parents do for their children? The parents should 1, Early instil into the hearts of their children the iear and love of God ; 2, Have them carefully instructed in the duties of our holy religion ; 3, Train them to a pious and virtuous life ; 4, Watch over them and correct them, when they do wrong ; 5, Set them an example, in w^ord and deed, of true Christian piety. + 15. Do those parents sin who neglect their duties towards their children? They sin grievously, become partakers of their chil- dren's sins, and are often the cause of their children's temporal misery and eternal ruin ; hence they draw down on themselves the rigor of God's judgments. Example. Heli. i Kings iv. Application. Honor and love your parents, pastors, teachers, and all your superiors, and show them gratitude. Treat aged persons with respect. <)bey cheerfully and promptly after the example of Jesus, who, though the Son of God, was subject to Mary and to Joseph. THE FIFTH COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ''Thou shalt not kill!' !• What does God forbid by this Fifth Commandment? By this Fifth Commandment God forbids us to injure our neighbor or ourselves, in body or soul. 2. When do we injure our neighbor bodily? We injure our neighbor bodily 1, When we strike, wound, or kill him unjustly ; 2, When by annoyance or harsh treatment we em- bitter or shorten his life. — 73 — 3* 293te tierfiittbigt ntait fid} an bent eigencn Seibc unb Scbcti ? 9}?an t)cr)unt)ic(t ftc^, tDcnn man, 1) fid) felbft ha^^ Seben ntmmt (@eI6ftmorb); 2) )vi) o()ne 9?ot^ in Sebenggefatir 6cgibt; 3) feincr ©e)nnbf)eit fdiabet burd) ftrafbare Unt)orftcf)tig^ !eit burc^ llnmajsigfeit unb anbere Stugjdiiucitungen. 4» 95Sa^ ift nod) fonft butj^ ba^ fiittftc ©cBot kicrbotcrt ? 5{IIer 3^^*^^f §<^Bf 3Zeib, Qant unb ©treit, ©c^impf^ unb ©c^eltoorte. ,,3eber, ber feinen S5ruber ^agt, ift etn ^enf d^enmorber/' 1, 3ol), 3, 15^ 5. SBic fi^abct man bcm SKdc^fteu an ber 8eelc ? Ttan fdjabet if)m an ber ©eele, wcmi man idm Slergerni^ gt6t, b. f). tDcnn man i^n abfic^tlic^ ^ur (Siinbe iKTfiitirt, ober iDenn man xipx freimitlig %nia}^ unb ©etegenljcit gu berfelben gibt. 1 6^ aSoburiift Gi^t man Qkrgerni^ ? 9Jtan gibt 5lergerniBr ^i^cnn man jum S6[en reijt, rati), l^ilft, c^ gut IjeiBt ober gebietet, tn^obejonbere, 1) burd) gottlofe unb unjudjtige D^eben; 2) burd) uneljrbare SJleibung; 3) burd) )d)Ied}te Sud)er unb S3itber; 4) burd) |d)(cd)te§ 83ei]pieL ?♦ Sft ba§ 5tergerni§gebcn eine gro^e Siinbe ? ®a^ 5lergerni^geben ift eine fe{)r fdjmere ©iinbe, benn ber SSerfuf)rer ift dn @et)ulfe @atan^ nnh ein ©eelenmorber, „2Bel^e bent ^enf($en buri^ hjeld^en ?tergerni§ fommt/' 5}]att]^. 18, 7. ^2Bet eine§ au§ btejen ^teinen, bie an tnic^ glauben, drgert, bem toaxe e^ beffet, toenn ein ^iil^tftein an feinen §al§ Qepngt unb ex in bie 2^iefe be^ m^^x^^ t)erfen!t tourbe." 2)latt5, 18, 6. 8» aaSa^ tttttg man if\nn, ts^tnn man bent 9idti^ftett am 2eibe obcr att ber ®eele geft^abet f)at ? Wan mu^ nid)t nur bie ©iinbe bereuen unb beid^ten, [on- bern auc^ ben angeric^teten ©c^aben, fo t)iel a(g moglid), tt)ie- ber gut mad)en. 1 9» 2Ba§ qtUtitt nn§ &oit xm fiinften ®ebot ? @r gebietet ung f)aupt|ac^tic^ in grieben unb Sintrad^t io 3. When do we injure ourselves bodily? We injure ourselves bodily 1, When we take away our own lives (suicide) ; 2, When without necessity we expose our lives to danger ; 3, When we impair our health by blameworthy im- prudence, by intemperance and other excesses. 4. What else is forbidden by the Fifth Commandment? Quarreling, abusive words, anger, hatred, and envy are forbidden by the Fifth Commandment. "W^hosoever hateth his brother is a murderer." i St. John iii. 15. 5. When do we injure our neighbor spiritually? We injure our neighbor spiritually w^hen we scandalize him, that is, w^hen we intentionally tempt him to sin, or wilfully give him occasion to commit sin. t6. When do we scandalize our neighbor? We scandalize our neighbor when w^e incite, advise, or help him to do evil, command him to do it, or approve of it ; in particular 1, By impious or filthy language; 2, By immodesty in dress ; 3, By bad books or pictures ; 4, By bad example. 7. Is scandal a great sin? Scandal is a very great sin, for he who gives scandal is a minister of Satan and a murderer of souls. "Woe to that man by whom scandal cometh!" St. Matt, xviii. 7. "He that shall scandalize one of these little ones that believe in Me, it were better for him that a mill-stone should be hanged about his neck and that he should be drowned in the depth of the sea." St. Matt, xviii. 6, 8. What must we do when we have injured our neighbor in body or soul? We must not only repent and confess our sin, but we must also, as far as it is in our power, repair the injury we have done. tg. What does God command by the Fifth Commandment? By the Fifth Commandment God commands us espec- — 14. — mit bent $J?acf)ften §ii leben unb fur unfere unb anbercr SSof)t fat)rt an Seib unb ©eele bejorgt gu fein. S)er (Sl^rift Bel^anbelt au(^ ble S^Ijiere tnit ©(^onung* SRufeanttJCntJung. — fSel tt)te e§ etnent ®otte§!mbe Qeaicmt friebfer% fteunbU(^, fcfionenb gegen ^ebexmann* ^Jleibegotn, 3^^! unb ©treit. gUet)e t)or bem SSetfii^rer trie t)or ber ©(^tange unb hjetbe au^ bu nie ein SleufelS* ijelfer unb (Seelenmorber burc^ arQexUc^e 2^]^at obet 9fteben» ,,S)u joHft nid^t etjcbretfien." !♦ 9Ba^ tJcrMctct @ott im fct^i^tctt ®cBot? ®r t)erbtetet hm @t)ebruc^ unb jebe Unfeufc^t)ett, aU im^ e{)rbare Sticfe, Steben, ©c^er^e unb tva§ jonft bte ©(^aml)af^ ligfeit t)erlefet unb §ur Un£eu[d)^eit t)erleitet Unteintgfett f oE unter eu{5 ntrf;t etnmat genannt tnetben, Itite e§ ^eiltgen ^estemt." ©1)^. 5, 3. 2. SBarum foU man fi^ tior ber Unfeufrfj^eit gait^ iDefonbcri^ ptcn ? 2SeiI feine ©iinbe jc^anblic^er t[t unb fo fc^Iimme golgcn t)at t 3. aSelt^c^ flub hk ^oIqcu ber Unfcuft^Ijcit ? 1) ©te Derbtrbt ben 5D?enfc^en an Seib unb ©eele ; 2) tjerleitet gu t)telen anbern ©iinben unb Saftern ; 3) brtngt (Slenb, ©c^mad^ unb ©d)anbe unb etDtge 9Ser^ bammni^. ,,^et Unsiid^ttgen ^Int^ett toirb fetn tnt $Pfute, bet mtt geuer unb iS(^tDefeI Breunt" DffenB. 21, 8. ©iinbflut]^. (Sobonta unb ©omort^a* 4^ 233a§ foil man tf)nn, ttJcnn man ^njcifell, oh titoa^ tint ©iinbc gcgen bit ^cnfri^^eit fei ? ajJan foil feinen S3etcf)tt)ater urn 95elef)rung bitten, unb etnfttDeilen ha§f tDoriiber man im ^^i^^if^i iftf tneiben. 6. SBa^ foUcn ttiir Befonbcri^ mcibcn al§ ber Senf^^cit gefa^rlicift ? 1) 9Sortt)i^ ber 5lugen ; 2) ©itelfeit unb une(}rbare Sifeibung ; S) aSofe ©efellfcfaaft, fc^led)te S3ucf)er unb SSilber ; — 74 - ially to live in peace and friendship with our neighbor, and to promote His spiritual and temporal welfare as well as our own. The Christian also avoids cruelty to animals. Application. Be ever peaceable, kind, and obliging, as becomes a child of God. Guard against anger and quarreling. Shun bad company as you would a serpent; and beware of killing your neighbor's soul by any scan- dalous word or deed. THE SIXTH COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ''Thou shah not commit adultery!' I. What does God forbid by this Sixth Commandment? By this Sixth Commandment God forbids adultery and all sins of impurity, such as unchaste looks, words, jests, and whatever else violates modesty or leads to impurity. "All uncleanness, let it not so much as be named among you, as becom- cth Saints." Eph. v. 3. 12. Why must we most carefully guard against impurity? Because no sin is more shameful, and no other is fol- lowed by such dreadful consequences. t3. What are the consequences of impurity? Impurity 1, Destroys body and soul ; 2, Leads to many other sins and vices ; 3, Plunges man into misery, dishonor, and shame, and at last into eternal damnation. **They shall have their portion in the pool burning with fire and brim- stone." Apoc. xxi. 8. Examples. The Deluge; Sodom and Gomorrha. 4. What ought we to do when we doubt whether anything is a sin against purity? We ought to consult our confessor, and, in the mean* time, carefully avoid what we doubt about. 5. What should we especially avoid as dangerous to holy purity? We should especially avoid 1, Curiosity of the eyes; 2, Vanity and immodesty in dress ; 3, Evil companions, bad books and, pictures ; — 75 — 4) ®efa^rlid)e @cf)aufpiele unb Xange ; 5) Sltljufreien Umgang tnit ^Pcrfonen anberen ®efdE)led)tg ; 6) 2runfent)ett unb 9)?u||ig9ang. @r gebietet une^ bie St'eu]d)^eit §u 6ctx)af)ren unb liberaH ci)xbax unb ftttfam §u jetn. „€ Wu f(^on tft etn !eufd§e§ ©efc^Ied^t ! UnfterBItd^ tft fein 5lnben!en, M ®ott unb hen 3Jlenfd§en ift e§ in e^re," 2Bei§^, 4, 1» 7» aSelrfie 9)littcl fotten luir oitttticttbcn bie ^cufti^^cit ^u Bctua^rcn ? SSir foUen, 1) bie I)eiL ©aframente 6fter§ empfangen unb fletfetg &etcn; 2) ber 95er)ud)ung gleic!^ im Slnfange tDteberfte^en, unb un§ ©ott unb ber feligften Sungfrau empfe{)(en ; 3) ben!en, baB ©ott alle§ fieljt, unb ha^ tvn jeben ?lugen= hlid f terben !6nnen. S5 e i f ^. — Sof epft» — ©uf anna. 9lu^onluenllunG. — ©(^a^e unb lieBe tie Unfc^ulb at§ ba§ gtogte @ut. SBad^e unb Bete eifrig, fie gu bettjal^ren. §iite bic^ befonbet§ t)or fc^Iedjiten ^ameraben unb tl^ue nie ettua-S allein obex tjor anbern beffen bu bid^ tor xed&tfc^affenen 50^enfd^en fd^amen tniifeteft. SicBcntc^ &thot ,,S)u foHft ntd)t \ki)kn." t. a33a§ tjcrbictct @ott im fiebentcn &cUt ? ©ott t)erbtetet S)ie6ftat)I, dlaub, Setrug, SSud^er unb fibers f)aupt jebe ungered)te Sefcljtibigung fremben (Stgentljum^. ,3eber 2)iel6e nod^ Stduber toerben ba§ 3fiei^ ©otte§ Ibefi^en." 2. aSatttt fttttbigt man burr^ 2)icBfta^|I ? 9}?an jiinbtgt burd) Sieb[tal)(, tDenn man fid) ba§ ©igen^ tt)um beg ?iad)[ten gegen beffen 2SiIIen l)etmtid^ jueignet. 3. SBautt ncttttt man ben X^icBftafil cincn Otaub ? 9)?an nennt ben S)iebftaf)l etnen 9ku6, tvmn man benfct^ ben mit ©eroalt au§fut)rt flQ^nn man llird^cngut toegnimmt, fo ift e§ ©otte§raul6» — 75 — 4, Indecent plays and dances ; 5, Too great familiarity with the other sex; 6, Intemperance and idleness. 6. What does God command by the Sixth Commandment? By the Sixth Commandment God commands us to pre« serve our purity and to be decent and modest at all times and in all places. *'0 how beautiful is the chaste generation! for the memory thereof is immortal, because it is known both with God and with men." Wisd. iv. i. 7. What should we do to preserve our purity? We should 1, Often receive the holy Sacraments, and often pray; 2, Resist temptation at the outset, and recommend ourselves to God and to the Blessed Virgin ; 3, Remember that God sees everything, and that we may die at any moment. Examples. Joseph. Gen. xxix. Susanna. Dan. xiii. Application. Esteem and love the innocence of your soul as your greatest treasure; watch and pray that you may preserve it; shun bad com- panions and the occasions of sin, and whether you are alone or with others, never say or do anything that may not be said or done before your parents or your pastors. THE SEVENTH COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ''Thou shalt not steal!' 1. What does God forbid by this Seventh Commandment? By this Seventh Commandment God forbids us to in- jure our neighbor in his property by robbery or theft, by cheating, usury, or in any other unjust way. "Nor thieves nor covetous shall possess the kingdom of God." i Cor. vi. 10. 2. Who are guilty o£ theft? Those are guilty of theft who, against the will of their neighbor, secretly take anything belonging to him. 3. When is theft called robbery? Theft is called robbery when the thief uses violence. To steal what belongs to a church is a sacrilege. — 76 — f 4, SBie tierfuttbigt man ftd^ hnxd) S3etrug ? dJtan t)ertunbigt [tcf) burcl) Setriig, tDcnn man ben 9?dii)ften Ijintergelit, befonberg im ^anbcl, biiri^ falicl)ei3 Ma^ unb ©c^ iuid)t, j(^(ed)te SSaaren, falfd)eg ©c(b, ober auf irgenb eine aiibere 93eife» „^etner liBerbort^eile fetitett SBriiber obex iiberlifte il^n ttn @efd§dfte; benn ber §err ift SfJdd^er t)on allem biefem/' 1. 2:i^eff. 4, 6. i* 5» 93Bcr fiinbigt burd^ 29Suc^cr ? 2)ur(i) 3Bud)er fiinbigt, tDcr fiir ©elief)ene§ unerlaubte ^tn- jctt forbert, ober jonft bie S^ott) bc^ $Rddj[ten ju feincm ©e- iDinne mi^braudji 6, ^te berlc^t man foitft noc^ ba^ ©igcnt^itm ht§ $Warf|ften ? 3Kan t)erle§t bag (Sigentbum bc^ 9^dd)[ten, tDenii man, 1) ge[tot)Ieneg @ut fauft ober annimmt; 2) (^efunbeneS ober Slnoertrautc^ nidjt guriidgtbt; 3) ©d}ulben nidjt jat)lt, n:)enn man fann ; 4) ©c^aben jufiigt an ^aufern, gelbcrn, Sdnmcn, ©crdtf)- fdjaften, 95icl) n. f. n). 7, 233a§ tnu§ ntan tl)un, ttJcrtn man frcmbe^ ©ut l^cfi^t obcr bcm 9M(^ftett gefrfjabet ^at? dJlan mn§ ba§ frembe ®nt jnriidgeben nnb hm ©d)abcn, fobalb al§ moglid), nad) ^rdften gntmadjen, fonft er()dlt man fcine 5Serseif)nng Don ©ott i* 8» SBem ntu^ man \>a§ frembe (3nt ^itrMerftatten ? 3J?an muf3 frcmbc§ ©ut ftct^ bcm redjtmd^igen (Sigentp- mcr ober beffen Srben guriidgcbcn. SSenn bic^ aber nid)t inugnc§ ift, fo muB man eg hm 5lrmen gcben ober |on[t gu frommen Qw^dm Oertoenben. 3it S^eifeln ubex bte Suxiiiiexftattung. ober ben fd^ulbigen Sc^abener* ■fa^, frage man hen ^eid^tt)ater urn ^at^. D; SBa^ geBietct ba^ fieBente (Scbot? ©i^ gebietet, Sebem bag ©einige jn geben, unb rDo()ttf)ati9 {jegen hm 9Zad)[ten §n fein. 9luftantt)Cnt)ung»— (Seitmmer eWic^ nnb tec6tfc^Qffen» „©T)rIid^ tt)a5tt cm tdngften" nnb „Vinqexed}t @ut tliut niemalS gnh" Snttuenbe nie ha^ (^e- xinsfte, auc^ nid^t an §anfe beinen (^Itern* „2Ser jeinem SSater, ober jemer — 76 — + 4* Who are guilty cf cheating? Those are guilty of cheating who impose upon their neighbors in their deahngs ; for example, by using false weights or measures, selling damaged articles, or passing false money. "That no man overreach or circumvent his brother in business; because the Lord is the avenger of all these things." i Thess. iv. 6. t 5. Who are guilty of usury? Those are guilty of usury who take advantage of their neighbor's necessities to ask unlawful interest for the money they lend. 6. In what other ways can we injure our neighbor . in his property? We can also injure our neighbor in his property 1, By receiving or buying stolen goods ; 2, By neglecting to return what we have found or what was given in our care ; 3, By failing to pay our debts when we are able to do so ; 4, By damaging other people's houses, fields, tools, trees, animals, or anything belonging to them. 7. What must we do when we have ill-gotten goods, or have unjustly injured our neighbor? We must restore the ill-gotten goods and, as far as we can, repair the injury done ; otherwise God will not par- don us. t8. To whom must ill-gotten goods be restored? Ill-gotten goods must ahvays be restored to the owner or to his heirs ; or, if this be impossible, they must be given to the poor or some good work. When we doubt about the restitution or the compensation to be made, we should ask the advice of our Confessor. 9. What does God command by the Seventh Commandment? By the Seventh Commandment God commands us to give to every one what belongs to him, and to be charit- able to our neighbor. Application. Be ever honest and just. "Honesty is the best policy," and "a little justly acquired is better than much acquired unjustly." Never steal anything, no matter how small, not even from p.-rcnis ai home. — 77 — ^D^itttct etnja§ nlmmt urtb f^ttd^t e§ fet !etne ©iinbe, hex tft her ©enoffc eine3 ott no£5^ ferucr tm ac^tctt @cBot? @ott t)crbictet. 1) Siige unb ^eudjdei; 2) (£l)ra5fd)neibung unb SScrlaumbimg ; 3) fnlfdjeu 2(rgtDot)n unb frcnentUdjeS Urtf)eil 3. $Ba^ ^eif^t Siigcn ? Siigen I)eiBt tDiffentlicl^ unb t)orfa^ti(^ bie UntDaljrIjeit fagen. ,,©tn l^agUt^er (St^anbfledE am 5!Jlenfdjen tft bie Suge," Sir. 20, 26. ,,£ii9ent)afte Sip^en finb bem §errn ein ©rduel. ©pr. 12, 22. A. ^atf matt ttictital^ (ttgett ? 2Jian barf ntemal^ liigen, nidjt einmat au§ ©c^er^ obcr 9^otf), ober urn 95i3)e§ §u tierljinbcrn. ^an barf jeboc^ unb foE aa§ guten (55riinben gutoeilen hk SSa^r^eit terfd^tneigen. 5* 28tc ucrfititbigt tttatt ftc^ buri^ §curf)clci ? 9}?an fiinbigt burd) §cud)e(ei, iDcnn man fid) beffer obcr frommer fteitt, ate man ift $§arifder. 6» 933tc tierfuitbtgt tttatt fit!) burd^ (S^raBfci^tteibctt ? 9Kan t)er)unbigt fi(^ burc^ (Sf)rab)d)neiben, tDenn man bcm 9^ad}ften bie (£l)re nimmt, inbem man feine get)Ier o Ij n c 9Zott) offenbart t 7. ®arf tttatt ttic btc to a ^ r c tt ^ c ^ ( c r bc^ 9Zd(^ftctt offcttBarctt ? DJtan barf bicfes^ blog t^un, 1) um ben ge£)lenben ^u beffern ; 2) um anbere Dor S^erfut)rung ober ©djaben gu httoaifxm. — 77 — "He that stealeth an5rthing from his father or from his mother, and saith, This is no sin, is the partner of a murderer." Prov. xxviii. 24. **Small beginnings make great endings." THE EIGHTH COMMANDMENT OF GOD. ''Thou shall not bear false witness against thy neighbor/' 1. What does God forbid by this Eighth Commandment? By this Eighth Commandment God forbids above all to give false evidence ; that is, to tell a falsehood against anybody in a court of justice. 2. What else does God forbid by this commandment? God forbids 1, Lies and hypocrisy; 2, Detraction and calumny or slander; 3, False suspicion and rash judgment. 3. What is meant by a lie? A lie is the deliberate and intentional denial of the truth. "A lie is a foul blot in a man." Ecclus. xx. 26, "Lying lips are an abomination to the Lord." Prov. xii. 22. 4. Are we ever allowed to tell a lie? We are never allowed to tell a lie, not even in jest or for the sake of preserving ourselves or others from harm. We are, however, sometimes allowed, or even bound, by charity or the duty of our position, to conceal the truth. 5. Who are guilty of hypocrisy? Those are guilty of hypocrisy who pretend to be better or more pious than they really are in order to deceive others. Example. The Pharisees. 6. Who are guilty of detraction? Those are guilty of detraction who rob their neighbor of his good name, by making known his faults without necessity. fy. May we never make known the faults of others? We may make known the faults of others 1, To correct the guilty person; 2, To guard others fr.::^n being misled or harmed. — 78 — 8. UBic ticrfunbtrjt man fic^ burd) a^crlaumbett ? Wan Derjiinbit^t fic^ burd) S^crldiimben, tvcnn man \)om 9Zdcl}[tcn tt)t[fent(td) 936)06 aii^^jagt, baS gar nicljt \va[)x ift, ober iDcim man fcine gcljlcr DcrgroBcrt ,Mex t)etmti(^ berlaumbet, tt)ut nic^t tuetttger al§ ble ©d^Iange, bie in bet ^tiae ftid^t" $reb. 10, 11. t 9» ^ann man auc^ burt^ ^Inprcn iiftlcr S^arfjrcbcn fiinbiocit ? SDZan ftinbigt burd) ?lnl)6rcn iiblcr Dxadjrcbcn, tDcnii man, 1) btcfelbcn mit 3Sol}Igcfatten ant)6rt; 2) fie nid)t bcr^iubert, ba man e^ fbnnte, ober gar SInlajj ba^u gibt ^Umsaume betne C)!)ren nttt domett unb l^ore ntd^t auf bte tjexIautnbexU fc^e Sunge/' ©it. 28, 28. 1 10. ^a§ mn^ man t^uit^ ttJcnn man bnrd) S^crlcinmbnng bent 9Mcl)ften bic @l]re geranBt ober bcfc^dbtcjt f}at ? Tlan mu^ bie falfdje 2ln!(age iDieberrufen, unb aEcn ju^ gefiigten ©d)aben Dergiiten. 1 11. 2Btc ntng man bcm ^ddjjicn bic (5^rc crfc^cn, tocnn mon maljrc gcl)ler u^ue y^ot^ anfoebcrft f)at? 93lan mufe ben 9?ac^[ten, fot)iet a(^ mogtic^, entfd)ulbigen, unb feme guten Sigenfdjaften f)ert)ort)e6en. „2)et gute 5Rame ift Beffet al§ t)iel af^e^t^um/' ©|)t. 22, 1. 12* 233ic tjerfiinbigt man fit^ bnri^ falft^en ^trgttjo^n? Tlan fiinbigt buret) fal]d)cn »2lrgtt)o()n, lucnn man o^ne llinreid)enben ®runb bom dladj]tm §3b)e^ bermut^et. 13. aSann ^nnhxqt man bnrd) frcbcntlid^e^ Urt^ciC ? 2)Zan fiinbigt burd) frebentlid^e^ Urt()eit, Wcnn man oljue fiinreid)enben ©runb bom 9^ad)ften nidjt nur 95i3)eg bermutt)et, jonbern foId^eS fiir toatir unb get^iB ^a(t. „9fli(^tet nii^t, bamit il^t nid^t getid^tet toetbet." ^Jlatt^. 7, 1. 14. ^a§ geBictct ha§ a^tt &tUt ? (£§ gebietet, immer aufrid^tig gu fein unb bom S^d^ften gut gu benfen unb gu fprec^en. 1 15. ©inb toiv and) f(iftn(big fiir t>it eigenc ©I)rc ^n forgen ? Seber foil al^ 5tinb ©otteg burd) einen rec^tjdjaffeneit — 78 — 8. Who are guilty of calumny or slander? Those are guilty of calumny or slander who accuse then neighbor of faults of which he is not guilty, or exaggerate the faults of which he is guilty. "If a serpent biteth in silence, he is nothing better that backbitcth secretly." Eccl. x. ii. tg. Is it a sin to listen to detraction or calumny? It is a sin 1, To listen with pleasure to detraction or calumny; 2, Not to prevent it when it is in our power ; 3, To occasion or encourage it. "Hedge in thy ears with thorns, hear not a wicked tongue." Ecclus. 3cxviii. 28. 1 10. What are we obliged to do when we have injured the good name of our neighbor by slander? We are obliged to retract the slander and to repair all the injury we have done our neighbor. t II. How must we repair our neighbor's reputation when we have without necessity made known true but hidden faults? We must try to excuse our neighbor and speak of his g-ood qualities. "A good name is better than great riches." Prov. xx. i. 12. When are we guilty of false suspicion? We are guilty of false suspicion when, without good or sufficient reason, we suspect evil of our neighbor. 13. When are we guilty of rash judgment? We are guilty of rash judgment w^hen, without good reason, we not only suspect evil of our neighbor, but be- lieve such to be true and certain. "Judge not, that you may not be judged." St. Matt. vii. i. 14. What does God command by the Eighth Command- ment? By the Eighth Commandment God commands us to be always truthful and to think and speak well of our neigh- bor. ti5. Should we be careful to preserve our own good name? Yes : we should, as children of God, be careful to pre* SSanbel fcinett guten Seamen ktDaljren ii::b ben ^iddjften er^ bauen. „So Ieucf)te euer Si(^t bor ben ^enfd^en, ba^ fie eure guten 2Set!e fe^en unb euren ^ater ij^reifen, ber im §immel tfi" 2Rattlf). 5, 16. 9lw^ontt)ent)ung. — 55era^f(5eue aUe Siige unb fyalft^f^ett; benn ber %m^ei ift ber S5ater ber Siige. 3^ebe nie IteBIo§ ):)on betnem ^ac^ften ; f(ijeuc bid^ aBer aud^ ntcfit bie Seller 3U offenBaren, tdo e§ betne ^flic^t ift : tfiue e^ jebod^ int ©eifte ber 2khc. ®ib fellBft nie ^nla^ gu 5lrgtDo!^n obcr iibelit 5cad^rcben. 9Jcuntca uub jc^ntca ©cbot „S)u follft ntrfjt beget)ren bcineg 9^acl}|tcn SSeib." „®u follft nidjt begGt)ren beineg 9^a(i)ften §au§ u. f. id/' !♦ SSa^ ticrBictct @ott im ttcuntcn ®cBotc ? ®ott t)erinetct bie ©cgierbe, ha§> 9Sei6 eine§ 5(nbern §it ^aben unb u6erf)aupt alle unfeufd^en @eban!en unb Segterben- 2» 8ittb ftijfe GJebattfcn xinb a^ctjicrben alicaett ©iiitbe ? S3i))e ®cbanfen unb Segierben finb nur bann ©iinbe^ njenn man fic^ iDiffentlic^ unb freiiDiUig barin auffjalt unb SSol)(gefa(Ien haxan l)at f 3, ^a§ gc^ictct &ott im iieuntcn (^thoic ? ©ott gebietet, n:)ad))am §u fein iiber unfer Snncre^ unb nnjer ^er^ rein gu bmaljxm. ,,©etig bie reine§ §er3en§ finb, benn fie tuerben @ott anf(^auen/' SJlottf). 5, 8. 4. ^a§ tjcrbictct @ott im sc^ntcit GJedote ? ©ott t)erbietet alk Segierbe nad) ungcreclitem ®nt unb liberljaupt jebeS unorbent(icf)e Serlangen nacl) 3^i^li^cni. ^^-^^ie 23ur3er aller Ucbet ift bie ^a^fuc^t/' 1 Tm, 6, 10. t 5. SBa^ ^MtM &ott im sctjitten &chott ? @r gebtetet, ha^ mir Sebem ba^o Scinige gonnen unb nrtt bem Unfrigen gufrieben [tub. 9ltt^ttntocnllunQ. — @iB nie Slnlag 3U Bofen ©ebanfen. ©ei n)ai5fam unb fobalb bu eincn bofen ©ebanfen oi^er eine ^e^ierbe in beinem SnT^etn — 79 — serve our own good name, and edify our neighbor by a virtuous life. "So let your li.dit shine before men that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.'* St. Matt. v. i6. Application. Detest all lies and falsehoods, for the devil is the father of lies. Never speak uncharitably of your neighbor; however, do not con- ceal his faults from those who can correct them; let the spirit of charity guide you herein. Give no occasion for false suspicion or slander. THE NINTH AND TENTH COMMANDMENTS OF GOD. ''Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife." ''Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor s goods" 1. What does God forbid by the Ninth Commandment? By the Ninth Commandment God forbids the desire to have another man's wife, and, in general, all impure thoughts and desires. 2. Are impure thoughts and desires always sinful? Impure thoughts and desires are sinful only when we wilfully keep them in, our mind, and take pleasure in them. t3. What does God command by the Ninth Commandment? By the Ninth Commandment God commands us to watch over our heart and to keep it pure and holy. "Blessed are the clean of heart, for they shall see God." St. Matt. v. 8. 4. What does God forbid by the Tenth Commandment? By the Tenth Commandment God forbids all unjust coveting of our neighbor's goods, and, in general, all wrongful desire of temporal goods. "The desire of money is the root of all evil." i Tim. vi. 10. t 5. What does God command by the Tenth Commandment? By the Tenth Commandment God commands us to be satisfied with what belongs to us, and not to desire what belongs to others. Application. Never dwell upon sinful thoughts. Be watchful; and the very moment an evil thought or desire arises within you put it out of — 80 16etnet!eft, fi^^Iage fie fo9tet(^ uttb ftanb^aft au§; benn ©ott f^auet ttnmc^ auf bein ^erg. ^iggonne anbern ntd^t t^re ©aij^en unb bertariQe nttj^t bat- Jiai^. „(^xn Qroger ©etuinti xft @ottfe(ig!eit mit ©enuQiamfeit." 1. Sim. 6, 6, S5on ben ©cBoteu kr tirtfic 1. @tBt e^ an^tv beit ©eBotcit 05otte^ itor^ anbere G5cBotc bic tuir l^alten miiffett? Sci, bie ®e6ote ber S^irtfje. f 2* a^ott tuem f}at bk ®ir(f|c bic a^ottma^t ©eBotc su gcBcn ? ^^on (X()nftu^, t()rem ©lifter, ber bie ^irdje beaiiftragt l^at, bte ©laubicjen in feinem Seamen §u leiten unb gu regieren. „2Bte mid) bet fSaht c^efartbt l^ot, fo fenbe \^ eu(^/' 3 of). 20, 21. „2Ba§ i^t auf @tben l)inben roetbet, ba§ foil auc^ im §immel gebunben fein/' mam. 18, 18. 3» aSie tjerjipic^tctt uit^ bic (Sebotc ber ^ird)e ? S)ie ©ebote ber .^tird^e V)erpf(id)ten un^ unter einer fi^tDeren ©iinbe ebenfo, iDte bie ©ebote ©otte§, tvdi ®Dtt un^ bieje(ben burd) bie Sirci)e gcgeben Ijat „2Bet eu(^ ptt, bet pret mic^; toet eu(5 t)etad)tet, bet betac^tet tnidj/' Su!. 10, 16. „3Ber bie ^ird^e nic^t l^ort, bet fet bit tuie ein ^eihe uub offent= Xic^et ©iinbet." ^JJiatt^. 18, 17. S)ie ©ebote ber Stirdje. (©ieifie (Seite i4.) 5lu^anlrJCnllung» — -galte bie ^ird^engeBote nic^t fiit Bloge ^enfc^en* ^elBote. geBotenen geiertatje fatten ? 2Sir miiffen an ©onm unb gebotenen geiertagen un§ t)on fned^tlic^er Strbeit entf)alten unb bie i)eiL 9Keffe mit gebu£)ren= ber 5(nbacf)t ganj unb t)oIl[tanbig ant)i)ren. 6» 2®er ift tier^jpirf)tet, an ®ontt= unb geiertageit bent Iieilin^w d)lt^op^tv hci^n\t)oi\ntn ? 5Ifle finb baju ftrenge t)erpflic^tet, tneb^e ben f)inlangtic^en ©ebraud) ber S^ernunft t)aben, fofern ni(i)t anerfannt ft)id)tige Ur)a(^en ent[(i)ulbigen» ©old^e fitib 3* S3* ^tanll^eit, ^ran!en:^flege, 3U gtoge ^ntfetnung u ♦ f* to* 7. 2Sie tierfiittbigt man fi(^ gegen ba^ ®eBot, bie l^eiUge SDleffe ^u l)orett? 1) 2Senn man an ©onn^ unb geiertagen bie t)dl 9}?effe au§ eigener ©c^utb gan^ ober gum 2:^ei(e t)er]aumt ; 2) iDenn man tDaljrenb ber I)eiL SJ^effe freitDidig gerftreut ift, f(^tt)a^t, lac^t ober fic^ fonft unef)rerbietig betragt ,,2)et §etr ift in feinem l^eiligen 2^em|)el; e§ fc^toeige tior i^m bie ganae €tbe/' §ab. 2, 20. 9lul^anttienl)ttn0» — Sag bic^ nie berleiten, an Sonn*- unb geiettagen — 81 — n. What festivals are observed everywhere in the United States as holy-days of obligation? These six: i, The Feast of the Immaculate Concep- tion ; 2, Christmas ; 3, The Circumcision of Our Lord ; 4, The Ascension of Our Lord; 5, The Assumption of the Blessed Virgin ; 6, The Feast of All Saints. Note. The suppressed holy-days are now feasts of devotion only. The feasts of Corpus Christi and of the Apostles Peter and Paul are celebrated as to external solemnity on the following Sunday. 1 3. For what purpose has the Church instituted the feasts of Our Lord? The Church has instituted the feasts of Our Lord to re- mind us of the principal mysteries of our redemption, that by meditating thereon we may render ourselves worthy of its graces and blessings. t4. For what purpose has the Church instituted the feasts of the Blessed Virgin and of the other Saints? The Church has instituted the feasts of the Blessed Vir- gin and of the other Saints, not only to honor God in His Saints, but also to encourage us to ask their intercession with God, and to lead us to imitate their virtues. 5. How are we to keep holy the Sundays and holy-days of obligation? We are to keep holy the Sundays and holy-days of obli- gation by resting from servile work, and by assisting at the holy Sacrifice of the Alass from beginning to end with attention and devotion. 6. Who are bound to hear Mass on Sundays and holy-days of obligation? All who have attained the use of reason, unless excused by weighty reasons. Note. Such weighty reasons are, for example, illness, nursing the sick, great distance, etc. 7. When do we sin against the Commandment of hearing Mass? We sin against the Commandment of hearing Mass, 1, When through our own fault w^e lose Mass or a part of it ; 2, When during Mass we wilfully give way to dis- tractions, when we laugh, talk, or otherwise misbehave. "The Lord is in His holy temple; let all the earth keep silence before Him." Hab. ii. 20. Application. Let nothing tempt you to lose Mass on Sundays and — 82 — bte ^effe ju t}erfaunten, ©§ foil bir aud^ nid^t genug fein, Bio? einer ftiUctt 5Jleffe Betjuitiol^nen. Sei jodiel a(§ moglii^ 6eim ^farrgotte^bienfte ^ox<^ iinb 5^a(^mittag§ unb pre gerne ba^ ^ort @otte§; ^Denn tx)er au§ (^ott ift ber l^ore (iJotteg 2Bort/' ^o^. 8, 47. SBenn bu an getertagen notroenbi^ arBeiten mugt, fo ge^e bod^, tDomoglid^, 3ur f)ei(. ^effe Ulud^ an ben aufge* pbenen geiertagen ift e§ em^foljlen, ber l^elL 5Jle)fe unb bem (^otteSbienftcr bei^utDo^nen* Stotitt^ &tiot ber Sird^c. ,,2)u jollft bie flebotcuen gaft- unb ^tbftmcnstage I)atten,'* !♦ 8aBa^ gcBietct una bie ^irt^c im anjeiteit ©ebote ? S)ie S!ird)e gebietct mh$, an gerDiffen Sagen gu faften unb ung t)on gleijc^jpei|en 511 entt)alten. -f* 2* 293e(d^c§ ftub bie geboteneu gafttage ? 1) ®ie Dierjtgtdgtge gaften, b, I). a((e Sage Don 2()d)ermitt^ tood^ bi§ St)arjam[tag 93?ittag bie ©onntage au^u]enommen: 2) ®ie Guatembertage, b. I). 9J?ittmoctj, greitag, nnb ©amftag ber uier €inakmbMvod)m ; ■ 3) ©ie '^igiftage ober 33orabenbe geiDijjer gefte. 3n einigen 5:i5cefen ftnb aud^ in ber ^btientaeit gettJiffc gafttagc feftgefe^t. 3» Wiz fott matt an bett gebotenett ZaQtn faften ? 9Kan jod niir einmal im Xage nnb ntcf)t Dor 9J?ittag fid) fattigen nnb [id] fonft Don ©peifen entf)a(ten. @ine !(eine 'Star!ung (Conation) be§ ^Benb^ ift jebodf) geftottet, aud^ tfl: ttid^t t)ern)etirt, be§ 5}torgen§ etn 2Senige§ (eine Saffe ^affee ober S^ee mtt toenig ^Brobj 511 netimen. 4» 2Ber ift tjevpftirfftet, anf biefe 9!Beifc 5U faften ? Seber dbrift, ber ha^^S einnnb^vt^anjigfte Saf)r jnriidgelegt {)at biio ,viin Seginne feine^J ]ecf)3td)[ten Sal}re^, nnb bnrc^ feinen giiltigen ®rnnb ent)c^nlbigt ift. (Siiltig entfc^ulbigt finb ^ran!e, ?IIter§fd^n)aii)e, ?(IIe, bie fc^merc 5trBet' ten l^aben, ober bie ha^ gaften toegen f(^njd(^Ud&er ©efunb^ett ntd^t au§l^alten fdnnen. ^m 3^^if^^ fi^ctge tncn ben ©eelforger ober ^eid^Oater. 5* 3ttt njclrfjcn ^aqcn ift bie ^tbftinen^ ober ©ntftaltnng bon is^d^^^ fpeifen geboten ? 1) 5lin Stic^ermittinod), an jebem greitag nnb ©amftag ber gaften^^eit, an ben Onatembertagen, an ben 9Sigi(tagen Dort ^fingften, SKaria'^tmmeIfaI}rt, 51{(er(}ei(igen nnb 93ei()nad)ten. 2) 2(n alien greitagen be§ Saf)rei3, an-^genommen nienn, ein gebotener geiertag an^ert)alb ber gaftenjeit anf einen greitaj faat — 82 — feasts of obligation. Be not contented with assisting at a low Mass. Make it a rule to assist at high Mass and the afternoon service in your parish church. Listen attentively to the sermon or instruction; for, "he that is of God, heareth the words of God" (St. John viii. 47). Should you be com- pelled to work on a holy-day of obligation attend, if possible, the holy Sacrifice of the Mass. On suppressed holy-days it is recommended to hear Mass and attend other divine services. THE SECOND COMMANDMENT OF THE CHURCH. "To fast and to abstain on the days appointed hy the Church,'* I. What does the Church command by this second command- ment? By this second commandment the Church commands us to fast and to abstain from flesh-meat on certain . days appointed by her. t2. Which are the fast-days appointed by the Church? The fast-days are these: i, The forty days of Lent, that is, every day from Ash-Wednesday to Holy Saturday noon, Sundays, excepted; 2, The ember days, that is, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday of the four ember weeks; 3, The "vigils" or eves of certain great festivals. (If a Vigil falls on a Sunday, it is not ob- served.) 4, In certain dioceses the Fridays of Advent. 3. How must we fulfil the commandment of fasting? On the days appointed we are allowed to take but one full meal and that not before noon. A very slight supper, commonly called a collation, is allowed towards evening, also a cup of coffee or tea with a morsel of bread in the morning". 4. Who is obliged to fast in the manner prescribed? Every Catholic from the completion of the twenty- first year until the beginning of the sixtieth, unless excused for some just cause. Note. Those who are sick, convalescent, broken down by age, those who have to do hard work, or who cannot fast without injury to their health, are excused from fasting. In doubt, the Confessor or Pastor must be consulted. 5. On v/hat days are we commanded to abstain from flesh- meat? We are commanded to abstain from flesh meat. t. On Ash-Wednesday, the Fridays and Saturdays of Lent, the Ember days, the Vigils of Pentecost, Assumption, All Saints and Christmas; 2, On all Fridays of the year. (If a Holy day of obliofation falls on a Friday there is no abstinence except during Lent.) — 83 — 2)ie )5^if(^ofe ber SSeteintgten ©taaten, l^aBen ble :papftn(^e SSoHntai^t SnberunQen borjunel^tnen. S^e^'^alB ti(^te man fic^ tiac^ hm jdtirlic^en gaftenbetoxbnunQen. 6. SSScr ift ij cr^jflirfi tet, btc gcBotcnc ©nt^Ituno tion |j(eifcf)f)jcifctt Seber Sf)rtft, fobalb er hm ®ebraud) ber 95ernunft tiat, tDenn ntd^t etne rec^tmci^tge Urjadje, al§ ^ranft)eit, ?tot^ u. f. tt). i^n entfdiulbtgt t ?♦ SSarum joU man bic ^Jaftcn unb ^IBftincn^ gettJiffen^aft ]6cd5- arfjtcn ? 9Wan joH btefelben getDi[fenf)aft beoba^ten, 1) urn nnfern @el;)or]am gegen bte Kirclje gu be^etgen ; 2) urn bag Seiipiel Seju unb ber ^eiligen nad)3uat)men ; 3) urn fiir unjere ©iinben Suf^e gu tf)nn ; 4) urn unjere bofeu ©eliifte leid)ter p bejalimen. Slu^anttienbung. — ^(^te ba§ gaftengeBot qI§ eine Ifieiltge unb ^eilfatnc ^et^flii^tung unb ben!e, bafe @ott burc^ bte bertotene grucf)t uniexe ©tamm* eltern :|)rufte. Safie btcg nte burt^ 50^enfc^enfurd§t obex anbere eitle SSox* todnbe abl^alten, baffelBe gu BeoBad)ten. ®rittc0 Uttb tJtertc^ ©cbut ber Sird^c* 3. ,,S)u foUft tt)entgften§ etnmat xm Saljre einem t)erorb^ iteten ^rtefter betne ©iinben reumitt^tg beicf)ten.'' 4. „2)u joHft bag allerl)etligfte ©aframent beg 2ittarg tuenigfteng einmal im Sat)re unb gtcar urn bie ofterlidje 3cit tDiirbig empfangen." !♦ ^a§ gcBtctct nn§ btc ^xxd)t im brtttctt ©eBotc ? ©ie gebietet, tnenigfteng einmal im Saljre unfere ©iinben einem t)erorbneten ^rie[ter giiltig §u bcid)ten. 2^ SBa!§ ttJtrb untcr einem tJcrorbneten ^tiefter tierftanben? 6in ^priefter, ber Don jeinem 23i]cf)o[ bie 3^oIlmad)t f)at, S5eid)ten gu ^oren. 3» ^a§ ^tUctti un§ bit ^irt^e im tiierten (^eBote ? ©ie gebietet, in ber i)[terlid)en Qdt bie IjeiL Sommunion jDiirbig gu empfangen. — 83 — Note. The Bishops of the United States are authorized by the Podc to make certain chpnges. Hence, we should attend to the Lenten regula- tions of the Diocese. 6. Who are bound to abstain from flesh-meat on the ap- pointed days? All Christians who have attained the age of reason, unless excused by some just cause, such as illness or pov- erty. 1 7. Why should we conscientiously observe the days of fast- ing and abstinence? We should conscientiously observe the days of fasting and abstinence 1, To show our obedience to the Church; 2, To imitate the example of Christ and of His Saints ; 3, To do penance for our sins ; and 4, To subdue our evil inclinations. Application. Keep the commandment of fasting as a holy and salutary- duty, remembering how God tried our first parents by the forbidden fruit. Let neither human respect nor vain excuses hinder you from the strict observance of it. THE THIRD AND FOURTH COMMANDMENTS OF THE CHURCH. 3rd, "To confess our sins at least once a year to a duly authorised priest." 4th, "To receive worthily the Blessed Eucharist at Easter or within the time appointed/' 1. What does the Church command by the third command- ment? By the third commandment the Church commands us to confess our sins sincerely, at least once a year, to a duly authorized priest. 2. What do you mean by a duly authorized priest? Any priest authorized by a Bishop to hear confessions in his diocese. 3. What does the Church command by the fourth command- ment? By the fourth commandment the Church commands us to receive Holy Communion worthily at Easter or there- abouts. — 84 — ^ie ofterlirfie 3^^^ fii^* ^^^ (Sm|)fang ber l^eiligen (Sa!rameiite ift t)om ^olmfonntag bi§ 3um ^otintog natt) Oflern. giir geitiotinliii) betlatigL'rn bie SBifcfjofe Meje 3eit t)om Dierten (Sonntag in ber gaflenjcit bis Sreifaltig^ teit^'Sortntag. fi^ ift totiam, tuenn moQlicf) bie £)fler*£ontmunion in ber $fatxfix(^e ju empfangen, 4, Stt ttjelr^cm 5Uter titu^ man Beirfjtcit unb fommunt^trctt ? ©obalb man Derftdubic^ unb unterricljtet genug ift, um biefe tjciligcn (Saframente mtt S^n^en gu empfangen, tDoriiber ber ©celforgcr gn entjc^eiben ^at t 5* SoU e§ utt^ gcttug fcin, (Sitttitat im ^a^xt 5U Bctt^tctt uitb ju fomntunt5irett ? 9?ein ; e^ i[t t)ie(met)r ber fefinlic^e SBunjdi ber ^irrfje, ba^ tr)ir rerfjt oft un§ btefer groBen (Snabe tdeiltjaftig nrac^en. Dlu^anUjentJung — Untextaffe me bie l^eilige $flid^t ber oftertti^en Communion, ©emobne bid^ tt)o ntoglicft iebeit 5)lottat gur S5eid§te, unb mit ©xIaubniB be§ ^ei(j^tt)atex§ guc l^L l^ommunion gu getjen* ^itttftc^ nn\> feti^ftc^ ©cbot ber ^irdjc. 5. „^n joUft 5um Untert)alte beiner '3eel[crger nad) Sraf- ten bettragen.'^ 6. „2)u follft nicl}t t)eirat{}en, au^er in ©egentoart be§ $riefter!§ nnb ber 3^^^9^^' ^^^ U)af)renb ber gefc[)(offenen Qcx^ ten feine t^ierlicf)e ^ocfijeit f)atten ; aud^ jollft bu 9^iemanb heirattien, ber nic^t fat^oltfd) ift, ober ber mit bir in einem Derbotenen ©rabe uevmanbt ift, unb fonft feine (£t)e einget)en gegen ein ®etetj ber Slirct)e." 1» ^a§ gcBietet un§ btc ^\xd)C im fiiitfteit ©eBotc ? Ste Slird)e gebietet unso im fiinften ®ebote, ba% mx na:ff ^raften gum Untert)alt ber ^riefter, ber ^irc^en unb ©djulen beitragen foHen. „^o J^at e§ @ott ber §ert angeorbnet, ha% btejentgen, tneld^e ha^ ©tjange* Hum t)ex!ixnbigen, t)om SioangeUum leben follen," 1, ,^or, 9, J 4. 91 n m erf u n g. — ysriiber trar e§ ein atlciemetne§ ^irctjenqebot, bie yogciiannten 5eBiuen 311 jnblen. ®iefe§ ®ebot ift in ben metften ^dnDern aufcje^oben roorben. 'Dns mit l)at abcr feine§n3c(\§ bie 9SeriifIid)tiing an^c\eh'6xi, gum Unter^ntt ber £ivd)en unb ^?ries fter fceijutrac^en. 3^icfe§ ift tielme^ir b e f onbe r § fcl)mere ^fltcbt in ben 33er= einic\ten ©taaten, mo e§ feine augret(i)enben ©tiftungen giut, unb mo bie D^egie* rung nidit» gu r?linio1en ^^u^tf^^i beitraqt. Uebex ha^ fec^fte @eBot ber ^ixd^e fie^e ha^ (Sa!tatttent bet S^e, ^unbe ift eine freimillige Uebertretung be§ gottlidien ©eie^e^. 84 Note. The time assigned for the Easter Communion extends from. Palm Sunday to the Sunday after Easter. The Bishop may extend this time from the fourth Sunday in Lent to Trinity Sunday. It is advisable, when possible, to receive Easter Communion in the Parish Church. 4. At what age ought we to go to Confession and Com- munion? As soon as we have attained the age of reason and are sufficiently instructed to receive these Sacraments with profit. This is to be decided by the Pastor. t5. Should we think it enough to receive Holy Communion once a year? No; it is the intention and most earnest desire of the Church that we should very often partake of this grace. Application. Never neglect the sacred duty of receiving the Blessed Eucharist at Easter. Make it a rule, if possible, to go to Confession, and, with the permission '^f your Confessor, to Holy Communion, at least once a. month. THE FIFTH AND SIXTH COMMANDMENTS OF THE CHURCH. Stk, "To contribute to the support of our Pastors." 6th, ''Not to contract marriage without the presence of the priest and witnesses, nor to solemnize marriage at forbidden times; not to marry per- sons who are not Catholics or who are related to us within the forbidden degrees, nor to contract a7iy marriage otherwise prohibited by the Church/' I. What does the Church command by the fifth command- ment? By the fifth commandment the Church commands us to contribute, according to our means, to the support of our pastors, churches, and. schools. St. Paul says: **So the Lord ordained, that they who preach the Gospel should live by the Gospel." i. Cor. ix. 14. Note. Formerly it was a universal law of the Church to pay the so- called "tithes." This commandment has been abolished in most couniries. Notwithstanding this, the obligation still remains for the faithful to con- tribute towards the support of tlie Church and its priests. This is espe- cially a grave duty in the United States, where there are no sufficient en- dowments for churches and the government contributes nothing for re- ligious purposes. For an explanation of the sixth commandment of the Church see the Sacrament of Matrimony, page 126. THE VIOLATION OF THE COMMANDMENTS. § I. Sin in General. I. What is sin? Sin is the wilful transsfression of the law of God. — 85 — 2. 9lttf ttJtc tJtcIcrlct 933cifc famt man ®ottc^ (^efc^ iiBcrtreten obcr fmtbigcu ? SJian fann fiinbic\en, 1) burd) bofe ©ebanfen unb Segierben ; 2) buret) hb]e SSorte unb 9Ser!e ; 3) burc^ Untertajfimg be§ ®uten, ha§ man ju tl)un \d)uU big ifi 3^ ©tttb aUt Siittbctt qUx^ 9to§? 9?etn; e^ gibt fd)tt)ere ©iinben, autf) 2:obfunben ge^ nannt; unb geringere ober la^lid^e ©iinbem 4, SKaittt htqcfjt man cine fd^ttJcrc obcr S^obfiinbe ? 9[)?an bcgcl^t eine Sobfiinbe, tvmn man ba^ gottlidfie ®efe§ in etiter tDid)tigen @ad)e mit SStffen unb SSitlen iibertritt 5^ aSaruttt luirb bte fr^tncrc Siinbc aud^ Sobfunbc gcnannt ? 9Seil bte ©eele burd) bie fcf)tt)ere ©iinbe bte fjetltgmac^enbe ©nabe, tvd(i)e ha^ ubernaturlidje Seben ber @ee(e x]t, Derliert unb fid) bcio etDigen Sobeg fd)ulbig mad)t ^S)u ]§aft ben Seamen bag hn leBeft unb Bift tobt/' €ff. 3, 1. 6» 233ann Bcge^t man cine octingere ubcr (a^Ui^e Siinbe ? dJlan begef)t eine Id^ttdje ©iinbe, tDenn man ba§ gottlid^e ®efe| enttneber in einer geringern ^Sadj^f ober nidit ganj frei- tnillig iibertritt. 7. Waxnm tnirb \>k oerinoere Siinbe and) la^lxd)t ©iinbe gcnannt ? SSeit fie tcicftter, and) ofine S5eid)te, burd) 3ieue unb gute SSer!e nad)gclafjen tnerben faun. 8^ ©ottcn njir nur hk ft^tticrctt ©iinbcn fiir^ten ? 9?ein ; tDir foUen jebe ©itnbe, fie ntag fc^mer ober la^Iii^ fein, ate ba<§ gro^te Uebel auf (Srben fiird)ten unb forgfaltig t)ermeiben. ^2Bte joUte i^ etn fo gtogeS UeBel tl^un unb fixnbtgen tciber ntetnen @ott !" 1* mol 39, 9, 1 9» 9Soraui§ crfcnncn ttiir Befonber^, ttia^ fiir cin gro^c^ UcBcI hit ©iinbe ift ? 1) 2Iu§ ber fd)tt)eren ©trafe ber bofen ©ngel unb unferer ©tammeltern ; — 85 — 2. In how many ways can we sin? We can sin 1, By bad thoughts and desires; 2, By bad words and actions ; 3, By the omission of the good we are bound to dq 3. Are all sins equal? No ; there are grievous sins called mortal, and there are lesser sins called venial. 4. When do we commit mortal sin? We commit mortal sin when we knowingly and wilfully transgress the law of God in a serious matter. 5. Why are grievous sins called mortal? Grievous sins are called mortal because they deprive the soul of sanctifying grace, which is the supernatural life of the soul, and make it guilty of eternal death and dam- nation. "Thou hast the name of being alive, and thou art dead." Apoc. iii. i, 6. When do we commit venial sin? We commit venial sin when we transgress the law of God in a small matter, or without full knowledge or full consent of the will. 7. Why are lesser sins called venial? Lesser sins are called venial, that is pardonable, because they can be more easily forgiven, even without confession, by contrition and good works. 8. Should we dread only grievous sins? No; we should dread and carefully avoid every sin, whether mortal or venial, as the greatest evil upon earth. "How can I do this wicked thing, and sin against my God?" Gen, xxxix. 9. 1 9. What shows us best how great an evil sin is? I, The terrible punishment of the bad angels and of our first parents ; — 86 — 2) an§ bem fo bittern Sciben unb ©terben Seju Gtjrift^, tDeldic^J unfere ©iinben t)erur)ad)t f)a6en ; 3) aiig t[)rer ^o§l)dt unb it)ren jct)limmen golgen fiir un^ fclbit. 10. SSoritt Befte^t bic a3o)g^eit bet Sobfiinbc ? S)te 2:ob)unbe ift, 1) etne fc^tDere SBeleibigung ©otte^^ nnfereg f)i3cf)ften ^errn; 2) ein fct)anblic[)er Unbanf gegen ®ott unfern beften Siater; 3) etne fInd)lDurbige Sreulofigfeit gegen Se)u§ unfern Griofer. 1 11. SSelt^e^ finb bic fc^limmcn ^Dlgett bet Xobfrntbc ? S)te Siobfiinbe, 1) trennt un^ t)on ®ott, fctner Siebe unb grennb[cf)aft; 2) beraubt un^ aller 9?erbten[te unb be§ (£rbred)teg pm 3) (^ief)t un§ &otk§ ©trafgeridite unb gule^t bie etuige S3erbammntB gu. ,,?IIIe, bie (Siinbe uttb Untei^t t^un, finb geinbe t^ret ©eete." Zol. 12, 10. Main, 3uba§, bet teiif)e ^Praffer. 1 12. 9Barum fotten ttJir and) hit la^lid^cn Siinben forgf a(ttg mctbcn ? 1) 3SetI and) bie lafelic^e ©iinbe eine Seleibignng @otk§ \]t; 2) xvdl fie bie gur(i)t unb Siebe ©otte^ in un§ fdjtnac^t unb ung nad) unb nact) §ur jc^ineren ©iinbe fut)rt; 3) iDeil fie t)iele ®nabengefd)en!e unb 33erbienfte t)erl)inbert; 4) tneil fie un§ geitlii^e ©trafen unb befonberg ha^ geg= feuer gujietjt^ „2Bet ba§ ©cringe nt$t o$tet, ge^t nac^ nnb nod^ gu ©tunbe/ ©it. 19, 1. 9iu^atiltJenDun(^. — ^al6e tmmet einen gtofeen 5ll6fc^eu t)or bet ©iinbe, toie bie §eiltgen l^atten; bie guxd^t beg ^errn ift bet 5lnfang bet 2Bet§l^eth iBitte ©ott tdglid^ bid^ tjot bet ©iinbe gu Kjetoa^^ten unb f|)tid§ oft, lieber ftei'* 16en al§ ©ott mit einex ©iinbe Ibeleibigen* § 2. SSott bctt tJcrfci^tcbcnctt ©attungcn ber Siinbc* f 13. aSa^ giBt e^ nor^ fiir bcfotibcre ©attuttgett tjon 8iinben ? 2tte bejonbere ©attungen t)on ©iinben finb gu ncnnen, 1) bie fieben ^auptfunben ; — 83 — 2, The bitter Passion and Death which Jesus Christ suffered for our sins ; 3, The everlasting punishment in hell, which every mortal sin deserves. 10. In what does the malice of mortal sin consist? In this, that mortal sin is 1, A grievous offence against God, our sovereign Lord ; 2, The most shameful ingratitude towards our heav- enly Father ; 3, A base unfaithfulness towards our gracious Re- deemer. fii. What are the consequences of mortal sin? Alortal sin 1, Separates us from God, by depriving us of His love and friendship : 2, It robs us of all our merits, and of our right to heaven ; and 3, It draws upon us the judgments of God, and at last eternal damnation. "They that commit sin and iniquity are enemies to their own soul." Tob, iii. lo. Examples. Cain; Judas; the rich glutton. St. Luke xvi. ti2. Why should we also carefully avoid venial sin? 1, Because venial sin is an offence against God; 2, Because it weakens the fear and love of God in our souls, and leads us by degrees to mortal sin ; 3, Because it prevents us from acquiring many graces and merits ; 4, Because it draws upon us temporal punishment, and especially that of Purgatory. "He that contemneth small things shall fall little by little." Ecclu.s. XLX. I. Application. Always have a great horror for sin; "the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.'* Beg of the Lord every day to preserve you from sin, and often say: I would rather die than offend God by sin. § 2. The Different Classes of Sin. ti3. Which are the different classes of sin? They are I, The seven capital or deadly sins; — 87 — 2) bte fec^§ ©iinbcn tuibcr ben Ijdligen ®eift; 3) bie t)icr f)tmmcljc^reienbcn ©iinben ; 4) bie neun fremben ©iinbcn. 14* aaScId^ci^ fittb bie ficBctt ^auiJifiittbctt ? ®ie fteben ^auptjiinben finb: 1) |)o[fart, 2) ©etj 3) Um Ieuf(^f)eit 4) 9?eib, 5) Unmafeigfeit in ©[[en unb Xtinfen, 6) 3orn, 7) 2ragt)eit. 15» aSarum njcrbctt ftc ^au^Jifunbctt gcnannt ? ©ie trerben ^anptfiinben genannt, iDetl fie ha^ ^aupt unb bte ClneUe t)ieler anberer ©iinben finb, bie an^ it)nen ent- fpringen, 16. 2Bie fitnbigt tnatt hnx^ ^ofiaxt ? Wan fiinbigt burd) ^offart, tDcnn man fi(^ §u t)iel einbit- bet, ®ott bie jc^utbige (£t)re nidt)t gibt, fid) iiber ben 9?ad)ften cr^ebt unb il)n Dcrac^tet „^ie ^offatt ift bet 5lnfang aHet ©iinbe/ ©it* 10, 15* Sucifet, 3^q» IBud^obonofor, 5ltnan. 17» aSic fiittbigt man t>nx^ ©et^ ? 9J?an jiinbigt bnrc^ ©cij, tDenn man ®elb unb @nt unor^ bentUd) tiebt, gegen 2lnbere, befonber^ notljleibenbe, fjartberjig ift, unb ju guten ^^^crfen nic^t^ beitragen tDiC. „2B2r bo§ ©elb lieBt, bet fiat felbft feine (Seele feU/ ©itad^, 10, 10. 3uba§, ber teit^e ^Praffer. 18» SSic fitttbtot tnaii bitti^ Unfcufti^^eit ? Tlan fiinbigt burd) Unfeufd)f)eit, tDenn man fid) ©ebanfen, Segicrben, SSorte unb 2Ser!e eriaubt, toddjt ber ©d)amf)aftig^ feit jutuiber finb. ^icl^e ba§ fed^fte unh neunte GeBof. 19* 95Bic fiinbigt man burd^ 9^cib ? aJcan fiinbigt burc^ 9?eib, tDenn man bem S^ad^ften ha§ ©ute mifegfinnt, traurig ift, meil e^ if)m gut get)t, unb fid) freut, tueit e§ itjm iibel ge^t ;,^UT(^ ben 5^etb be§ S^eufelg tft bte ©iinbe in bte SSelt Qe!ontmen unb bte t^nt ange^oren, ai)men t^m nad§." 2Bei§l§. 2, 24 unb 25. ^ain, bie IBxiibex ^o\tpf}^, bie 5p:^arijder. — 87 — 2, The SIX sins against the Holy Ghost; 3, The four sins that cry to heaven for vengeance ; 4, The nine ways of being accessory to another per- son's sin. 14. Which are the seven capital or deadly sins? The seven capital or deadly sins are: i, Pride; 2, Gov- etousness; 3, Lust; 4, Anger; 5, Gluttony; 6, Envy; 7, Sloth. 15. Why are they called capital sins? They are called capital sins because they are so many sources from which numberless other sins flow. 16. When do we sin by pride? We sin by pride when we think too much of ourselves, consider ourselves better than others, or despise them. "Pride is the beginning of all sin." Ecclus. x. 15. Examples. Lucifer; Nabuchodonosor; Aman. 17. When do we sin by covetousness? We sin by covetousness when we immoderately love and seek money or other worldly goods, when we are hard-hearted towards others, especially towards those in distress, or refuse to contribute according to our means towards pious undertakings. "There is not a more wicked thing than to love money; for such a one setteth even his own soul to sale." Ecclus. x. 10. Examples. The rich glutton; Judas. 18. When do we sin by lust? We sin by lust when we indulge in thoughts, desires, words, or actions contrary to m.odesty or purity. See the sixth and ninth commandments. 19. When do we sin by envy? We sin by envy when we murmur at our neighbor's good fortune, are sad when he is in possession of tem- poral or spiritual blessings, but rejoice when he is de- prived of them. "By the envy of the devil death came into the world; and they follow him that are of his side." Wisd. ii. 24, 25. E^ami)les. Cain; Joseph's brethren; the Pharisees. 20» 2Sic fihtbiot man burd) Uttmci^iofcit tm ©ffeit unb ^rinfcn ? 9J('an fiinbigt burcl) Unmdf3it3feit, tDenit man 311 t)icl ober allju giertg igt ober trinft, unb befonber^ U)enn man fidj be^ raufrf)t S5on ben llnntagigen fagt bet l§etL $autu§: ,.3f)r &oti tft tfir SBauc^^ unb xt}X (Snbe tft Untetgang." Snmfenl^ett tft fd^anbltdf), I)od)ft tJerbexblid^ fiir Seib unb Seele unb bte Urfad^e btele^ SIenb§ unb ber enjigcn SSerbamm* niB» ,,Xtun!enbolbe toerben ha^ ^ei^ @otte§ nt(i)t befiljcn." 1. fvor. 6, 10. 21* aSte imhic^t man hnx^ 3^^" ? S)?an fiinbigt burc^ 3^^^r ^^^^^ ^^^ nngcbuf)r(iclj auf^ Brauj't, (2cf)inip[- unb gludjiDorte au0fti3^t, oDer [ic^ jogar rac^en tDtU. „®et 3orn ftiitst tn§ S5etbetBen/ ©ir. ], 28. „^IIIe S^tttethlt unb ©rtmni unb S^^^ ^^^^ ©efd^rei unb Safterung merbe n)eggefdf)afft au§ euc^, fammt aGer S5o§!^eit/' ©^^. 4, 3U ®fau totE im 3orn feinen ^xubex tobten. 22> 9S>ic fiinbigt wait burrfj Xrag^cit ? SJJan fiinbigt bnrd) Srag^eit, tDenn man an^ SSibeOTiffcn gegen 9Jc'iit}e unb Slrbeit bie i^dt unniit} gnbringt unb fcine Stjriften- ober ©tanbe^pfliditen t)ernad)ldffiget ^Tet ^iigiggang le^tt t)iet S5ofe§/' ©it. 33, 29. „®el^e Inn aut^metfe, bn gaulet unb hcixad)ie if)te SBege unb letne SSeiSl^eit." (£:pt. 6, 6, 2;et fautetoec^t 2)latt^. 25. 1 23» 9BeI^C)^ finb bie fe(^^ ©iinbctt mibcr ben IjciUacn ®cift ? 1) SSermeffent(icf) anf ©otteg SBarmljerjigfcit fiinbigcn ; 2) an ber ©nabe ©otte^ t)erstr)eife(n ; 3) ber aner!annten djrifttic^en 2Sat)rt)eit iDibcrftreben ; 4) feinen 92dd)[ten um ber g6ttUd)en@naben:)iUen beneibcn; 6) gegen l^eilfame @rmat)nungen ein t)erftodtei3 §erj Ijaben; 6) in ber Unbujafertigfeit t)orfdglid) Derljarren. t 24. 235arum f}tx^tn fie Siinbctt ttJiber \>tn l^eiligeu ©cift ? ©ie IjeiBen SiinbentDiber ben l)ei[igen ©eift, txieil [te ber ©nabe be^o ^eiligen ©eifteg ganj befonber^ n)iber[treben. S3etf ^. — ^ie 3uben, benen bet l^eiL (Stet)5anu§ faqtc: „^^x §al§* ftattigen, ii)t n)iberflef)t alleacit bem l)eiUgen ^eifte/' 5lpftg. 7. ^jnha^ unb bet unbuBfettige (S(^dc^ct. 20. When do we sin by gluttony? We sin by gluttony when we eat or drink too much or greedily, especially by becoming intoxicated. "Their god Is their belly;" . . . "their end is destruction." Phil. iii. 19. Drunkenness is shameful, ruinous to both body and soul, the cause of un- told misery, and of eternal damnation. "Drunkards shall not possess the kingdom of God." i Cor. vi. 10. 21. When do we sin by anger? We sin by anger wh^en we fly into a passion at what displeases us, use insulting or even blasphemous lan- guage, or allow ourselves to be carried away by a desire of revenge. "Wrath ... Is his ruin." Ecclus. I. 28. "Let all bitterness an,d anger and indignation and clamor and blasphemy be put away from you, with all malice." Eph. iv. 31. Example. Esau, whilst in anger, resolved to kill his brother Jacob. 22. When do we sin by sloth? We sin by sloth when through dislike to labor and ex- ertion we waste our time and neglect our Christian duties and the obligations of our state. "Idleness hath taught much evil." Ecclus. xxxiii. 29. "Go to the ant, O sluggard, and consider her ways and learn wisdom." Prov. vi. 6. Example. The slothful servant. St. Alatt. xxv. 723. Which are the six sins against the Holy Ghost? The six sins against the Holy Ghost are : 1, Presumption of God's mercy; 2, Despair of God's grace ; 3, Impugning the known Christi-an truth; 4, Envy at another's spiritual good ; 5, Obstinacy in sin ; 6, Final impenitence. i'24. Why are they called sins against the Holy Ghost? They are called sins against the Holy Ghost, because hy them we resist, in a special manner, the grace of the Holy Ghost. Examples. The Jews, to whom St. Stephen said: "You stiff-necked, you always resist the Holy Ghost." Acts vii. Judas. The impenitent thief. — 89 — 1 25. ^d^t§ ftttb blc titer ^immctfd^rcicnbctt Siittbcu ? 1) ©er t)orjagItd)e Sobtid^Iag ; 2) bie f obomttifd)e ©iinbe ; 3) bie Unterbriicfung ber 2(rmen, ^Sittoen unb SSaifen ; 4) bie S5orentf)altung ober ©ntgieljung be§ ZaQ^ ober Wrbett^Iof)neg. t 26. aaSarum ttjcrbcit bicfc ©itttbcn bie ^imme(ftf)retettbett genannt ? ©ie tDerben f)immel)cf)reienbe genaiuit, tvdl i(jre ent)e§(i(i)e 99o§()eit g(eid)fam gum |)immcl unt Siac^e fd)reit unb meiften^ auc§ fd)on in bie)em Seben be[traft tDirb. „S)te ©tttttme bon betne§ 18ruber§ fSlni fd^reiet 3U mtr "oon ber ©tbe/ fo f^rad^ ®ott 3U ^ain. 2)te eid)e^ finb bie gi3ttlir^eu Suoeubctt? ®ie gottIid)cn Sugenbcn finb: ©laube, ^o[fnung unb Siebc. 1 6. 'BaB tft ber @Iau6e ? S)er ©(aube ift cine t)on ©ott Derlictjcne Sugenb, iDoburd) tx)ir 51Ue^ fiir gctni^ unb n)at)r f)altcn, idq^ ©ott gcoffcnbarct i)at unb bnrd} fcine ^irdje §u glauben t)or[teI(t. i- 7. 28a^ tft bie ^offming ? Sie ^offnung ift cine t)on ©ott t)crliet)cne Xugenb, bur(^ tDcIdje rair nut fcftcm ^ertrauen uon ©ott SdlcS ermarten, tva^ €r ung urn ber ^erbienfte Sefu S^rifti tDillen t)ert)ei^en I)ai t 8. aaSa^ ift hie Sie^e ? S)ie Siebe tft eine t)on©ott Derlietiene Sugenb, tnoburd^ tt)tr ung iljm, bcm al(ert)6d^ften unb liebcngiDiirbigften ©ute Don ganjem ^er^en ^ingeben, urn burd} ©rfiidung feineg 2BtI^ Ien§ if)m ju gefallen unb jur SSereinigung nut iljm ju geiangeiu 9» aSSie fatttt ntatt ®(attbe, ^offuttttg mtb Siebe cwctfett ? (6iel)e tjoxn 16ei hzn (Se^eten, ©eite 8»^ — 90 — "He that is just, let him be justified still; and he that is holy, let him be sanctified still." Apoc. xxii. ii. § I. Virtue. 2. In what does Christian virtue consist? Christian virtue consists in the steady will and con- stant effort to do w^hat is pleasing to God. 3. How do we attain Christian virtue? We attain Christian virtue 1, By the grace of God, and 2, By the constant practise of good. 4. How many classes of virtues are there? There are two classes of virtues : theological and moral virtues. 5. Which are the theological virtues? The theological virtues are faith, hope, and charity. t6. What is faith? Faith is a divine virtue infused into our souls, by which we firmly l)elieve as infallibly true whatever God has re- vealed and His Church teaches. t 7. What is hope? Hope is a divine virtue infused into our souls, by which we confidently expect from God whatever He has prom- ised us, through the merits of Jesus Christ. 1 8. V.'hat is charity? Charity is a divine virtue infused into our souls, by which we give ourselves with all our heart to God, to the end that by fulfilling His holy will we may please Him and reach a perfect union with Him. 9. How may we make acts of faith, hope, and charity? See pages 145, 146. — Ol- io. aSaitn ftttb ttJir t>crtn fittb bett fiebett ^au^Jifiittben Ctttgegettgefe^t ? 1) ®emut^, 2) ^reigebigfeit, 3) ^eu]d^t)eit, 4) ^oi)lmUm, 5) 2)Mfeigfeit, 6) ©anftmntt), 7) ©ifer im ©uten. 1 17. aaSorin befte^t hk 2)etttttt!) ? S)ie S)emut^ befteljt barin, ba^ tDir unfere ©d)tt)ad^e unb (Sunbf)afttgfeit anerfennen, ©ott alleg ©ute jufc^reiben unb ung felbft gering f(^a|en. 1 18. aSSorin befte^t bie f?reigcbig!eit ? ©ie greigebigfeit befte^t in ber S3ereittt)iIIigfeit, mit feinem SSermogen Slnbern, icfonberg ^iitf^beburftigen beijujtefien, ober ju anbern loblid^en Qw(tdm beijutragen. — Ol- io. When are we obliged to make acts of faith, hope, and charity? 1, Often in life ; 2, In grievous temptations against these virtues ; 3, In danger of death. II. Which are the four cardinal or principal virtues on which all the other moral virtues rest? The four cardinal virtues arc: i, Prudence; 2, Justice; 3, Temperance ; 4, Fortitude. 1 12. What is prudence? Prudence is a virtue which enables us not only easily to know and desire w^hat is truly good, but also to apply the means most proper to put it in practise. 1 13. What is justice? Justice is a virtue which disposes us always to do what is right and to give every one his due. f 14. What is temperance? Temperance is a virtue which restrains those inclina- tions and desires which keep us from virtue and lead us to evil. 1 15. What is fortitude? Fortitude is a virtue which enables us to bear any hardship or persecution rather than fail in our duty. 16. What virtues are especially opposed to the seven capital sins? These seven: i, Humility; 2, Liberality; 3, Chastity; 4, Meekness; 5, Temperance; 6, Benevolence; 7, Diligence. 1 17. What is humility? Humility is a virtue which teaches us to acknowledge our own weakness and sinfulness, and to look upon all good as coming from God. 1 18. What is liberality? Liberality is a virtue which inclines us to use our means for the relief of the poor or to contribute to other deserv- ing objects. ®ie Sugcnb bcr Stcufdjljeit befte^t in ber Sejfifimung aHer unreinen :^u[te unb ©egierbcn, toeld^e ber ©cf)amt)aftigfeit ju^ n)it)er finb. 1 20. aaSoritt ^eftc^t bic S:ugcttb bo^ aBo^IttJofiett^ ? ©te STugenb be§ 3Sot)tooIIen^ befte^t bavin, ha% \vk aUtn SD?enji^en @ute§ gonnen unb an greub unb £cib be§ S^ad^ften oufridjttg S^^etl ne^men, 1 21. aSoritt feftc^t bic Surjcttb ber ^msgigfcit ? ®ie Sugenb ber SKaBtgfeit bcftelit in bcr Set)errf(i)ung ber ©aumenluft unb ber ®ier nad) ©pcife unb %vant 1 22. SBoritt iBcftc^t bic Sugcnb ber ©anftmut^ ? Sie 2;ugenb ber ©anftmut^ beftedt in UnterbrMung aller SRegnngen bon ungered)tem 3^^'^ unb Uniuitlcn unb alleu 9?arf)^ begierbe, 1 23. SBoritt Befte^t bcr ©ifer im Outcit ? S)er (Stfcr im ®nten bcfte£)t barin, ha% tvix unablciffig tra^ten, nicljt b(o^ unjere ^flic^ten gu erfiillen, fonbcrn au(^ jebe ©elegentjeit ©uteS ju ttjun, mit greuben benii^en. 9lui^atttQetit)Utig. — S5efleigige btdft tedfit tugenbliaft gu trerben. 5iugenb ift tnei^r toert^ al§ S^etd^tl^um, ©c^oTt^eit unb Satertte. 3:ugenb t)erebelt bm 5ijlenf(^en, mad^t tl^tt ©ctt ioo^Igefdllig, Bringt tt)Ql)re§ ©Uid unb n^a^te @:^re. gteili(^ foftet e§ tnond^en ^atn^f, bie bofe 3^^atur gu uberujinben, ahex toir !annen ^ne§ in OJott, ber un§ ftdr!t. § 2. SSan ber ^riftHc^ctt aSoCfomntctt^eit I. SBoritt Befte^t bic c^riftU^c a5ofi£ommett^eit ? 2)ie djriftlicl^e SSoCfommentjeit beftef)t barin, ba§ tt)ir, frei toon allcr unorbentIid)en 3Selt^ unb ©elbftUebe, ©ott iiber Meg unb 2iae§ in ®ott lieben. t 2. aBarum foKen tuir m^ bcr SJottfommctt^eit ftrcBctt ? 1) 2SciI e^riftn§ gu Sirien f agt : @etb boHfommen, tok euer 95ater im ^immel bollfommen ift 53iatt^. 5, 48. gerner : S)u foUft ben ^errn beinen ©ott lieben aug ganjem §er§en; — 92 — 1 19. What is chastity? Chastity is a virtue which subdues all impure inclina-= tions and desires. t20. What is meekness? Meekness is a virtue which suppresses all desire of re- venge, and any motion of unjust anger and displeasure. 21. What is temperance in eating and drinking? Temperance in eating and drinking is a virtue by which we control our appetite for food and drink. t22. What is benevolence or brotherly love? Benevolence is a virtue by which we wish every one well, and share joy and sorrow with our neighbor. t23. What is diligence? Diligence is a virtue wdiich enables us to perform all our duties with earnestness and care, and to use every op- portunity for doing good. Application. Diligently seek to become more and more virtuous. Vir- tue is far more precious than wealth, beauty, or talents. Virtue ennobles man, renders him pleasing to God, affords true happiness and true honor. It is, no doubt, necessary for us to struggle with our corrupt nature and evil inclinations, but we can do all in God who strengthens us. § 2. Christian Perfection. I. In what does Christian perfection consist? Christian perfection consists in this, that free from all inordinate or excessive love of the world and of ourselves we love God above everything and everything in God. t2. Why should we strive to attain perfection? I, Because Christ our Lord says to all: "Be you per- fect as also your Heavenly Father is perfect." St. Matt. V. 48 ; and : 'Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with thy whole heart;" — 93 — 2) SSetl tvix im ,g)imtnet urn fo gliicEIitfier fein ttjerben, je l^eifiger wix auf ©rben leben. 3. SBcItifte!^ ift iiBcr^au^Jt bcr 99Bcg gur d^riftarfictt S^ottfommcn^cit ? ®ie S^acfifolge Scju, beg £ef)rerg imb SSorbtlbeg " alter ^eiligleit, 4» aaScIti^c SBltttcI foK jcbcr Shrift aitttJcnbctt, urn ^ur SBoaiommcn^eU Stt gclangctt? (gr foil, 1) gerne Beten, flei^ig ba^ g6ttItcE)e 9Sort ant)6ren unb fifterg bie l^eiligen ©aframente empfangen ; 2) feine taglid)en ^anblungen im ©tanbe ber ©nabe unb auf cine gottgefaHige S3eife t)errid)ten ; 3) oft on ®otleg ©egentDart benfen ; 4) fid) felbft ftanbt)aft ubertt)tnben unb t)ertaugnen, unb aud) bie la^lic^ert ©iiuben nad) Slmften t)ermeiben. 1 5. 9Bic foUctt ttiir nn^ felBft tierlaugnen ? 9Bir foflen un§ 9Kancf)e§ t)erfagen, bag ung Iie6 unb an- gcnel)m ift unb SBibrigeg gebulbig ertragen» ^2Bet nttr nat^folgen totE, bet t}ertaugne fid^ felBft, tte^nte jeitt ^teuj auf fi$ unb f olge mix na(^ " Su!, 9, 23. 6. 9BcId^e ]6efottbcrctt Wlittcl l^at G^riftU)^ gnr Grlangung bcr S5ott= fommcn^ftit ttugcratlieu? !©ie eDangetifd^en 9latf)e, namlic^ 1) bie frein)iEige Slrmutf); 2) bie ftete ^eufci}t)eit; 3) ben t)oIIfommenen ®e!)orfam unter einem geiftlic^cn DBern. t ?• 9Bcr ift tJcrBttttbett bie etiangclifr^cn SJrit^c 511 fiectiai^tett ? S)ie Drbeng|3erfonen unb ^Ile, bie fid) burdj ein ©eliibbe ha^n t)erbunben l^aben. @r!ennet ^emanb, na^ tetflti^et UelBerlegung itnb etfttgeitt @el6ete, ha^ ft Don ©ott 3um £)xben§ftanbe kxufen ift, f f olge er biefem l^eiltgen S5exufe. 9lu^atttt)enbung. — ^ttebena^ beinent ©tanbe boHlotnmen gu tuexben. SBenn bu aud^ in bex SBelt 16Ietl6ft, fo leBe nid^t na(^ bem ^etfte bex SBelt, fonbexn nadft bent ©etfte unb ben ©xunbjdfeen ^efu Sl^xtfti, toelc^e IbejonbexS in htn ad^t ©eligMten ent^alten ftnb. (Sie^e (Seite 14.) ajfein ©ott unb mcin Staeg! — 93 — 2, Because the more holy our life is upon earth, the greater shall be our happiness in heaven. 3. Which is the best way to perfection? The best way to perfection is the imitation of Jesus Christ, the Teacher and J\Iodel of holiness. 4. What means must every Christian use for attaining per- fection? He must 1, Love prayer, attentively hear the v/ord of God, and often receive the holy Sacraments ; 2, He must perform his daily actions in the state of grace and in a manner pleasing to God; 3, He must frequently think of the presence of God ; 4, He must constantly overcome and deny himself, and to the best of his power avoid even venial sins. t5. How should we deny ourselves? We should refuse ourselves many things that are dear and agreeable to us, and patiently bear w^hat is disagree- able to us. *'If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow Me." St. Luke ix. 23. 6. What particular means for attaining perfection has Jesus Christ recommended? The evangelical counsels, namxcly: 1, Voluntary poverty; 2, Perpetual chastity ; 3, Entire obedience to a spiritual superior. t 7. Who are obliged to observe the evangelical counsels? All religious, and all those who have bound themselves by vow to keep them. Whoever, after careful delibera- tion and fervent prayer, learns that God calls him to the religious state, should promptly follow this vocation. Application. Strive earnestly to reach perfection in your state of life. If you remain in the world, do not live according to the spirit of the world, but according to the spirit and maxims of Jesus Christ, which are con- tained in the Eight Beatitudes (see p. 154.) My God and my All ! — 94 — § L SJptt ber ©nabe iifierl^au^t 1. ^ottttctt ttJir an§ cigettcit ^raftcn blc ^eBotc f^alUn nnh fclirj ttierbett ? S^etn, tDtr 6eburfen baju ber gottlic^en @nabe. 2. ^a§ ticrfte^ett tnir unter biefcr ©nabc @ottc^ ? Unter bicjer ©nabe ©otteg t)erfte^en tDir bte innere, iiber^ natiirddje i^iilfe ober @a6e, tDelc^e un^ ©ott urn ber 95erbienjtc Seju ©t)ri[ti iDiflen §u unfcrm etDigen §ei(e t)erleit)t. 3. ^ie tiielcrlei ift biefc ©nabe ? @ie t[t §raeter(et, 1) bie ©nabe be§ SetftanbeS, audf) tDtrfltc^e ©nabe gcnannt ; 2) bie ©imbe ber §etltgmad)ung, au(f) :^eint]== m a c^ e n b e ©iiabe, ober ^nabc ber 3ieii)t|ertigung genaniit. 2;te l^eiltgntad^enbe ©nabe ift em 3iiftz \>tB ^tmanht§ ? S)ie tuirftidje ©nabe ift eine innere iibernaturltd^e ^^iilfe, tDoburcf) ©ott unfern S^erftanb erleud)tet unb unfern 3SilIen betoegt, ba§ Soje gu metben unb bag ©ute ju tooUen unb gu tiollbringen. 5* Sft ttttjg ber aSciftanb ber &na\>t not^ttjenbig ? Sa; benn ot)ne ben Setftanb ber ©nabe fonnen loir nid^t bag©eringfte ju unferm^eite anfangen, tort)e|en unb t)onenben. „€)^ne ntidS Ibnni i^x ^icfitg ttiun, fiiridfit Sf)riftu§/' ^o^, 15, 5, „^enn @ottifte§, ber in eiic§ forool^l ba^ Pollen al^ ba§ SSoIlbringen toirJef $t)iL 2, 13, — 94 — PART III. THE MEANS OF GRACE. § I. Grace in General. 1. Can we, by our own strength, keep the commandments and be saved? No ; without the grace of God we cannot keep the com- mandments and be saved. 2. What do you mean by the grace of God? By the grace of God I m.ean an interior, supernatural help or gift, which God confers on us, through the merits of Jesus Christ, for our eternal salvation. 3. How many kinds of grace are there? There are two kinds of grace 1, The grace of assistance, called also actual grace; 2, Sanctifying grace or habitual grace, called also the grace of jiistiiication. Sanctifying grace remains habitually in the soul; actual grace aids us in doing any particular good act. § 2. Actual Grace. 4. What is actual grace or the grace of assistance? Actual grace is an interior, supernatural help, by which God enlightens our understanding and inclines our will to avoid evil and to do what is good. 5. Is the assistance of grace necessary? The assistance of grace is so necessary that without it we cannot begin, continue, or accomplish tne least thing towards our salvation. "Without Me you can do nothing," says Christ. St. John xv. 5. **For it is God who worketh in j^ou both to will and to accomplish according to His good will." Phil. ii. 13. — 95 — 6. XW^lt @ott aHett arienfdjctt f cine ©iiabc tttit ? Sci, ®ott t)er(eif)et aileu SKenicIjcn tjintdiig(ttf)e ©nabe, ba§ [ie felig tDerben Bnnen, „®ott totE, ba§ alle 5Jlenf(^en fettg tcerben unb 3ur ^enntntg bet SSa^t* l^eit gelangen/' !♦ S^im. 2, 4. 7. 233a§ miiffctt lntr unfcrcrfeit^ if^nn, t>amit nn§ bic ®uabc jutn ^eilc gereiti^e ? 2Sir biirfen ber ©nabe nidjt tr)tber[tet)en, jonbern tniiffen nut berjelben treu mitoirfen* t 8. ©ann bcr aJlcnfd^ bcr (^Jnabe tuibcrfte^cn ? ^a, ber 9J?enjcf) fann ber ®nabe roiberftefien ; benn fie notfiigt tt)n nicljt jum @uteu, fonbern tdBt xtjin feine greif)eit „§eute, lt3enn il^t feine ©timnte l^oret, berl^drtet eure ^erjen nid^L'* $f. 94, 8. § 3^ SSott bcr Ijciltgmac^cttbcn ©nabc* 9, ^a§ ift bie l^ciUgmat^cnbe (^nabc ? 2)ie t)eitigmad}ent)e ©nabe ift eine imDerbtente iibernatur- lic^e ©abe, n)etcl)e ber t)eiltge ©eift unjerer ©eele mittljeilt, iiitb tDeld)e un§ t)or ©ott gered)t unb l)eilig mac^t 10» a33antm f|etgt bic ^ctligmat^cnbe ©nabc cine nntjcrbicntc @oBc ? SSeil [ie ein freie^ ©efcf)enJ ber Siebe ©otteS ift. „^enn atfe trcrben Qerei^tfetttget ol^ne (l^t) SSetbtenft buri^ feine ©nabe,. butd) bie (Srlofung, bie ba ift in 3efu Sl^xifto," Worn, 3, 24. 1 11. SSariim mirb bie fjciUgmati^ettbe ©nabc aut^ „@nabe bcr dtzd)t'' f crtigung" gcnannt ? 2Beil tt)ir burd) bie t)ei(igmad^enbe ©nabe geredjtfertigt, b. f). t)om ©taiibe ber ©iinbe in ben ©taiib ber ©ered)tig!eit unb ,^eiligfeit l^erfet^t merben. 12» 93Bantt em^jf angt bcr ©iinbcr bie ^eiligmad^cnbc (^nabe ? Sm l^eil ©aframent ber Saufe. 13« SBoburr^ geftt bic l^cingmar^cnbc ©nabe micbcr tJcrl^rcn? S)urcf) bie 2;obftinbe. 14. aSic fann bcr 9Jlcnf(^ bic Dcrlorcnc ^cingmaciOcnbc &na\>t ttiie= bcr crlangcn? S)urd) bag ©aframent ber 95u^e. — 95 — 6. Does God give His grace to all men? Yes ; God gives all men sufficient grace to work out their salvation. "God will have all men to be saved, and to come to the knowledge of the truth." i Tim. ii. 4. 7. What must we do on our part that the grace of God may lead to our salvation? We must not resist the grace of God, but faithfully co- operate with it. fS. Can we resist the grace of God? Yes ; we can resist the grace of God, for God's grace does not force the human will, but leaves it perfectly free. **To-day if you shall hear His voice harden not your hearts." Ps. xciv. 8. § 3. Sanctifying Graee. 9. What is sanctifying grace? Sanctifying grace is an unmerited, supernatural gift, which the Holy Ghost communicates to our soul, and which renders us just and holy before God. 10. Why is sanctifying grace called an unmerited gift? Because it is an entirely free gift coming from the love of God. "For ail . . . are justified freely (i.e., without their desert) by His grace, through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus." Rom. iii. 24. 11. Why is sanctifying grace called also the grace of justifica- tion? Because by sanctifying grace we are justified; that is, we pass from the state of sin to the state of righteousness and holiness. 12. When does the sinner first receive sanctifying grace? He first receives sanctifying grace in the holy sacra- ment of baptism. 13. How is sanctifying grace lost? Sanctifying grace is lost by mortal sin. 14. How can we recover sanctifjdng grace if we have lost it? We can recover sanctifying grace in the sacrament of penance. — 96 — 15» aScIdie griij^tc Bringt ber gcre^tfcrtiotc SlJlcnfc^ tntt bcr ©ate, b. f). t)erbtenftlid)e 3Serfe; benn eg bringt je- ber gute .Q3aum gute griidjte. Matt^, 7, 17. 16» Siintten mx im Stanbc ber Xobfiinbc nxd)t an^ &nit§ if)nn? SSir fonnen gmar ©ute^o tljuu; aber Dt)ne 55erbienft fiir ben t^immet. f 17* Sft bcnn ba^ ®nU unttii^, ba^ tuir im Staubc ber Siinbc 9Mn; e§ i[t t)telmef)r fcljr niitrlic^, urn t)on bcr g6ttlid)en 95arm{}er§ig!eit bie ©nabe bcr Sofcf)rung, ginDeitcn aucl) 5Ib- toenbuug §eit(ti^er ©trafen ju erlangcu. Set §au:^tmann (EotneItu§, Me 5^init)tten- 18» 233ai^ tierbienen itiir burdft bie giiten $I3er!e, hit toxv im ^tan\>t ber ©nabe tl)un ? SSir Derbienen burc^ bie guten SSerfe, 1) bie 95ermef)rung ber Ijeiligmadjcnben ©nabe; 2) bie eii3ige ©cligfeit 19^ aRu§ ieber Shrift qntc SSBerfe au^iUJeit ? Sa; bcnn jeber 35aum, ber fcine gute griid^te bringt, tDirb au§gc()aiicn uiib in§ geuer getr^orfcn. ^att^. 3, io» $PaxaIiol t)on ben 2^alenten. 20* SSSclc^e guten 233er!e fottett ttJtr tJorpglid) auMiien ? Sicjenigen, ti:)cld)e gur S3eobad}tung ber ©cbote gcfjoren, nnb gur ©rfiillung unferer ®tanbcc^pflid)teii nottjiDcnbig ober niit^Iicf) [inb. t2U ^ti^t guteit 3S>er!e tuerbeti in bcr IieiUgeii ©thrift noj^ Be= fouber!^ em|jfof)(ett ? 53eten, 3^aften, 2Umojengeben; unb bariinter t)er[te^t man iiberl)aupt bie SSerfe bcr 2[nbacf)t, ber Slbtfibtung unb ber S^ac^ftenltebe. „2)a§ @eBet nttt gaften unb 5ltutofen ift Beffer, al§ ©t^afee bon ©olb auf3U^duten/' Xob. 12, 8. 22* S33orauf fie^t &oit t)ov^nqli^ bei uufertt guten 933er!en ? Sluf bie gute 9J?einung obcr 3I6[tcf)t; benn eine unreine ober fd)(ed)te 2tb[td)t t)erbirbt an6) bie jonft guten ^anblungen^ S3eten, gafteu unb 5llmoi"eugeBen ber ^l^arifaer* Tiaii^. 6. — 9G — 15. What fruits does the justified man produce by the help of grace? He produces good, that is meritorious, works ; for ''every good tree bringeth forth good fruit/' St. Matt, vii. 17. 16. Can we do no good when we are in the state of mortal sin? When we are in mortal sin we can do good, but cannot merit heaven. 1 17. Is, then, the good done in mortal sin useless? No ; the good done in mortal sin is very useful for ob- taining from God's mercy the grace of conversion, and sometimes for turning aside temporal punishment. The centurion Cornelius. Acts x. The Ninivites. Jonas iii. 18. What do we merit by the good works which we do in the state of grace? By the good works which we do in the state of grace we merit 1, An increase of sanctifying grace; 2, Eternal salvation. 19. Is every Christian bound to do good works? Yes ; for ''every tree that doth not yield good fruit shall be cut down and cast into the fire.'' St. Matt. iii. 10. Parable of the talents. 20. What good works ought we especially to perform? Those which belong to the observance of the command- ments, and which are necessary or useful to fulfil the du- ties of our state of life. t2i. What other good works are especially recommended in Holy Scripture? Prayer, fasting, and alms ; by which in general are un- derstood the works of devotion, mortification, and charity. "Prayer is good with fasting and alms, more than to lay up treasures of gold." Tob. xii. 8. 22. What does God especially consider in our good works? Our good intention ; for a bad intention destroys the effect of our otherwise good works. Examples. Prayer, fasting, and alms of the Pharisees. St. Matt, vi. — 97 — 23. 933a§ ift bie outc Snetnung ? S)ie gute SDZcinimg i[t bte 2l6ficl^t, aEe un[ere SSerfe urn ©otte^ tDtllen unb §u jetner (S^re ju t(}un. ,,3Jloget xi)X effen obet trin!en, cber ettt)a§ 5lnbere§ tf)un, fo tl^ut ^IIe§ 3ur ei^te OJotteg." 1. ^or. 10, 3L 24. SBie fantt man furj elite gitte 3)leittuncj emerf en ? 9J?etn ©ott unb mein §err! 5l[Ie§ ju betner Sf)re! Sefu^ birgulieb! 3Sie ®ott tDiU] 25. SBatttt fuU titan ettte ^ntt SBZeiittttto crttjetfcit ? ©ig ift fel^r ^et([am fie i)fter§ im S^age, befonberg jeben SKorgen, ju ertoccfen. 26. SSel^e 9Jlttte( tttitffeit ttiir ^ur ©rlattguitg ber G)itabe t)or5ugn(i^ gel6rau(J)eit? S)ie t)eiligen ©aframente unb ba^g ©ebet 9lu^antDent)un<). — ©(^a^e bie l^etligmad^enbe G)nabe iiBer 5IIIe§, fie ift ha^ loftBatfte ©eft^en! @otte§, hk 5^ette be§ (SDangeliumS, ba§ §oct)3eit§!leib. SBetoa^xe fie fotgfaltig. S^tad^te tdglid^ buri^ ©ebet unb gute 2Ber!e fie ^u Jjettnel^ten, uttb bitte @ott 16efonber§ urn bie (Bnabe ber S5et)arrli(^feit. ;,53e' fleiget eud§ euten SSeruf unb euxe 5Iu§ern)at)lung burc§ gute 2Bex!e getoi^ 3U tnad^en." 2. $pet. 1, 10. sBon ben I)ciligcn ©aframentcn* 1. aSa^ ift etn 8a!ratitettt ? ©in ©aframent ift ein fi(i)tbare§ ^dd^^n, t)on Sf)riftu§ eingefe^t, iDelc^eg nn§ unfid)tbare ®nabe unb innere §eiligung ntittt)eilt. 2^ 2Ba^ ttiirb alfo su eiitem (Saframcitt erforbert? 3u einem ©aframent iDcrben brei ©tude erforbert, 1) ein fic^tbare^ 3dd)^n\ 2) eine unfidjtbare ©nabe; 3) bie ©infegung Don Sejug Sf)riftu§. 3» aSa^ fitr ©itabeit ttiirfen bie ©afraitteitte ? 1) StUe ©aframente ertl)eilen ober i^ermel^ren bte l^eiligmadjenbe ®nabe; 2) jebe^ ©aframent ertf)eilt nod) befonbcre ©naben. — 97 — ■23. What is a good intention? A good intention is the purpose to serve and honor God in all our works. "Whether you eat or drink, or whatsoever else you do, do all to the glory of God." i Cor. x. 31. :24. How may we briefly make a good intention? We may say : "My Lord and my God !" "All for Thy honor!'' or, "Jesus, for love of Thee!" "God's will be done !" 25. When should we make a good intention? We should make a good intention often during the day, and especially in the morning. 26. What special means must we use to obtain grace? The holy sacraments and prayer. Application. Value sanctifying grace above everything; it is the most precious gift of God, the "pearl," "the wedding garment," spoken of in the Gospel. Carefully guard it; strive daily to increase it by prayer and good works; beg of God in particular the grace of perseverance. "Labor, that by good works you may make sure your calling and election.'* 2 St. Peter THE SACRAMENTSe 1. What is a sacrament? A sacram.ent is an outward sign of inzvard grace, or a sacred and mysterious sign and ceremony ordained by Christ, by which grace is conveyed to our souls. 2. How many things are necessary to constitute a sacra- ment? Three things are necessary to constitute a sacrament, namely : 1, An outward sign; 2, An inward grace ; 3, The institution of Christ. 3. What graces do the sacraments confer? 1, All the sacramicnts either give or increase sanctify- ing grace ; 2, Each sacrament gives special graces. _ 98 — t4» aSStc ntiiffett tuir btc Ijcit* <8aframcnte cnt^jfaitgcn, batnit pe biefe ^uaben in un^ l^ertJorfiringen ? 2Sir miiffen bte f)ciL ©aframente triiirbtg empfangcn. t 5» 2Sa^ fitr cine ©iinbe Bcgclftt berjcntgc, bcr u it ttJiir big ciii fitii, (Bafvamtnt empfdngt ? ©r bege^t eine fel)r jd)ti:)ere ©iinbe, etnen ©otteSraub. 6* aSo^er f}ahtn bic IfteiL Saframcntc i^re ^raft ? S)te f)eiL ©aframente ^abm if)re Straft Don bcr ©inje^ung Se[u S^rtftt unb feinen unenblid)en Serbienften. ?♦ a33ic tiicic Saframcnte ^at S^riftit^ cingefe^t? ©icbeu: 1) bie S^aufe, 2) bte girmung, 3) ha§ f)eiligfte ©afrainent bee SHtar^, 4) bie Su^e, 5) bte Ie|te Cclung, 6) bie ^rieftertDei^e, 7) bie (£f)e. ©0 ^ai bte.!atf)oUfi^e ^tri^e, bte ©aule unb @tunbfefte bet SSo^t^ett bon je^er gele^rt, ii^te jelbft hi^ in fvii^etn ^afjx^unbexten t)on xtjX getrennten (SeJteti Ibegeugen. 8» 933tc tfjcilt man btc ^ci(» ®a!rantctttc ciit ? 9}?an tljcilt fie eirt in ©aframente ber Sebenbtgen unb ©aframente ber X o b t e n. 9. SBeld^e ftttb hit 'Batvamcntt bcr ScBcitbtgcit ? ©a!ramente ber Sebenbigen finb, 1) bie girmung; 2) ha§> ©aframent beg 2lltar§; 3) bie le^te Delung; 4) bie ^rieftenDeit)e; 5) bie (£()e, t lO^ 995aruttt Ijci^cit fie ©alratttcutc bcr Scbcttbigcn ? 23ei( man, nm fie tDiirbig ^n empfangen, bag nbernatiir- Itd)e Seben, b. ^. bie {)eiligmac^enbe ©nabe I)aben mnB- 11, 2BcId^e fittb ©aframcitte bcr ^obtcn ? ©aframente ber 2 o b t e n finb: bie Sanfe nnb bie 95nf3e. 1 12. aSaruttt l^cigcit fie Safranteittc bcr Sobtett ? SBeit man bci i(}rcm ©mpyange bag Seben ber ©nabe nocf) mcf)t t)at, ober bod) nic^t gu tjaben brauc^t — 98 — t4« How must we receive the sacraments, in order that they may produce their graces in us? We must receive the sacraments worthily. t5. What sin does he commit who receives a sacrament un- worthily? He commits a very grievous sin, a sacrilege. 6. Whence have the sacraments the power of giving grace? The sacraments have the power of giving grace from the merits of Jesus Christ, by whom they were instituted. 7. How many sacraments did Christ institute? Christ instituted seven sacraments, namely: I, Bap- tism; 2, Confirmation; 3, Holy Eucharist; 4, Penance; 5, Extreme Unction ; 6, Holy Orders ; 7, Matrimony. Note. The Catholic Church, the "pillar and ground of truth," has taught so from the beginning, as is attested even by the sects which in the first centuries separated themselves from her. 8. How are the sacraments divided? The sacraments are divided into sacraments of the Hv- ing and sacraments of the dead. g. Which are the sacraments of the living? The sacramicnts of the lizing are : 1, Confirmation; 2, Holy Eucharist ; 3, Extreme Unction ; 4, Holy Orders; 5, ]\Iatrimony. 1 10. Why are they called sacraments of the living? Because, to receive them worthily, we must be In the state of grace. II. Which are the sacraments of the dead? The sacraments of the dead are these two : Baptism and Penance. 1 12. Why are they called sacraments of the dead? Because, to receive them worthily, we are not required to be in the state of grace. — 99 — 13« 9!Btc toerbctt bic i^ciU ©aframcittc fonft not^ eingetl^cUt ? S)ie t)eiL ©aframente tDerben no(^ eingetljetit in foI(f)Ci bie man nur © i n m a I unb f ol^e, bte man 6 f t e r ^ em« ^fangen !ann. 14. SSel^c ®a!rametttc fiimtcn nur ©inntal cm^jfattgen ttjerbcn? 2)ie Saufe, bie gtrmung unb bie ^rieftertpetfie. i* 15* SSarum fonncit biefe nur ®inma( cm^jfangett ttJcrbcn ? SSett [ie ber ©eele ein unaugl6fc^Itcf)eg 3KerfmaI einbruden. IBu^anHJCnllung. —^anU ©ott ton ganjent ^ergen fiir bie Tfjett. ©a!ra* tttente, biefe !oftbaren ©nabenquellen, burd^ ineld^e un§ bie S5erbienfte ^efu (Sl^jrifti gnfliegen gur S^leittigung unb ^eitigung unfercr ©eele. S3enu^e fie too^i unb Siite bi(5, fie unrourbig gu empfangen ober biefelben aum glud^en ^u mifebraud^en. 35Dn ber Xan^t. 1. 2Serdjc^ ift bal erftc unb uot^itjcubigfte Saframcttt? S)ai3 erfte unb notf)n)cnbig[te ©aframent ift bie S^aufe. 2. SSarum ift bic Saitfc \>a§ crftc ©aframcnt? SBcil man t)or ber Saufe fetn anbereg ©aframent giiltig tmpfangen faun. 3. SSarum ift hie Saufe ha§ not^tticnbioftc Saframcut? SSeit oljiie bie Saufe 9Ztemanb fclig n:)crt)cn fann. „2Benn ^einanb nic^t toiebergeboren tuitb au§ bent SSaffer unb bem fjeb ttgen ©eifte, fo !ann er in ba§ ^eid^ ®otte§ nic^t einge^en/ 3ol^. 3, 5, ^@e^et unb lel^ret alle S5o(!et unb taufet fie im 3^iamen be» ^ater§, beg (So]&ne§ unb be§ ]§eiligen (5)eifteg/' maii^, 28, 19. 4* 2Ba^ ift bic Saufc ? S)ie Stauje ift jeneS ©aframent, in n)eld)em ber SJJenfd^ burd^ ba§ 2Ba[]er unb bas 23ort ©otte^ Don aUer ©iinbe ge^ teinigt, xn ©Ijrifto gel)eiligt unb §um etpigen Seben tDieber^ geboren ttjirb. 5* aSStc tuirb bic Sanfc crt^ctlt ? ®ie Sanfe mirb ertf)ei(t, tnbem man SSaffer iiBer ba§ ^aupt beiS Sduftingg gie^t unb gugleic^ bie SBorte au^fpridjt: — 99 — 13. How often can the sacraments be received? Some sacraments can be received but once, and others more than once. 14. Which sacraments can be received but once? These three : Baptism, Confirmation, and Holy Orders. 1 15. Why can these be received but once? Because they imprint an indelible character on the soul. Application. Give fervent thanks to God for the holy Sacraments, those precious channels of grace, through which the merits of Jesus Christ flow to us to cleanse and sanctify our souls. Make a proper use of them, and beware of receiving them unworthily. BAPTISM. 1. Which is the first and most necessary sacrament? Baptism is the first and most necessary sacrament 2. Why is baptism the first sacrament? Because no sacrament can be validly received before baptism. 3. Why is baptism the most necessary sacrament? Because without baptism no one can be saved. "Unless a man be born again of water and the Holy Ghost, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God." St. John iii. 5. "Going, therefore, teach ye all nations: baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost." St. Matt, xxviii. 19. 4. What is baptism? Baptism is a sacrament in which^ by water and the word of God, we are cleansed from all sin, sanctified in Christ, and born again to eternal life. 5. How is baptism given? Baptism is given by pouring water on the head of the person to be baptized and saying at the same time the — 100 — „ScI) taiife bic^ tm 9?amcn bci5 95ater§ unb bc^ ©o!^ne§ unb b^o Ijeiligcn ©eiftc^v" Wan mu§ babct bte ^IBfii^t f)aBen gu taufcn unb Sauftnaffet ober naturlitfje^ 2Baffet ne^men. £ann man ba§ Staffer nid)t auf baS- §au:pt QteB^n, fo gtegt man e§ auf etnen anbern Xl^eit be§ i^orperg, 6. ^on totl^tn Siinbctt mirb bcr SJlenfc^ in bcr ^aiifc ocrctntot ? 93on ber ©rbfiinbe unb alien Siinbcn, bie ber SJJcnjcf) tjor ber ^laufe begangen l)at 7. 23^irb in ber ^aufc and) bic Strafe ber Silnbe nadjgclaffett? ©DtDof)! bte ^eitUcIje al^ bie etDtge Strafe tDtrb in ber Saufe nac^getaffen. 8. aSie ttJtrb ber SJleitfc^ burrfi hk Xaufe ge^etltgt unb geiftig toit^ bergeboreu ? 2)er SlZenjc^ empfangt buret) bie Xaufe bie I)ci(igmacf)enbe ©imbe, tDirb ein Slinb (i^otteio, 2}Zitglteb ber ^irdje (Stjriftt unb @rbe be§ ^tmmely. t9» ^a§ ttiirb mit ber l^ciUgmadftenbeu ©nabe ber (Seele bc:^ Xauflittg^ eingegoffeu ? S)ie bret gottli(^eit Sugenben bcj^ ®(aubeni3, ber ^offnung unb ber Siebe. „^ie SteBe ift in unfere §er3en ergoffen burc^ ben l^eiligen ©eift, ber un5 gecjeBen ift." 9^om. 5, 5. 10. 2Bcr !amt unb fctt tauten ? Ser ^riefter unb ^tvav ber ^farrgetftticTje foil taufcn; tm gafi ber 9^ot^ aber !ann jcbcr SJ^enfc^ o^ixltiQ taufen, iDcnn er %llc§ nad) ber S^orfc^rtft bcr Sircf)e tt)ut unb bie 2{bfid)t I)at ju taufen. t !!♦ aSie mug ntan fit^ auf ben ©m^jfang bcr 2^aufe t)orbcretteit ? Siejcnigen, tDclc^e hm ©ebrauc^ ber 33ernunft f)aben, tniiffen gtauben unb itjre bcgangenen ©iinben bereuen. ,,3Ber glauBt unb getauft ift, ber toirb felig/' 12» 233a^ ge(o6t man in ber Saufe ? ^S^er Sciufling gelobt fclbft obcr burcf) Xaufpatt)en, 1) bem ©atan, fcincr ^racljt unb fcincu 23crfen, b. f). ber ©iinbe unb atlem ^b]m §u entfagen; — 100 — words: ''I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost/' It is, of course, necessary to have the intention to baptize. Baptismal water, or, if this be not at hand, natural water must be used. If the water cannot be poured on the head, it may be poured on any other part of the body. 6. From what sins are we cleansed in baptism? In baptism we are cleansed from original sin and from all sins committed before baptism. 7. Is the punishment due to sin forgiven in baptism? Yes ; temporal as well as eternal punishment is for- given in baptism. 8. Kow are we sanctified and born again in baptism? In baptism we receive sanctifying grace and are made children of God, members of the Church of Christ, and heirs of heaven. tg. What is infused into the soul in baptism, together with sanctifying grace? The theological virtues of faith, hope, and charity are infused into the soul in baptism. "The charity of God is poured forth in our hearts by the Holy Ghost, who is given to us." Rom. v. 5. 10. Who can administer baptism? The parish priest should administer baptism ; in case of necessity any person can validly baptize, provided he has the intention to baptize, and does what the Church re- quires. 1 1 1.. What preparation should be made for baptism? Persons that have attained the use of reason must be- lieve, and be sorry for their sins. "He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved." St. Mark xvi. 16. 12. What promises are made in baptism? The person to be baptized, either personally or through sponsors, promises : 1st, To renoimce Satan with all his works and pomps, that is, all sin ; — 101 — 2) S)te IatI)oIifcf)e Scfjre feft unb [tanbljaft 5U Qlanhm unh nacfi ber|clben gu lebcn, ^ie 'Zau'ipaiijen tteten mitbem ^^dufltng in eine geiftlidje 33ertt)artbtfc^att unb ift baburti) bie (Sf)e alDiic^en 2auf:^att)e unb 2:auf!inb tierbotMi. tl3* aSa^ ift tiott ben Xan^patf^cn p Bemcrfcn? 1) Set ber fcierlic^en Saufe mu^ tDcnigfteng (Sin Sauf^ :pat^e feht; 2) bie Xaufpat^en folleit gute SJatfiotifcn feirt unb bafitr forgen, ha^ ha§> Stinb in ber fatt)olifcI)en 3ie(igion er^ogen tcerbe* 14» Santt hit S^aufc ttiiebcr^olt ttjcrbcn? ©ie Staufe !ann nicl)t tt)ieberf)o{t, fonbern nur einmal ge^ fpenbet tDerben; benn fie briic!t ber ©eele ein unauslojdjU^e^ 2Ker!maI auf. 3ft man tm S^etfel, oB ^emanb getauft obet boc^ gilt tig getauft ift fo f|)enbet mant^m bie ^iaufe Bebingung^toeife, inbem man i>rid§t: SSenn bu nic^t getauft bift, f o taufe id§ bic^ im Xiamen be§ S5ater§ unb be§ ©o^weS unb be§ l^eiL ©eifte§, 1 15» ^ann bie 28affertaufe itkmaW erfe^t toerben ? 3Senn bie SSaffertaufe unmogtic^ ift, fo fann fie burd) bte $Begierbetaufe unb S I n 1 1 a u f e erfe^t tnerben. 9lu^antocnJ>Uii0» — 2:an!e @ott, bag bu t)or fo t)ieten S;aufenben ba§ ^liid l^atteft getauft gu iDcrben SSetDa^re f orgfaltig ba§ lt)eiBe ^teib ber Un* f(^ulb, fringe e§ unbeftccEt t)or hen S^iic^terftu^l ^efu S'Onfti, bamit bu ha^ etoige SeBen exiangeft. (Srinnere bid^ oft an bie l^eiL Saufgelubbe, ©riteuerc fie oft, Befonberg Bei ber l^eil. Communion. 35on ber girmung^ 1. ^a§ ift hk glrmmig ? S)te girmung ift jene§ ©aframent, in tvd&j^m ber ©etaufte burc^ ^anbauflegung, ©albung unb ©ebet be^ 83i)c^ofe^ t)om I)ciligen ©cift geftdrft tnirb, bamit er feinen ®(au5en bur(^ 2Bort unb %i\at ftanbf)aft befenne. i — 101 — 2d, Firmly to believe the doctrines of the Catholic Church, and to iive up to them. Note. Sponsors contract a spiritual relationship with their godchild, and thus marriage between them is forbidden and invalid unless a dispensation be obtained. 13. What is to be noted regarding sponsors, that is, god- fathers and godmothers? 1, At a solemn baptism there must be at least one sponsor ; 2, The sponsors should be good Catholics, and must see that their godchild is brought up in the Catholic re- ligion. 14. Can baptism be repeated? No ; baptism can be given but once, for it imprints an indelible mark on the soul. When in doubt whether a person has been baptized validly or at all, we baptize him conditionally, saying: If thou art not baptized, I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. 15. Can nothing supply the place of baptism by water ? When baptism by water cannot be had, it can be sup- plied by baptism of desire or by baptism of blood. Application. Be ever mindful of what you owe to God for the great grace of baptism. With jealous care preserve the white garment of inno- cence; bear it without stain before the judgment-seat of Jesus Christ, that you may have eternal life. Remember your baptismal promises, and often renew them, especially when you go to Holy Communion. CONFIRMATION. I. What is confirmation? Confirmation is a sacrament in which, by the imposition of the Bishop's hands, anointing, and prayer, those al- ready baptized are strengthened by the Holy Ghost,, steadfastly to profess their faith by word and deed. — 102 — f 2 9Bcr le^tt un§, ha^ S^riftu^ ha§ ©aframcnt bcr S^tmuttg citt= S)ie unfct)t6are !at(}oIilcf)e ^trdje, in Uebereinftimmung mit ber IjeiL ©cljrift unb ber Scljre ber S3dter. ^^a fie ($etnt§ unb 3o!)anne§) gu ben @IauI)tgen na^ ©atrtatia fatnen, Ibeteten fie iiber biejelBen, baB fie hen l^eiligen @eift em+jfangen moc^ten; benn cr ttjar nod^ ii6et !eirten berfelBen ge!ommen, f otibetn fie toaten nut getauft int D^anten beg |)errn ^e]n. S)a legten fie t'finen bie $dnbe auf, unb fie ent* :^)fingen hen l^eiUgen @eift/' 5l|)g. 8, 15—17. 3* aSa§ ttitrfet btc l^irmuitg in unferer ©eclc ? 1) S}te girmung t)ermef)rt in un§ bie !)eitigmadE)enbe ©nabe; 2) fie ert[)eilt mv$ ben l^eiligen ©ei[t gum Sl^ampfe gegen ba§ 936[e unb gum 23acf)$t^um im ©utcn; 3) fie briidt ber @ee(e ein unau§t6)djti(^e§ Tlatmal auf. 2. ^or. 1, 21 unb 22. 4* 2Ser Ijat bie ©cttJaft gu ftrmen ? S)ie ©eiDalt gu firmen f)aben eigenttii^ nur bie Si]c!)6fe al§ Stac^plger ber 2Ipo[teL 1 5* aSBic ertf]ei(t ber aSift^of hk |?trmutt(j ? S)er 93iltf)of ftrecft guerft bie ^linbe iiber aUe ^yirmtinge an§ unb ruft ben l)eiligen ®eift fiber fie I)erab. S)ann legt er Sebem inebefonbere bie ^anb auf, mad)t mit bcm t)ci(igen (Sfjrifam ba!§ Sitreuggeidjen auf bie ©time be§ girmlingc^ unb f priest: Sc^ begeic^ne bicf) mit bem 3^i<^^^n be^ t)ciL SlreujeS imb ftarfe bic^ mit bem S()rifam be§ ,^ei(e^, im Seamen beg 3^aterg nub be§ ©ofjueg unb be§ f)ei(igen ©eifte§. Slmem Sunt String ertl^eilt er Allien ben (Segen. 1 6> 9!Ba^ ift ber S^rtfam ? S)er Sf)rifam ift eine 95ermifc^ung t)on Dlitienbl unb 95at fam, t)om 93ijd)Dfe am griinen Sonnerftag gcfcgnet ©r ift cin 3cid)en ber innern ©tarfung unb ^eiligung. i* 7. aSarum ma^t ber aSift^of auf hk (Stirne t>a§ ^reu^seti^ett ? Um anjubeuten, ha'i] fic^ ber K^rift be§ ^reuge^ niematg fdjamen, fonbern feinen ©(auben an Sejum, hm ©efreujigten, -Ol^ne @d)cu befennen foE. — 102 — 1 2. How do we know that the sacrament of confirmation was instituted by Christ? We know it from the teaching of the infallible Church, in accordance with the Holy Scripture and the doctrine of the early Fathers. "They sent to them Peter and John, who prayed for them that they might receive the Holy Ghost: for He was not yet come upon any one of them, but they were only baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. Then, they laid their hands upon them; and they received the Holy Ghost." Acts viii. 15-17. 3. What are the effects of confirmation? 1, Confirmation increases sanctifying grace in us; 2, It gives us the Holy Ghost, to enable us to resist evil and to grow in virtue; 3, It imprints on our soul a mark that can never be effaced. 2 Cor. i. 21, 22. 4. Who has the power to confirm? Bishops, as successors of the Apostles, have the power to confirm. ts- How does the Bishop give confirmation? The Bishop extends his hands over all who are to be confirmed, and prays that the Holy Ghost may come down upon them; he then lays his hand on each one and makes on his forehead the sign of the cross with holy chrism, saying : I sign thee with the sign of the cross and I confirm thee with the chrism of salvation, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. He concludes by giving all the Episcopal Benediction, t6. Of what does the holy chrism consist? Holy chrism consists of oil of olives and balsam blest by the Bishop on Maundy Thursday. It signifies inward strength and sanctification. t 7. Why does the Bishop make the sign of the cross on the forehead of the persons he confirms? To remind them that a Christian, must never be ashamed of the Cross, but boldly profess his faith in Christ Crucified. — 103 — t8. 933antm gtBt bcr SStfrf)of nad^ bcr ©alBuitg bcm ffirmnitgc ciucu geUttbctt S3arfcttftretriq ? Urn tl)tt su ertnnern, ha^ er berett fern foU, um be§ 9^a^ mens Sefu tt)i(Ien Unbilben gebulbtg gu ertragen. 9» Sft bic ^irmung pr ©cUgfett not^tticttbtg ? S)te girmimg tft gur ©eligfctt nicl}t itnumgangticJ) notf)== tt)enbig; boc^ tDdre e§ ©iinbe, etn fo !rdftige^ ^eilgmittel au§ ©leicfigiiltigteit §u t)cr[dumen. 10. SaScr fann bic g^irmung em^jfuttgcn? Seber gctaufte 9}?en)c^ fann bie girmung empfangen. t !!♦ 238tc foil man bic girmung cm^jf angcu ? 1) 93?an foil im ©taribe ber ©nabe fcin; 2) ben l^etltgen ®eift um jetne ©aben bitten; 3) @ott t)er[pred)en, aU ein guter ®^ri[t §u tcbcn unb ju fterbcn; 4) \ii) ntc^t entfernen, bet)or ber Sifcf)of am ©djluffe bert @egen gegeben i)at 12. aScIi^c^ fittb bic ©aBcn ht§ l^ciligcn ©ciftc^ ? S)ie ©abe 1) ber 9Seu3{)ett, 2) be§ 95erftanbe§, 3) be§ $Ra^ tl)c§, 4) ber ©tarle, 5) bcr 2Biffenf(^aft, 6) ber gri3mmigfeit, 7) ber gurd)t ®otte§. Sf. ii, 2. 1 13. ffiSaruttt ttjcrbcu l6ci bcr JJirmung ^atlftcit gcnomntcn ? S)amtt fie bie girmtinge jur girmung fiitjren unb tf)nett nac^()er geiftlic^en S3eiftanb leiften. ®ie girmung§:^at^en tretett in eine Qetftltcfte SSertoanbtfd^aft mtt bem girmling, ^iejelbe Bilbet j[ebod§ anbet§ tvk hzi ber %an^e fein (Sfieljinbettii^. $Bon bcm allctl)ctttg[tctt (Safrcmcntc bt§ Wats. § 1. SJutt bcr ©cgcttttiart S^riftt im Ijcil. ©aframcntc* 1. ^a§ ift ha§ ^ciligftc Saframcitt bc^ ^tltar^ ? @§ tft ber tt)at)re Seib unb ba§ tt)abre Slut Sefu S^riftt, ber unter hm ©eftalten t)on SSrob unb 33ein §ur 9Zal}rung un^ ferer ©eele tt)trf(id) unb tDefentlid) gegenmdrtig tft, S)a§ l^alligfte 5l(tat§fa!mment l^eifet aud^ gro^nleii^nam ober (Sut^ariftie. — 103 — f 8. Why does the Bishop, after anointing them, give them a slight blow on the cheek? To remind them that they should be ready to suffer patiently any humiliation for the sake of Christ. 9. Is confirmation necessary for salvation? Confirmation is not absolutely necessary to save our souls, yet it would be a sin wilfully to neglect receiving so powerful a means of salvation. 10. Who can be confirmed? Every one who is baptized can be confirmed. tii. How are we to receive the sacrament of confirmation? 1, We must be in the state of grace ; 2, Fervently pray for the gifts of the Holy Ghost; 3, Promise God that we will live and die as good Chi Istians ; 4, Not leave the church before the Bishop has given his blessing. 12. Mention the gifts of the Holy Ghost. The gifts of the Holy Ghost are these seven: i, Wis- dom; 2, Understanding; 3, Counsel; 4, Fortitude; 5, Knowledge ; 6, Piety ; 7, Fear of the Lord. Is. xi. 2. 1 13. Why are sponsors required in confirmation? That they may present to the Bishop those who are to be confirmed, and afterwards give them spiritual aid. Sponsors in confirmation, as in baptism, contract a spiritual relationship with the persons for whom they stand, but in this instance, unlike in bap- tism, no impediment to marriage between sponsor and godchild exists. THE HOLY EUCHARIST. § I. The Real Presence of Christ in the Blessed Sacrament. I. What is the Holy Eucharist? The Holy Eucharist is a sacram.ent in which the true Body and true Blood of Jesus Christ are substantially present under the appearances of bread and wine, for the nourishment of our souls. It is called Eucharist from the Greek word Eucharistia, which means Good G^ace* — 104 — 2* aSatttt I)at Scfuig ba§ ^eilioftc 5IItar§fa!ratttcttt ttJirflid^ ctngcfe^t? Seim letter: 2lbent)mat)(e am ^orabeiibe feine^ Seibcn^ unb Sobe^. 3. 23310 fjat ^efu^ ha§ ^ciligftc mtav§^alxamcnt einocfc^t ? Seju'o na()m 33rob, fegncte unb brad^ e^, gab c§ feincir Siingern unb jprad) : 9^et)met l)tn unb effet, b t e ) e ^ i ft m e i n S e i b. 5)ann naf)m er ben ^elcf) mit 2Sein, fegncte unb reid)te tf)n fetnen Sungern unb fpracf): Xxxnki 2(Ue ba^ rau§; benn biefeS ift mein 93Iut — 2f)ut bie§ ja tneincm Slnbenfen. 4. 2f9a§ geff^tt^ mit bcm SSrobe unb bent SSeittc, iiBcr mcti^c^ Se^ fii^ bic SSorte fpradj: 2)iefc^ ift mein £ei^ — ^icfc^ ift meitt f&int? Set btefen SSorten tDurbe burd) ©otteg 51f(maci)t ba^ 58rot> unb ber "iiSdn in bag tna()re glcifc^ unb 53lut Seju ©Ijrifti t)mDanbett. 5^ ^a§ Uitf) na^ bicfcn aSBortcn (S^^rifti tjoit Srob wnb 2Scitt iiu^ itlirio ? D'fiditg aU bie ©eftatten. 6. 2Ba§ berftc^t man lutter ben ©cftaltcu tion SBrob unb SSctn? 2lflc§ tva^ t)on Srob unb SSetn in bie ©innc fiUIt, gorm,. garbe, @efd)macf, ©erud) u, f. lu. 1 7» SBie tniffen mir^ bo^ (S^riftn^ mit ben Shorten : ,,^tefci3 tft mein Seib, biefe*^ ift mdn ^int'^ htn ^tpofteln fetnen xoat^xtn 2ni) unb fein ma^rei^ fdiut gab ? SSir tDtffen e^, 1) iDeit 6f)riftug fc^on friiljcr fcincn Sungertt t)er[)eiBen t)atte, ba^ er tt)nen fein ^leifcJ^ tDat)rljafttg §u effen unb fein 95lut tr)at3rt)aftig ^u trinfen geben tDerbe ; 30!), 6, 52 u. ff. 2) tDeil er beim 5lbenbmat)(e au^brMlic^ erflcirte, baB bag, tDaS er {f)nen nun alg ©peife unb Sran! barreid)e, tDirtUd) fein Seib unb fein Slut fei, 3) meil bie Slpoftel unb bie Iat^oIifcJ)e ^ircf)e t)on ]e()cr fa geglaubt unb getet)rt t)aben, 1. ^zx. 10, 16 unb ii, 22. 8. ^at gfjriftn^ nnrfj feinen 5(?ofteIn hk ^3maU gcgeben, Sroti mx\> aaSein in fein Jjeiligfte^ ^^eifc^ unb 'sBint sn Dennanbeln ? Sa; biefe ©emalt f)at er it)nen gegebeu mit bcu 2Sovtcn: %'i)nt b i e g gu meinem 2lnbenfen. ~ 104 — 2. When did Jesus Christ institute the Holy Eucharist? Jesus Christ instituted the Holy Eucharist at the Last Supper, the evening before His bitter Passion and Death. 3. How did Jesus Christ institute the Holy Eucharist? *'Jesus took bread, and blessed, and broke, and gave to His disciples, saying: 'Take ye and eat; This is My Body/ In like manner taking the chalice with wine in it, He blessed it and gave it to His disciples, saying: 'Drink ye all of this; This is My Blood.' ('Do this for a com- memoration of Me.')" St. Matt. xxvi. ; i Cor. xi. 23-25. 4. What became of the bread and wine when Jesus pro- nounced these words over them: "This is My Body" — "This is My Blood"? The bread was changed into the Body and the wine into the Blood of Jesus Christ. 5. After these words of Christ, what still remained of the bread and wine? Nothing remained of the bread and wine, but their spe- cies or appearances, €. What is meant by the appearances of bread and wine? By appearances of bread and wine is meant all that our senses perceive of bread and wine, such as form, color, taste, etc. t 7. How do we know that with these words: "This is My Body — This is My Blood," Christ gave His true Body and His true Blood to His Apostles? We know^ it 1, Because Christ had long before promised His dis- ciples that He would give them His real Flesh to eat and His real Blood to drink. St. John vi. 52, etc. ; 2, Because at the Last Supper He expressly declared that what He then gave them as food and drink was really His Body and His Blood ; 3, Because the Apostles and the Catholic Church have always so believed and taught, i Cor. x. 16 and xi. 22. 8. Did Christ give His Apostles the power to change bread and wine into His sacred Body and Blood? Yes ; He gave them this power by these words : ''Do this for a commemoration of Me." St. Luke xxii. 19. — 105 — 9. 9(uf ttJCtt ift tioit bctt 3()Joftcltt bicfc (^ctoait uBcrgcgattgcn ? 9Iiif if)re 9?ac^foIger, bie rccljtma^ig getDetf)ten S3i[(^6fc unb ^riefter. 10. aSatttt iiBcn bie aSifi^iJfc unb ^ricftcr bicfc ©cttialt au§? Sn ber f)eiL SKejfe, bei ber SBanblung, tvmn ftc iiber Srob unb 3Setn bie 9Sorte Stjriftt au^fprecf)en : S) i e f e g i ft m c i n Set 6, btefeS ift me in S31ut !!• Sft k f}txU §uftic briti^t ober ti^dlt, bric^t er \>a and) ben Seib G^ftrifti ? 9^ein; er bricljt ober tt)ei(t nur bie ©eftatten, ber Seib Sefu ©t)rifti ift in jebem 2t)etl ganj unb lebenbig gugegen. f 15. ^int>tt firf) im tjeit. 5l(tar)§fa!ramettte 5lfle^, ma^ 5tt cincm ©atrameute erforbert tuirb ? ^a; 1) ha^ fic^tbare 3^^^^^^ namlid) bie ©eftalten be§- SBrobe§ unb SSeine^;; 2) bie unfici)tbare ®nabe — 3efu§ SI)riftu§ felbft, ber Ur^ l)eber unb ©penber aller ©naben; 3) bie ©infe^ung buret) un[ern §errn. 16. SSa^ forbert tiou mx§ hie ©eoenwart S^f" G^rifti im ^eiligpcn ©aframente ? 2)ie ©egentDart Sefu Sf)rtftt forbert, ba§ n)ir ilju oft 6e^ fud^en unb in tieffter 2)emutt) unb mit banfbarer Siebe an^ beten. gtol^nleid^namSfeft. _ 105 — g. To whom did this power pass from the Apostles? It passed from the Apostles to their successors, the rightly ordained Bishops and Priests of the Church. 10. When do the Bishops and Priests exercise the power of changing bread and wine into the Body and Blood of Christ? At the consecration in the Mass, when they pronounce these words of Christ over the bread and wine: This is My Body, . . . This is My Blood, 11. Do the bread and wine remain on the altar after the con- secration? No ; after the consecration there is on the altar neither bread nor wine, but the true Body and the true Blood of Jesus Christ under the appearances of bread and wine. 12. How long does Jesus Christ remain present with His sacred Body and Blood? Jesus Christ remains as long as the species or appear- ances of bread and wine continue to exist. 13. Is only the Body of Christ present under the appearance of bread, and only the Blood of Christ under the appear- ance of wine? No ; under each species or appearance Christ is present entire and undivided, as He is entire and undivided in heaven. 14. When the priest breaks or divides the sacred Host, does he also break the Body of Christ? No; he breaks or divides the species only; the entire and living Body of Jesus Christ is present in each part. + 15. Has the Holy Eucharist all that constitutes a true sacra- ment? Yes; for it has i. The outward sign — namely, the ap- pearances of bread and wine ; 2, The inward grace — Jesus Christ Himself, the Au- thor and Dispenser of all grace ; 3, The institution of Our Lord. x6. What does the Real Presence of Our Lord in the Blessed Sacrament require of us? The Real Presence of Our Lord in the Blessed Sacra- ment requires of us to visit Him often, and to adore Him iwith the deepest humility and the warmest love. The feast of Corpus Christi commemorates the Real Presence. — 106 — i* 17» ^o^n ift e^rtftu^ im f^dU 5t(tari§fa!ramcntc gegcntoarttg ? 1) Urn and) fetner xKenfc^^eit nad) unter im^ ^u tDo()nen; 2) urn fid) fiir un^ ^u opfern in ber f)ei(igen 9K c ] f c; 3) urn in ber ^eiligen Communion alS Seelenjpeije ft(^ un^ ^injugeben, Slu^anlueitbung. — Stttt mtt grower (S^tfutt^t in bte ^itt^e, too 3efu§ €t)ttftu§ 3U tnoljuen fid^ tDiirbiget 5i3ete tl^n gleid^ an, unb fel red^t fromm ainb anbdd^ttg bor beinem §ertn. S3efu(^e tl§n oft; benn et labet uti§ ein : „^omntet ju tnir il^r aHe, bte il^r miitijeng unb ]6elaben \dh, i^ toiE eudp ^tquidten/' SDlatt^. 11, 28. 18* 933a^ ift ein D^fer ? t£in Cpfcr ift eine fid)tbare ®ahe, ©ott bargebradjt, um it)n a(^ ben tjodjften §errn ju ef)ren unb anjukten* i-19^ ^ai e^ ieber5eit D^jfcr gegeBcn? S?on ?(n6cgtnn ber 9Se[t fiat e§ D^fer gegeben unb im citen 93unbe luaren fie Don ©ott felbft ftrenge geboten. i* 20. 25?arum fiitb bic Cjjfcr bc^ alien ^unbe^ njicbcr aBgcfd)affl tuorbeu ? SBeil fie nur 95orbitber beg unbefledten Cpferg be^ nenen ^nnbei^ tDaren unb begt)aI6 md)t langer al§ ber alte Sunb bauern foUten. 21. 9BcIr^c^ ift \>a§ D»jfcr be^ ttcuen SSunbc^ ? 2)a§ Opfer be§ nenen SnnbeS ift Se)n§ et)riftu§ felBft, ber am ^reuje fid) feinem ^immlijd)en 53ater fiir un^ aufge* ripfert ^at 22. ©ofitc bcmt mit bcm Sobe Sefu aKc^ Dpfcr aufprcn ? Slein; e§ follte im nenen Snnbe ein immerix)a£)renbe§ Dpfer geben, tt)ie e§ bnrcf) ba^o Opfer SKetc^ifebec^S t)orge6ilbet unb i)\ixd) hm ^ropljeten d)la[ad)ia§ t)ort)ergciagt Wax. _ 1G6 — 1 17. For what reasons is Our Lord present in' the Holy Eu- charist? He is present chiefly for these three reasons : 1, To remain amongst us in His humanity ; 2, To offer Himself for us in the holy sacrifice of the Mass; 3, To give Himself to us in Holy Communion for the nourishment of our souls. Application. Show great respect and devotion in church, where Jesus Christ deigns to be present. Go often to visit Him, for He invites us: ^*Come to Me all you that labor and are burdened, and I will refresh you.*" St. Matt. xi. 28. § 2. The Holy Sacrifice of the Mass. 18. What is a sacrifice? A sacrifice is a visible offering made to God in token and acknowledgment of His supreme dominion over all things and of our entire dependence on Him. fig. Have sacrifices been offered at all times? Yes ; sacrifices have been offered from the beginning of the world ; and under the Old Law they were com- manded by God Himself. t2o. Why were the sacrifices of the Old Law abolished? Because they were only symbols or figures of the un- spotted sacrifice of the New Law, and were, therefore, to end with the Old Law itself. 21. What is the sacrifice of the New Law? The sacrifice of the New Law is Jesus Christ Himself, who by His death on the cross oft'ered Himself to His heavenly Father for us. 22. Was all sacrifice to cease with the death of Christ? No; in the new^ law of Grace there w^as to be a per- petual sacrifice, prefigured by the sacrifice of Melchise- dech and foretold by the Prophet Malachias. — 107 — S)te ©$tift Beaeugt (tjon Sl§rtftu§) ; ,Sn Ibtft etn ^tteftet in (itoigfcil Jia$ bet SSeife be§ ^Jleld^ifebed^/' §eB. 7, 17. $f. 10, 9. „S5oTn 5lufgange ber Sonne 16t§ gum ^^tebetgang hjitb ntetn Jlame grog toetben untet ben fSoUexn unb on oHen Orten toirb in nteinent 5^amen gc* ophxt unb ein teine§ ((S:|3eij'e=') D:pfet batgebxai^t tnerben." 5JlaL 1, IK 2S, aSeldftc^ tft bte^ imntcrttjalircnbc tJon @ott tjcr^eigcnc D|)fcr? (£i3 tft ha§ tjeilige SJ^e^opf^r. 24. 9Ber i}at ha§ i}tiU 9Jlc§[j^jfer eingefe^t? Se[it§ S^riftii^ f)at ba§ ^eitige SKe^o^^fer Betm le^ten Sl6enbmal)te eingefefet • 25. ^a§ ift ha§ ^eiL SBJcgo^jfer ? ®a§ I)eiL 3J?e^opfer ift bie unblutige ©rneuerung be^ b I a 1 1 g e n S^reu^e^opferS. 26» 3ft bcnn ba^ Ifteil* SDZei|o|jfer bafferBc D^jfer ttJte ba^ ^cu^cig- o^jf er ? Sa; e§ ift JDcfentlic^ ©in unb baffelbe Dpfcr, tvdl (Sin Hub berfelbe Sefu^ opfert unb geopfert tuirb. 27» Sft bctttt feitt Untcrfdftieb sttJifd^en htm i^tiU 3Rt^op^n unb bcm 9tur bie 21 rt unb 33eif e gu opfcrn ift t)erfc^iebem 28. 5lttf ttjctd^c aScifc 0)jfcrte ftd^ 3cfu!§ am 5lreu5c ? 2lm S^reuje opferte ftc^ SefuS blutiger SSeife, tnbem er eineS fc^mer§Uc^en Sobeg ftarb. 29. 5(uf tticldftc aScifc ij^jfcrt fidft Scfu^ in bcr ^etl. ^Jleffc ? Sn ber f)eiL 9Keffe opfert ftc!) Sefu§ unblutiger 3S e i f e unter ben ©eftalten be§ S3robe§ unb beg SSeine^ bard) ben ^riefter, afe feinen ©telluertreter, o^ne gu leiben unb su fterben. 1 30. aBarum i^at Sefu^ Bctbe ©eftnltctt, namlid^ bie ©cftaUcn \>c^ ajrobci^ unb bei§ aSScittci^ attgcorbitct ? 5!)ur(^ bie beibcn ©eftalten be^ SrobeS unb be§ 9Seine§ foU bie @(f)eibung beg S3(uteg t)om Seibe, atfo ber blutige %oh S^riftt am ^reuje bargeftellt toerben. — 107 — Holy Scripture declares (concerning Christ) : "Thou art a priest for- ever according to the order of Melchisedech." Hebr. vii. 17; Ps. x. 9. "From the rising of the sun even to the going down, My name is great among the Gentiles, and in every place there is sacrifice, and there is offered to My name a clean oblation." Mai. i. 11. 23. What is the perpetual sacrifice? The holy sacrifice of the Mass. 24. Who instituted the sacrifice of the Mass? Jesus Christ instituted the sacrifice of the Mass at the Last Supper. 25. What is the Mass? The Mass is the perpetual sacrifice of the New Law, in which Christ offers Himself in an unbloody manner, as He once offered Himself in a bloody manner on the cross. 26. Is the sacrifice of the Mass the same as the sacrifice of the cross? Yes, it is essentially the same sacrifice because, in both the same Victim, Jesus Christ, is offered. 27. Is there no difference between the sacrifice of the Mass and the sacrifice of the Cross? Yes; there is a difference in the manner of offering. 28. In what manner did Christ offer Himself on the cross? On the cross Christ offered Himself in a bloody man- ner, dying a most painful death. 29. In what manner does Christ offer Himself in the Mass? In the Mass Christ offers Himself in an unbloody man- ner, without suffering or dying, under the appearances of bread and wine, by the hands of the priest. His repre- sentative. tso. Why did Christ ordain the two forms or appearances — that of bread and that of wine? Christ ordained the two separate forms or appearances of bread and wine, to signify the separation of the Blood from the Body, and thus to represent His bloody death upon the cross. — 108 — 3h 3Bo3tt ^t eijnfttt^ ha§ unBIutigc D^jfcr obcr ba^ ^ciL 9Wc§» D<)fer eingefe^t ? S^riftug t)at bag unblutige Cpfcr einc^efc^t, 1) urn ung fein blutigeg Opfcr am Slreuje tmmcr gu Dcr- gegeniDarttgen; 2) urn un§ bic ^rucl)te beffelBen tmmeriort gujutDenberu 32^ aSelrfje^ ftnb bic §auptt^cile bcr ijetl. 9Jlef)e ? S)ie |)aupttl3eile ber f)ctL 9Keffe finb, 1) bie Dpt^rung; 2) bte SSanblimg; 3) bie Stommunion. t 33» aSem Bringctt ttitr ba§ I)ciL 9}lc§opfcr bar ? 9Sir bringen ba§ ^etl SKeBopfcr ®ott alleiit bar; jcbod^ fetern tvk and) habd ha§ ©ebad)tniB ber §eiIigeiL t 34* 25Sic f cicrtt tutr Bet bcr l^L 9}lcffc ba^ G5cba(^tttt^ bcr ^etltgcn? 2Btr fetern Bet ber !^etL $D?ef|e ba§ ©ebadjtni^ ber ^etlt- gen, inbem tDtr, 1) @ott banfen fiir bte ti^nen t)erlief)ene ©nabe unb (Seltg^ !ett; 2) [te um ttjre gitrbttte aitrufen* t 35» 2Bo5tt ]6ritigctt toiv &ott ha§ f}t\L SSKc^n^jfcr bar ? SBtr brtngen bag :^etl 9We^opfer ©ott bar, 1) alg £ b p f e r, um ©ott gebuf)renb gu eljren; 2) ate S)an!o)3fer, um tljm tDiirbtg fiir alle ©naben unb Sl'3oI)Itf)aten gu banfen; 3) a(g ©ii^nopfer, um 95ergebung ber ©itnben unb Slbn:)enbung ber ©trafen gu eriangen; 4) al§ S 1 1 1 p f e r, um ^itlfe in aUm 'Slbtijm be§ Sei^ beg unb ber Secle gu erfle^em f 36* 2Bcm fommctt bic fjriid^tc bcr fjtlL SJlcffc stt ? S)ie griidjte ber l^eit 9Keffe !ommen ber gangen ^irc^e, ben Sebenbigen unb 9Serftorbenen gn; ferner befonberS bem ^riefter unb benen, fiir bie er bie 9J?effe barbringt; cnblic^ Allien, bte anbadjtig berfelben betraotjnen. — lOS _ 31. For what ends did Christ institute the unbloody sacrifice, that is, the sacrifice of the Mass? Christ instituted the unbloody sacrifice 1, That we might have a lasting memorial of His bloody sacrifice on the cross ; 2, That its fruits might be ever applied to our souls. 32. Which are the principal parts of the Mass? The principal parts of the Mass are : 1, The offertory; 2, The consecration; 3, The communion. t33- To whom do we offer the sacrifice of the Mass? We offer the sacrifice of the Mass to God alone ; but we also honor in it the memory of the saints. t34. Hov/ do we honor the memory of the saints in the Mass? We honor the memory of the saints in the Mass 1, By thanking God for the grace and glory bestowed on them ; and, 2, By asking their intercession for us. t35- "What are the ends for which we offer the Mass to God? We offer the ]\Iass to God 1, As a sacrifice of praise, for His honor and glory; 2, As a sacrifice of thanksgiving, for all the graces and benefits received from Him; . 3, As a sacrifice of propitiation, to obtain pardon for our sins, and to avert the punishment we deserve ; 4, As a sacrifice of petition, to implore aid in all our needs of soul and body. t36. To vv^hom are the fruits of the Mass applied? The fruits of the Mass are applied in general to the whole Church, both the living and the dead. They are applied in particular: i, To the priest who celebrates the Mass ; 2, To those for whom he specially offers it ; 3, To all those who devoutlv hear it. — 109 — t37* aSantm fjat bic ^irrfjc fo tiiclc ©cBctc unb G^crcmotttctt Bet bcr 3)Jeffc eingefc^t? Um bte geier tDiirbtger §u macE)en, met)r 9Inba(i)t gu er^ U)edfcn unb um un^ art ba^ Seibcn unb ©terben Sefu ju erinncrn. ^ie ^effe nttt ben §aii^tceremonten ftamntt au§ ben a^oftoltfc^en 3elten. ©(^on ber ^L $Panlu§ f^xidjt t)on einem C^^fexaltar. S^ajfetBe bejeugen bie fjL fSaiex; bte SBejd^Iiifje ber Scncilien; bie uralten ^JleBQebete ; unb tilelc anbere S)en!maler, SluijotiluentlUltg. — ©(^S^e ba§ l^elL ^e6o:pfet 5o$; benn !eine §anb* tung tft fo l^eilig unb @ott fo hDol^IgefaEig, !elne BrinQt fo biele ©naben unb ©egnungen. S)e6niegen hjol^ne oft unb gerne ber t)eiL ^Dleffe bei, alle Xage, toenn bu fannft (Sei aber rec^t anbdc^ttg baBei. § 3. SSott ber ^eiUgen Sommunton. 38. ^a§ ift hit fjtxL Stommmion ? Sie fieil Communion ift ber n)ir!Iict)e ©eniifs be§ 2ei6e3 unb bcig 93luteg 3e[u Sf)ri[tt, jur 92af)rung ber ©cclc. 39. S^itffen lutr, um ba^ l)etl. ©aframeitt ^u ettHjfangett, aut^ beit fielc^ trittfen? 9^cin; benn unter ber ©eftalt be§ SBrobe^ empfangen t:)ir aiidj ha^ 93Iut E()riftt, ba n:)ir feinen lebenbtgen Seib empfangen. „^n unttJiirbig t)on btefem 58robe iffet o b er au§ biefent ^elc^e trinfet, toirb fd}utbig fetn be§ SetBe§ unb bey S3Iutey bc§ §errn/' 1, ^or. 11, 27, Um ba§ !^L S3Iut t)or S5erunet)rung gu hetoa^xen unb ben ©ntpfang be§ l^etL Sa!ramente§ Allien 3U er(eicf)tern, fjat bie ^ird^e t)erorbnet, bag bic Communion nur unter ber :s8robe§geftalt au§get^eilt merbe. 40* 91BeIii)e ©nabeti ifjtiit unB hit i^tiL ^ommuniott mit ? 1) Ste t)eretnigt mi§> auf^S Snnigfte mit St)riftug unb t)er^ me^rt bie i)eiligmac^enbe ©nabe: 2) fie jdjiDai^t un[ere bfijen S^eigungen unb gibt un§ 2u[t unb Siraft §um ©uten ; 3) [ie reinigt un§ t)on Ia^lid)en ©iinben unb beit)af)rt un§ Dor Sobjiinben; 4) fie ift ba§ Unterpfanb unferer fiinftigen Sluferftefjung unb etnigen ©eligfeit — 109 — t37« Why has the Church affixed so many prayers and cere- monies to the celebration of Mass? To add to its solemnity, to excite our devotion, and to remind us of Christ's Passion and Death. Note. The chief ceremonies of the Mass have been handed down to us from the time of the Apostles. St. Paul speaks of an altar of sacrifice. It is mentioned in the writings of the early Fathers, decrees of councils, the very ancient Prayers for jNIass, and in many other memorials. Application. Have the greatest esteem for the sacrifice of the Mass; there is no act so holy, so pleasing to God, so rich in graces and blessings. Endeavor to be present at Mass every day or as often as possible. § 3. Holy Communion. 38. What is Holy Communion? Holy Communion is the actual receiving of the Body and Blood of Christ, for the nourishment of the soul. 39. Have we to drink of the chalice to receive the Blood of Christ? No ; for under the appearance of bread we receive also the Blood of Christ, since we receive His living Body. "Whosoever shall eat this bread or drink the chalice of the Lord un- worthily shall be guilty of the body and of the blood of the Lord." i Cor. xi. 27, Note. To preserve the sacred Blood from being profaned, and to make it easy for all to receive the Blessed Sacrament, tiie Church gives Holy Communion to the faithful in one kind only, namely, under the appearance of bread. 40. What graces does Holy Communion impart to us? 1, Holy Communion unites us most closely with Christ, and increases sanctifying grace ; 2, It weakens our evil inclinations and makes us able and eager to do good; 3, It cleanses us from venial sin and preserves us from mortal sin ; 4, It is a pledge of our future resurrection and ever- lasting happiness. — no — 41. ©tt^jfangt cttt Scbcr mxt hex f)L ^ommuttton and) hit (Snahtn ? S^cin; ruer bie Stommunioit uniriirbig b. t). im ©tanbe ber ^obfiinbe empfangt, jict^t \id) bie ^erbammni^ gu. i, £or. ii, 27, 42. 2®a§ fitr etttc ©ititbc Bcgc^t Scncr, bcr fir^ erfred^t, mtttittrbtg (£r bcgel)t glcii^ bcm Suba^ ikrrati) an S()rt[tu^ unb etnen ent[e^licf)en ©otte^raub. 1 43* 8Be((iftci§ ftnb pitftg btc ^olgcn bcr tttttuurbtoett ^omntttnion fti^ott in biefem Seben ? S3erblenbung unb SSerftodung bc^ ^ersen^, aud) jutoeilen :pl6^(ic^er Sob unb anbere §eitlic^e Strafen. Unfeltge§ ®nbe be§ 3uba§, 44. 933a§ nttt§ man alfo t^un, ttJCim man ctttc ft^ttierc Siinbe be^ gangctt ^at? 9Kan mu^ t)or ber Communion eine giiltige S8eid)te ab^ legen, urn [ic^ in ben ©tanb ber ©nabe ju Derjegen. „^er5}lenfd§ ^riife fic^ jelBft, unb fo effe er t)on biefem S5tobe unb trin!c au§ bieiem ^eld^e/ 1. ^or. 11, 28, 45. SSBtc fottctt mtr uit^ f crncr bcr © c c ( c na6) jur ^L ^umttwt== tiion tnjrbcrcitcn ? 2Sir follen, 1) auc^ Don laBltdfien ©iinben unfer ^erj reinigen; 2) (Sifer unb 2lnbad)t in un^3 erioecfen. 46. SSRat^cn btc (a^nd^cn ©iittbctt bie ^omntttttiott and} nntonvbxq ? S)ie Ici^tii^en ©unben madjen bie Communion nid)t un^ tt)urbig ober gotteSrauberifd), aber fie t)erminbern if)re ®na^ bentoirfungen. 47. SBoburr^ fiJnnctt ttiir Stfcr unb 5(nbai^t in nn§ crmctfcu ? S)urci) gottfelige Setracf)tungen uab fromme Uebungen. Man ben!e: SBer lommt? (Sott, 3efu§ , , . , 3" toem? einetn ar* men ©iinber . ♦ . . SSarum ? 5Iu§ Siebe ; gur ^p^^^ unferer ©eele u. j. m. 1 48. aBcIrfjc^ ftnb btc bcftcn Ucbnngcn Dor bcr ^ommuntott ? Sie Uebungen, 3) be§ ©laubeng unb ber Slnbetung; — no — 41. Does every one receive in Holy Communion the graces it is intended to give? No; whoever receives Holy Communion unworthily, that is, in mortal sin, eateth and drinketh judgment to himself, i Cor. xi. 29. 42. What sin does he commit who receives unworthily? He commits a fearful sacrilege; like Judas, he betrays his Saviour. t43. What consequences often follow an unworthy Com- munion, even in this life? Blindness or hardness of heart ; sometimes also sudden death, and other temporal chastisements. Example. Miserable end of Judas. 44. What, then, must we do in case we are in mortal sin? We must make a good confession before we receive, so as to put ourselves in the state of grace. "Let a man prove himself, and so let him eat of that bread and drink of that chalice." i Cor. xi. 28. 45. V/hat further preparation must we make as to the soul? We must strive 1, To cleanse our soul from even venial sin; 2, To excite in our hearts sentiments of fervor and devotion. 46. Does venial sin render our Communions unworthy? Venal sin does not render our Communions unworthy or sacrilegious, but it diminishes the graces which they would otherwise produce. 47. How can we excite in our hearts sentiments of fervor and devotion? By pious meditations and devout exercises. We may entertain thoughts like these: Who comes? God, Jesus. To whom is He coming? To a poor sinner. Why is He coming? Through love: to feed my soul, etc., etc. t48. What are the best exercises of devotion before Holy Communion? The best exercises of devotion are acts I, Of faith and adoration; — Ill — 2) ber ©eniiitf) uiib 9ieue ; 3) bcv 5>i.H7i^i'n(i, ijicbe iinb be§ fet)nIicE)en S^crfaiigen^ 49» SS>ic mu^ man fi^ and) bem Seiftc nad) uoricrcitcn? 9J('aii niiif], I ) lucini man iiidit c]cfal)rlic(] front iit, niiditcrrr fein, b. 1). iumi 93fitternad)t an iiirfit ha^ Cyeringfte gcflrffcu ober getruufcn liaben; 2) e^rbar getlctbet er]d)einen, fittfani iinb etnge^ogen fetn. SoM)e, iDetfiie fid) in irgenb ttjelt^er 2obe§gefa'^r Befinbeii, biirfen Qucft ItJenn niilit niicfitetn bie l^L .Communion em^^fangen. S3ei langantjaltenber ^ranfheit ift fiir ^ran!e iiaci) beni Siate be§ S3ei(|tt)atet§ in ^ejug auf ba^ 5Rii(^texnfein eine geitiiffe @xlei(^terung etftattet 50* 9Bie fott man aum 2:tf(i^e be^ ^errit tretcn ? ajfit grofeter Gljrerbietigfett, mit aufgeljobeneu ^anben unb niebergefc|lagenen 3lugen. 5L 28te fott matt \id) bcim (Sttt^jfawgc ber l^eiL $ofttc tjcr^altctt? 9Kan t)d(t bag Stommunioutucf) Dor ftcf), erljcbt ba^ e^aupt, (md)t bie Slugen), legt bie^^nge auf bie untere Sippe unb em- pfangt bann et)rerbietigft bie I)eiL ^^oftie. ^Ran fjdbe ^d)i, bie KieiL C>oftie ttic^t im ^Jlunbe gu IBeljatten, Bi§ fie ganj aufgeloft ift. ©ollte fie am ©aumen anfleben, fo mad)^ man fie nic^t mit bem ginger, fonbern mit ber S^nge Io§» 52» aSajg fottctt toiv nad) ber IjeiL ^ummttniott t^nn? 3Sir follen mit groBter Sittfamfeit ung guriicf jiet)en unb nod^ einige 3^it anbadjtig beten. ^eine 3ett ift Joftbarer unb gnabenreid^er, al§ bie 3^^^ nat^ ber !)ciligen Communion. Man benu^e fie auf'g iBefte itnb untert)atte fic^ tt)enig]ten& erne SSiertelftunbe mit bem lieben ^eitanbe. foS* SBett^e ©eBete foil matt tjor^ttg^itieife wac^ ber ^ommtttttoit tierric^tett ? SBir fotlen Se[u§ bcmutljigft anbeten, ibm banfen, un§ in Siebe if)m aufopfern unb i()n urn ©naben anftetjen, bejonber^ um Se^arrlid^feit im ©uten. 1 54^ 933ie fottett ttiir bett ^ommttttiotttag su^riuoett ? 3Sir foUen ben Stommuniontag eingejogen unb fromnt ju^ bringen unb meltlidie 2?ergnugungen unD Suftbarfeiten meibcn. 1 55. S3a^ ift bie geiftUti^e ^ommttttiott ? 2)ie gciftlidje Slommunion ift ha§ inbriinftige SSerlangen — Ill — 2, Of humility and contrition ; 3, Of hope, love, and ardent desire. 49. How must we prepare ourselves as to the body? I, If not dangerously ill, we must be fasting, that is, from twelve o'clock the night before we must not have taken the least thing to eat or drmk; 2, we must be decently dressed, and respectful in our behavior. Those in danger of death from any cause may receive Holy Communion when not fasting. Those grievously sick for a long time enjoy privileges about which they should consult their Confessor. 50. How should we approach the altar-rail? With the utmost reverence, with hands joined and with eyes cast down. 51. What should we do at the time of receiving the Sacred Host? We should spread the communion-cloth over our hands and under our chin, hold the head erect and firm (without raising our eyes), extend the tongue a little vpon the un- der lip, and then most reverently receive the Sacred Host. Do not keep the Sacred Host in your mouth until it is quite dissolved; but let it be moistened a little on your tongue and then swallowed. Should it adhere to the roof of your mouth, remove it with your tongue, not with your finger. 52. What must we do after receiving Holy Communion? We must retire to our place with the greatest modesty, and spend some time in devout prayer. No time is more precious and more favorable for obtaining graces than that which immediately follows Holy Communion; therefore we should avail ourselves of it in the best manner we can, and entertain ourselves at least a quarter of an hour with our dear Redeemer. t53. What sort of prayers should we say after Holy Com- munion? Prayers in which we humble ourselves before Our Lord, adoring and thanking Him, offering ourselves up to Him in expressions of love, and imploring His graces, especially the grace of perseverance. t54- How should we spend the day of communion? We should spend the day of communion as much as possible in recollection and pious exercises, avoiding v/orldly recreations and amusements. 1 55« What is spiritual communion? Spiritual communion is the ardent desire to receive — 112 — na^ ber f)eil. Stommnniott, begleitet mit frommcn 2tnmutl)ungen, al§ ob tx)ir Sejum iDirMid) empfangen iDiirben. 9^uftantt)ent>ung« — 5Jlac^e ben SSorfa^, jo oft cl§ e§ bir mogtid^ ober exiauH tft, ben Iteben |)eilanb gu eni|)fani3en, ^te etften (Eljriften unb bie ^eiltgen fcf)o^ften au§ hex oftern Communion Befonbere ^raft unb §eilig!eit. ^ereite bid^ aBet jebe^mal ted^t Qut t)or, urn mit ber grofeten 9fteinl)ett unb '^In^ ba^i ba§ ^rob ber @ngel gu geniegen. ^annft bu nid^t Jommunisiren, jo inad^e toenigften§ hiQ geiftlid^e Communion bei jeber 3)lejje. 25r)n kr Sitfc* !• aSSa^ ift ba^ Saframctit ber ^u^c ? ©a§ ©aframent ber ©ii^e ift jene§ ©aframent, in tDeWem i)em buBfertigen ©iinbcr l:)om ^riefter an ©otte^ ftatt bie ©iin- t)en nad^gelaffen tDerben. 2» aSic tticrbctt xm Su^falrumcntc bie ©iiitbcn nac^gelaffctt ? Surcf) bie 3Sorte be§ ^riefter^: Scf) fprcc^e btcJ) Io§ t)on beinen ©iinben im Seamen beg $8aterg unb bes ©otjnejo unb be§ l)eiligen ©eifte^, Slmen. 3. aSa^ mug ber Siinbcr ti^nxtf urn tuirflit^ Bugfertio su fcht? (£r ntuB, 1) feine ©iinben ^erjIidC) bereuen; 2) feine ©iinben anfri(f)tig beicf)ten; 3) ben ernft(id)en SSiUen '^aben, ftc^ 5U beffern unb genug^ jutl^un. 4* aSann ^at e^riftui^ ba^ Saframent ber a5uge etngefc^t ? 6£)riftu§ ^at bag ©drament ber SBu^e eingefefct, a(g er mcE) feiner ?luferftel)ung bie 3(pofteI antjaui^te unb fpracf): (Smpfangt hm t)eiL ©eift; tDelc^en ii)X bie ©iinben nad)laffen tuerbet, benen finb fie na(i)ge(affen unb tt)e(d)en xi)v fie bdjaU ten tnerbet, benen finb fie bet)alten. ^o^, 20, 21-23, 5^ ^ai G^^rtftu^ tk (Bctoali ©iitiben imd^^ulaffcit nur fctitctt Stpofteln DerUct)eu? 9Mn; ©^riftug t)at biefe ©emalt and) i[)ren 9?ad)fo(gern im ^riefteramte Derliet)en, tDte bie S^irdje eg immer geglaubt unb geletjrt t^at. — 112 — Holy Communion, accompanied with pious aspirations^ as though we were going really to receive Our Lord. Application. Resolve to receive our dear Lord as often as you can with the permission of your confessor. The first Christians and the saints drew special strength, and sanctity from the frequent reception of the Bread of Angels. Always prepare yourself carefully, that you may approach the Holy Table with as much purity of heart and devotion 'as you can attain. Unite yourself to Our Lord by means of spiritual communion every time you assist at Mass. PENANCE. 1. What is the sacrament of penance? The sacrament of penance is a sacrament in which the repentant sinner receives from the priest, who holds the place of God, the forgiveness of his sins. 2. How are sins forgiven in the sacrament of penance? Sins are forgiven in the sacrament of penance by vir- tue of the priest's words of absolution joined with contri- tion, confession, and satisfaction on the part of the peni- tent. 3. What has the sinner to do to be truly penitent? He must 1, Be heartily sorry for his sins; 2, Sincerely confess them ; 3, Have the firm will to amend his life and satisfy for his sins. 4. When did Christ institute the sacrament of penance? Christ instituted the sacrament of penance w^hen, after His resurrection, He breathed on His apostles and said : ''Receive ye the Holy Ghost; whose sins you shall for- give, they are forgiven them ; and whose sins you shall retain, they are retained." St. John xx. 2.2, 2^. 5. Did Christ impart the power of forgiving sins to the apos- tles only? No; Christ imparted that power also to all w^ho were to succeed the apostles in the priesthood, as the Church has ever believed and taught. — 113 — 6. ©iimtctt afic ©iinbctt irn Su^fafratncntc ttat^gclaffeit tticrbcn ? Sa; aUe ©i'mben, bie man naci) ber Saufe begangen i^atf fonncn im S3ufejaframente nad)gelaffen iDerben. i, ^o^. i, 9. 7» 23[?ttntm ntuffcit ttJtr, nm 9lad)lai]nnq ber ©iinbctt ^u tvlanqtn, biefelbctt l)eicl)tctt ? aScit c^ Stiriftu§ bei (Sinje|img be^ $8uf5]afraTnente§ fo terorbiict f)at; benn ber ^ricfter fann nic^t miffen, ob er un= fere ©iinben na(^ta[|en ober be{)atten foil, toenn tt)tr tf)m bie- felben riic^t offenbaren. 8* 3ft ba^ ©afratttcnt ber a5u§c ttutfjttiettbig ^ur ©eligfett ? Sag Sii^)a!rament ift aCen Senen gur ©eltgfett not^tDem big, bie na&j ber Saufe eine fc^mere ©iinbe begangen t)aben. 1 9* ^atttt t>a§ Su^faframcttt ni^t crfe^t ttJcrbcn ? SSenn man ba§ ©atrament ber 95n^e nid)t empfangen fann, fo fann eg erfe^t trerben bnrc^ eine t)oIlfommene 9?eue unb ben ernflen 9Sorfa| bie ©iinben jn beidjten, fo balb man @elegenl)eit t)at. 1 10. ^a§ ert!)cUt Qiott burt^ \>a§ ©aframciit ber Suj?c ? 1) ®ott Dergibt bie nad) ber Sanfe begangenen ©iinben; 2) er la^t bie eiDige ©trafe unb tDenigfteng einen S;t)ei( ber 5eitlic{)cn nac^; 3) er gibt bie f)eitigmad)enbe ©nabe tt)ieber, ober, tDenn fie nidjt t)erIoren tear, t)erme^rt er biefelbe; 4) er t)erlei^t noc^ anbere befonbere ©naben jur S3efferung xtnb 5U einem frommen Seben. 11. 255cl^c ©turfc ocpren ^um toiirbigctt (^m^jfang be^ 25u§fafra' tneute^ ? golgenbe: 1) bie 5Inrnfung be§ ^eiligen ®eifteg, 2) bie ©ettjiffengerforfc^nng, 3) 3?eue unb SSorfa^, 4) bie Seii^te, 5) bie ®enugtt)uung. § 1. aSon ber Slnrufung be^ Ijeiligett 65etfte^* 12. SBarum fotten ttJir suerft ben ^eiUgen 6>eift anrttfen ? SSir foUen ben f)eiligen ®eift anrufen, um bie ®nabe unb — 113 — 6. Can all sins be forgiven in the sacrament of penance? Yes ; all the sins we have committed after baptism can be forgiven in the sacrament of penance, i St. John i. 9. 7. Why must we confess our sins in order to have them for- given ? Because Christ ordained it so when He instituted the sacrament of penance ; for, unless we declare our sins to the priest, he cannot know whether to forgive or to retain them. 8. Is the sacrament of penance necessary for salvation? ■ The sacrament of penance is necessary for salvation to all those who have committed mortal sin after baptism. 1 9. Can mortal sin be forgiven in any other way? Yes; when the sacrament of penance cannot be re- ceived, mortal sin can be forgiven by an act of perfect contrition with a firm purpose to confess our sins when the occasion offers. fio. What does God do for us in the sacrament of penance? In the sacrament of penance God 1, Forgives us the sins committed after baptism; 2, He remits the eternal punishment, and at least a part of the temporal punishment due to our sins ; 3, He restores sanctifying grace, or, if it has not been lost, increases it ; 4, He confers other particular graces to enable us to lead a holy life. 11. How many things are required on our part to receive the sacrament of penance worthily? To receive the sacrament of penance worthily, these five things are required : I, Prayer to the Holy Ghost; 2, Examination of con- science ; 3, Contrition with a firm purpose of amendment ; 4, Confession; 5, Satisfaction. § I. Prayer to the Holy Ghost. 12. Why must we first pray to the Holy Ghost? We must first pray to the Holy Ghost, in order that — 114 — ben Seiftanb be§ Ijeiligen ®ci[tcg gur S3errtc^tung eincr guten 33et(i)te ju ert)alten. 13» Urn toa^ fotten itJir ben l^cUigctt ©cift Befonber^ Bitten ? 9Sir foUett ben I)ei(igen ©ctft urn ®nabe bitten, nnfere ©iinben red)t ju erfennen, tjerjlicl) ju bereuen, aufric^ttg gu beic^ten itnb un§ jn bejfern. 14» ^k fotten inir ben ^eiltgen ©eift anrnfen? ©urc^ anbad)ttgeg ©ebet ^an tann fagen : ^omm l^etltget @eift ! etteuc^te tnettten S5etftanb, ba* mit t(^ nicine Giiiiben ted^t ex!enne; tiifite mein ©erj, bamit t(^ fie Qel^oxig ]6ereuen auftic^tig Betcfiten uub mtd^ toal^t^aft Bejfern ntoge* § 2. SSon bcr ©rforf^ung bc^ ©eUJtffen^. 15. ^a§ ^eif^t fein ©emiffen erforfdjen ? ©cin ©emiffen erforfcljen (jetBt ernftltcE) nadjbenfen, nm feme ©ixnben re(i)t ju erfennen. 16^ 5(nf nielcffe SSeife fann man fein ©ettiiffen crforfrfien ? 1) 3}?an benfe nad), xvami man ba^ le^te Tlal giitttg ge^ beid)tet unb ob man bte aufcrlegte 93nBe t)errtct)tet tjabe; 2) bann bnrcl)ge[)e man bie ©ebote ®otte§ unb bcr Ktrd^e, and) bte .^auptfiinben nnb frage fic^ babet, tute man bnrcf) @e^ banfen, 3Borte unb 2Serfe unb Unter(affung gefiinbigt i)ab^. 17» 923orilbcr full man fic^ nod} fonft erforfdjen? Wan folt [id) noc^ iiber bie Qai)l unb getniffe Um[tanbe erforjc^cn, n)enigften§ bei ben ^^obfiinben. 18» 293ie lange foil man fetn ©ettJiffen etforfc^en ? $8i§ man t)ernunftiger 23eife annefjmen barf, alle feine ©iinben, tuenigftcn^ bie J^objiinben, gct)orig erfannt ju l^abem 19» 2^Dr njelt^en 3^e^lern l(|at man fid| bei ber ©ettJiffen^erforfdjnng gn ^iiten ? 2Kan ^lite ficl^, ba^ man^ 1) nidjt ffiid)tig unb obenljin fic^ erforfd^e; 2) feine Sicbling^fef)Ier fic^ nidjt t)er^e^Ie; 3) and) nid)t allju angftlii^ fet. — 114 — we may obtain the grace to make a good confession. 13. What should we specially ask of the Holy Ghost? We should ask of the Holy Ghost the grace to know all our sins, to be heartily sorry for them, to confess them properly, and to amend our lives. 14. How should we pray to the Holy Ghost? We should lift up our minds and hearts to God the Holy Ghost and say some such prayer as this : Come, O Holy Ghost ! enlighten my mind, that I may clearly know my sins ; and move my heart, that I may sincerely repent of them, confess them, and amend my life. § 2. Examination of Conscience. 15. What is meant by examination of conscience? Examination of conscience means to think seriously on our sins, that we may truly know them. 16. In what manner should we examine our conscience? 1, We should examine when it w^as that we last made a good confession, and whether wt performicd the penance then given us ; 2, We should recall the commandm.ents of God and of the Church, the different kinds of sin, and the obligations of our state of life, so as to know in what way and how often we have offended God in thought or desire, in word, deed, or omission. 17. Must we examine ourselves on the number and circum- stances of our sins? Yes, at least when they are mortal sins. 18. How much time ought we to employ in the examination of conscience? A reasonable time, to discover all our sins, at least all our mortal sins. 19. Against what faults are we to guard in the examination of conscience? 1, We must not examine ourselves negligently or hast- ily; 2, We must not hide our favorite sins from ourselves; 3, We must not be too scrupulous. — 115 — 20^ SBte ttiirb jcbem bte ®cttitffctti§erforf(!^tttt(j erleit^tcrt? 2Scnn man taglic^^ fern @eU)iffen erforfdjt unb ba§> SSeic^^ ten nicf)t §u lange auffd^tcBt . § 3. aSan bcr SRcuc. 21» SS3a^ tft bie ^au^Jtfai^c iDei bcr fBovhtvdtnnq ^nv SBctc^te? ®ie §aupt[acf)e tft bie DIeue mtt bem giiten 9Sorja^, of)ne tpeldje nte cine ©iinbe nadjgelaffen toerbcn fann. 22^ ^a§ ift bte Oieue ? S)ie Stene t[t cin ©comers ber ©ecle unb etn Slbf^en fiber bie begangenen ©iinbcn mit bem 93orfa^, nidjt me{)r gu funbtgem 23, aSic nttt^ bte ttialjre Steue Befd^affctt fern? S)ie tDalire 9?cne mu^ 1) tnnerlid), 2) aUgemetn, 3) fiber- ttatfirlic^ fein. 24* aSSattn ift bie dttnt itttterlit^? S)ie 5Rene i[t innerlid), tDcnn man feine ©finben md^t bIo§ tnit bem 93fnnbe bcrcuet, fonbern fie t)on ©rnnb be§ ^erjen^ a{§ ba§ groBte Uebel t)erabfc^ent nnb aufrid)tig n)fin]d)t, fie ttii^t begangcn jn Ijaben, „^in €p^n t)or (^ott tft etn BehiiBtet @etft; ettt 3et!tttrf(^te§ uttb ge* l)etttiitl§tgte§ ^erg tt)trft bu, o §err, nic^t t)erac^teit/' $f»50, 19, 25* 23Satttt ift bie dlcnt a H g c m e i tt ? Sie 5Reue tft allgemein, tnenn man allc fetne begange>' tten ©finben, tDenigfteng alle Sobfunben, bercui t26* aSJare bie $8ei(^te gitltig, memt ntatt feitte 9ieue iifier bit td^ii^m <3iitibeu ^ttt ? SSenn man !eine fd)tt)eren ©finben, fonbern Uo§ Ici^Iidie ©finben ju beidjtcn l)at unb nid)t eine einjige berfelben xoa\)x^ Ijaft bereut, fo tft bie Seicf)te ungultig. 27. aSatttt ift hie SJcue Uo§ cine natiixli^t? SSenn man feine ©unben an§> blo^ naturlic^en Setneggrun- t)en bereut, gum S3cifpiel tpegen gcitlic^en ©djabcn^ obcr ©d)anbe u. bergl — 115 — 20. How can we make this more easy? By examining- our conscience every day, and by going; to confession often. § 3. Contrition. 21. What is the most important and necessary part of our preparation for confession? The most important and necessary part of our prepara- tion is contrition with a firm purpose of amendment, without which sin cannot be forgiven. 22. What is contrition? Contrition is a hearty sorrow for our sins, with a firm resolution to commit them no more. 23. What qualities must true contrition have? True contrition must be, i, interior; 2, universal; 3, supernatural. 24. When is contrition interior? Contrition is interior when we grieve for our sins, not merely in words, but detest them in our heart as the greatest evil, and sincerely wish we had not committed them. **A sacrifice to God is an afflicted spirit: a contrite and humbled heart, O God, thou wilt not despise." Ps. 1, 19. 25. When is contrition universal? Contrition is universal when we are sorry for all our sins, at least all mortal sins. 1 26. If we have no sorrow for our venial sins, do we make a good confession? If we have only venial sins to confess, and are not sorry for any of them, we make a bad confession. 27. When is our contrition only a natural sorrow? Our contrition is only a natural sorrow when it arises from natural motives ; for instance, from temporal loss, damage, or disgrace, and the like. — 116 — . 28. aSatttt ift ttttfcre SJeue nffcvnatnvUd}? Unfere 9ieite i[t iibe.natiirUc^, tDenit tDtr tnit ^itlfe bet g8ttlitf)en ©iiabe unfere ©imben aug ubernaturlid)en SetDeggriinben bereuen* 29. 2Ba!^ ntiiffcn ttiir i^nn, urn cine uberttatiirlit^e Oftcue in nn^ 5U emecfeu ? SStr follert tnit bent 93eiftanb ber gottttc^en ©nabe ern]> lid^ betradpten, 1) ha^ tntr burd) bie ©unbe t)erbtent l^aben, t)on ©ott, bent gerei^ten 3iidjter, geftraft p tnerben; 2) ba^ tntr burc^ un[ere ©iinben Urfai^e tnaren an Se[u Setben nnb Xob; 3) ha^ tnir bnrd^ bie ©iinbe ©olt, nnjeren grogten 2SoI]t tester unb beften 93ater, ba§ ]^od}[te licbcn^tnitrbigfte @ut, be^ leibiget f)aben. 30. aSic tiiclcrici ift bie iiBernatitrnd^e SReuc ? 3tneierlet: S)ie t:)oIlfommene nnb bie itnt)oII!ontntene» 31. SBatttt ift bie SJeue tJoHfommen? S)ie S^ene ift t)oCfommen, tnenn tnir bte ©iinbe me^r ah$ aHe anbern Uebel an^ DoHfommener Siebe ©otteg t)erab- fdjenen, tneil fie namlic!^ ©ott, ba^ t)cd)jte unb liebenS^tniirbigfte ©ut beleibigt 32. aSantt ift hit Stcuc ttntJuHfottttttett? 5>ie 9iene ift unDoIIfommen, tt)enn bie ^nrd)t i:)or ben ©traf^ ber ^i)IIe unb bent Sertnfte bc§> |)immel^, ober bie §aBlid)feit ber ©itnbe un§ antreibt, baB tnir biefelbe oiber i^IIeg t)erab]d)enen unb ©ott ntd)t me^r beteibigen tnoHen. 33. 3Ru§ bie 9tctte ttot^ttJcnbig i)oUtommtn fein ? 3ur ©ultig!cit ber S5cid)te ift bie unt)olIfontmene $Rene I]inreid)enb, bod) ift e§ t)ie( beffer, tnenn man trad)tet, and) bie t)oII!ontmene §u erlt)eden» S)te gormel bet itttt)oE!ommenen unb 'ooUtommemn 0leue mit bem S5ot* fa^e fiel)e t)oxn fcei ben G^ebeten. (©eite 8«) 34. a35attn tnu^ man t>u 9Jetie crttJecfeit ? 5D?an tnn| fie t)or ber ©eidjte ober tnenigftenS t)or ber So§fpred)nng beg ^riefter§ er)t:)eden. — 116 — 28. When is our contrition supernatural? Our contrition is supernatural when, with God's grace, it arises from supernatural motives. t29. What must we do to excite supernatural sorrow? With God's assistance we must consider : 1, That our sins have made us deserving of God's punishments ; 2, That our sins have been the cause of Our Lord's Passion and Death; 3, That our sins have offended God, our greatest Benefactor, the best of Fathers, and the Supreme Good. 30. How many kinds of supernatural contrition are there? There are two kinds of supernatural contrition: per- fect contrition, and imperfect contrition, commonly called attrition. 31. When is contrition perfect ? Contrition is perfect when it arises from perfect love; that is, when we hate sin more than all other evils, for the reason that it offends God, the Supreme Good. 32. When is contrition imperfect? Contrition is imperfect when our love is not perfect; that is, when we are moved to sorrow for sin by other motives less perfect than the pure love of God, such as the fear of hell, the loss of heaven, the malice of sin. 33. Must our contrition always be perfect? In the sacrament of penance imperfect contrition is sufficient; but we should strive to make it as perfect as possible. (An Act of Contrition is found among the prayers, page 146.) 34. When must we make the act of contrition in the sacra- ment of penance? We must make the act of contrition before our confes- sion, or, at least, before the priest gives us absolution. — 117 — t 35» SSaittt foC man auger bet S3eirf|te tiottfommene Oicuc crttjerfett ? 1) 23cim man in einer Sobeegcfafjr tft; 2) ]o oft man ba^ UnglucE gctjabt {)at, eine Sobfiinbe 5U 6egel}en, unb md)t fogletc^ beic^ten !ann. 6§ tft 5o(^ft tatl^fatn jeben^XBenb bor bem ©t^Iafenge^en S^teue iiBer fetne ©iinben 3U erroecfen, BefonberS ilBer biejenigen, to^ld}^ man toal^renb be» 2^age§ IBegangen Ifiat § 4. SSott bem 95orfa^> 36* 9!Sa§ mu| ntit ber SJeue not^ttiettbig tjerbnuben fern ? Tilt ber ^Jtcue mnJ3 notdraenbig Derbunbcn jcin, 1) bie e^offnung ber ^erjeitjung; 2) ber gute S^orfag, t 37* SSarum foUen toiv ajeraei^ung mtfcrer Siittbeit ^offen ? 9Sir fo((en 33ergeif)ung nnicrcr ©iinben Ijoffen, 1) tDegen ber imenblic^en ®armf)er§tgfeit ©otteg; 2) tDegen ber unenbtic^en 95erbtenfte Sefu 6l)rt[ti; 3) tDeil ©ott t)erfprocJ)en {)at, aUe, and) bie gro^ten ©iin- ben, 3U t)er3ei()en. 38» ^a§ ift ber cjute ^orfa^ ? ®er gute 55or[ag ift ber ernftttcfie SSiQe nnb fcfte ®nt^ fd)(ufe, ftin Seben ju beffern unb nidjt me(}r ju fiinbigen. 39» 933»e tnug ber ^ntt SJorfa^ l&eft^affen fctit ? S)eK gute S^orfa^ mu^ fein tDte bie Sicue, 1) inner ltd); 2) ernftlid), b. I), feft unb tt)irffam ; 3)angemein, b. l). er mu^ fid) auf alle, n^enigften^ Quf bie fdjiDeren ©iinben erftreden. 1 40^ SBop tttug alfo berjenige entfti^lDffctt feat, ber tintn qntm a^orfa^ fiat? (5r mu^ entfd)toffen fein, 1) tDenigften^ alle fdimeren ©iinben unb bie nadjfte ®ele- gen'^eit §u t)ermeiben ; 2) alien geinbcn t)on ^er^en ju t)er5ei^en ; d) bie nott)tt)enbigen Sefferung^mittel befonberi3 gegen fd^Iec^te ®en:)o(}nf)eiten ansuiuenbcn; — 117 — 35. When must we make the act of perfect contrition, even without the sacrament of penance? 1, In danger of death; 2, As often as we have the misfortune to commit a mortal sin and cannot immediately go to confession. It is advisable every night before retiring to excite ourselves to sorrow for our sins, especially for those we have committed in the course of the day. § 4 Firm Purpose of Amendment. 36. What must contrition necessarily include? Contrition must necessarily include 1, The hope of pardon; and 2, The firm purpose of amendment. 1 37. On what is our hope of pardon founded? Our hope of pardon is. founded on 1, The infinite mercy of God; 2, The infinite merits of Jesus Christ ; and 3, On God's promise that He would pardon even the greatest sins. 38. What is a firm purpose of amendment? A firm purpose of amendment is a sincere resolution and firm determination to amend our life and to sin no more. 39. What must be the qualities of our firm purpose of amendment? Our firm purpose of amendment, like our contrition, must be : 1, Interior; 2, Sincere, that is, true and earnest ; 3, Universal, that is, it iTiUst extend at least to all mortal sins. 1 40. What must we be resolved to do when we form a firm and sincere purpose of amendment? We must be resolved: 1, To avoid at least all grievous sins, and the proxi- n?''>te occasions of them; 2, To forgive our enemies ; 3, To use the necessary means against bad habits ; — 118 — 4) ©cnugtljuung unb alien fdjulbigen Scljabenerjalj ju letftcn. 3ai^au§. „fSexQ,ib Hn§ unfere (Sij^ulben, tt)ie ou(5 tt)ir tergeBen unferu ©(^uIMgern/' ^att§. 6, 12. ^ft 3emanb ju btefcnt tiic^t entfi^Ioffen, fo !ann bet ^Prteftet Ujm bte So§f^red^ung rttd^t geBen, obex trenn et fie gtBt, tDiitbe fie bem (Siinber nid^tS niifeen, 1 41* S^ai^ tJcrfte^t wan nttter niic^ftcr ©eleoen^eit ? Wan r)er[te{)t unter ndcljfter (Selcgenbeit cine ^erfon, cine @e[elli'c£)aft, ein Spiel unb brgl, iDobnrd] man gernoljnlic^ 5nr ©iinbe t)er{eitct tuurbe, ober, U)cnn man [ie nicljt mcibet, i:)aljr' fc^cinlid) Uerlcitct tDirb. § 5. Sun itv f&cxd}it. 42* 2So^ ift bic ^eic^te ? S)ie Seidite ift ba§ renmiit^ige ScfenntniB ber Begangc- iten ©iinben t)OX bem ^riefter, um Uon itim bie So^fprccljnng gu ertjaltem 43» 233tc mug bte 23ct(i^tc Bcfc^affcn fein ? S)ie S^eidjte mu^ 1) Dotlftanbig, 2) anfricf)tig, 3) bentlid^ fein. 44* SSSatttt ift bie Sciti^te tioliftattbio ? S)ie 83eid)te ift t)oIIftanbig, tDcnn man tnenigfteS alle fcfitDC- ren ©iinben bei(f)tet, beren man ftci) erinnert, fammt ber Qai)l unb ben not^tx)enbigen Umftanben. 45. aSenn man dbtv bte 3ci§, oB ettua^ cittc fdijtticrc obcr la^Urfje ©iinbe fei? a)?an frage hen S5etc!)tt)ater; ober nocl^ beffcr, man bcidjte bie ©iinbe, tvdl Wandjev jdjmere ©iinben fiir Ia^Ud)e anficljt, 49» SSantt ift hit Scir^te attfri^tig ? ®ie 93cid)te ift aufridjtig, tDenn man fid) ber ©iinbcn fo an!(agt, iDie man \id) t)or ©ott fc^ulbig erfennt, ot)ne etmaS ju Derfdjraeigen obcr ju 6efd)onigen. 1 50* 2Ba§ fott ba§ aSeii^tfittb Bcbcttfctt, ttictttt c§ \iti) \d)Jxmt awfriti^- tig 5tt Bei^ten ? ©^ fott kbenfen, 1) ba^ eine ^eic^te, bie nid^t anfrid^tig ift, ungiiltig, ja eine nene grofee Siinbe, ein ©otte^raub ift unb gur etDigen S5erbammniB fuf)rt ; 2) bafe eg bod) beffer i)'t, feine ©iinbe tior einem t)erfd)tt)ie- genen ^riefter §u beict)ten, aUS immer unruf)ig in ©iinben ^u leben, unglurffelig ju fterben unb am jiingften Siage t)or aUer SBelt gu ©djanben §u merbem 51* 933atttt ift bie SScirfjte bctttUt^ ? ©ie Scid^te ift bcutlid), mcnn man, 1) jcbe ©iinbe mit Seamen f(ar angiebt; 2) fid) fo au^briidt, ban ber Scic^toater Wc§ ti:)of)I t)er= t)erftct3en !ann. 2Bcnn man nidit toeig, Wie man ft(^ anSbrMcn foU, faqe man bem S3ei(f)tt)ater: ^d) IjaBe noc^ etn)a§, aber ic^ toei^ nid^t, n)ie id^ e§ fagen foE, 52, ^a§ mu^ matt t^tttt, ttietttt matt itt ber a3eirf|te etttia^ an^QC^ (affett t^at, t>a§ man 5tt bcid^tctt frf)ttlbig ttJar ? 1) §at man e§ o{)ne oc^ulb auSgelaffen, fo braudjt man eg nur in ber nac^ften S5eid)te nad)5uf)oIen; 2) ^at man e§ aber auggelaffen, iDeit man fid) fdjamte e§ — 119 — 47- Are we bound to confess also venial sins? We are not bound to confess venial sins ; but it is good and wholesome to do so. When we have only venial, sins or irAperfections to confess, it is advis- able to mention again some sin of our past life for which we are heartily sorry. 48. What must we do when we doubt whether a sin is mortal or venial? We should tell our doubt to our confessor, because many people mistake mortal sins for venial sins. 49. When is a confession sincere ? A confession is sincere when wx accuse ourselves just as we truly believe ourselves guilty before God, without disguise or excuse. tso. What should the penitent consider if ashamed to make a sincere confession? He should consider : 1, That a confession which is not sincere is another grievous sin — a sacrilege — and leads to eternal dam- nation ; 2, That it is far better for him to confess his sins to one priest, bound by secrecy, than to live always uneasy in sin, to die unhappy, and on the last day to be put to shame before the whole world. 51. When is a confession clear? A confession is clear w^hen 1, We mention the sin in plain terms ; and, 2, When we sc express ourselves that the confessor may clearly see the state of our conscience. 52. What must we do if we have left out something in con- fession which we were bound to confess? 1, If we have left it out without our fault, it is only required to mention it in the next confession; 2, If we have left it out either because we were — 120 — ju beicE)tcn, ober fein ®ctt)iffcn nitr flucl)ttg erforfclite, fo tuai bie S^etdjte ungiiltig unb man muJ3 fagen, in tpte t)ielen $Bcid)- ten man e-o an-$ eigencr ©(i)ulb au^gelaffen f)at unb niufj bicfe Seidjten atle n:)tcber()oIen. 53» 9Btc Ijct^t bic ^etr^tc, in melc^er matt aUt obex wc^rcrc fctncr ^cit^tctt bici)erI)olt ? Sie f)cif3t ®eneralbetcf)te. t 54* SSamt tft bic ©cncralBci^tc ttottjttJCttbig ? So oft bie friilicren Seid)tcn ungiiltig tvaxcn, fct c^o an^5 SJfangcl an 2lufrid}tig!ett, obcr an 9xcue unb 35or)afe, ober an^ [trdflic^er 9?ad)Idffig!eit in (£rforjd)ung feineiS ®etr)ifien^. S?at!)fam tft fie Bet bet erften ^ottittiunton, 16eim 5lntritt eine3 2elcn^. ftanbe». Bet 2}liffionen u. f. tt)» 55* 2Sic f angt man bic Scit^te ait ? 2}Zan fniet nieber, bejeidjnct fid) mit bcm liciL Slrcu^e unb fagt: ^d) bcfenne ®ott bem StUmddjtigen unb Slincn, ^rie- ftcr an ©otte^> Statt, baJ3 id) oft unb Diet gcfiinbigct []a6e 2}?eine legte Seidjte i[t ge)d)efjen tior Seit(}er Ijabe id) 56» 9Bic Bcfc^Uef^t ntatt bic Scirfjtc ? S)ie]e unb aUe ©linben meinei3 gangen Sebeny finb niir leib, tDeil id) @ott beleibigt l)abe, Sdj ne{)me mir ernft(id) Dor mcin Seben ^u beffern unb nid)t mcljr ju fiinbigen. Sd) bitte urn eine f)eil)ame 93u^e unb bie Soofprcc^ung. 57» ^a§ foil tttait l^icrauf f^un ? 9J?an foH auf ben 3^fp^^clj ^^§ 95eid)tt)ater^ unb anf bie 95nf3e tnof)! merfen unb tt)dt)rcnb ber So^fpredjung bcy ^rie- [teiio furj 9?eue unb 93orfa^ ertneden. t 58* 9Btc f\at man fii^ p ticr^altcit, totnn man btc £o^fVrcrf)Utt(j tti^t crpU ? 9Kan niu^ fidi bcm Urtl]eile bc<3 93eidjtt)atcry bcmittliig untermerfcn unb fiir bie ndd)fte S}eid)te fid) bcr So^^fprcdjung burd) toaljre 93ef]crung tuiirbig §u madjcn ]udjcn» — 120 — ashamed to confess it, or because we neglected to ex- amine our conscience, our confession was a bad one, and we must tell in how many confessions we have left it out through our fault, and repeat them all. 53. How do you call that confession in which we repeat all or some of our former confessions? A general confession. t54. When is a general confession necessary? A general confession is necessary whenever our for- mer confessions were invalid or sacrilegious, through want of sincerity, sorrow, or a firm purpose of amend- ment, or through criminal negligence in the examination of our conscience. Note. We are advised to make a general confession before First Holy- Communion, or when we change our state of life, or when we attend a mission. 55. How do you begin your confession? Having knelt down, I m^ake the sign of the cross and say : ''Bless me. Father, for I have sinned. I confess to Almighty God, and to you, Father, in His stead, that since my last confession, which was , I have com- mitted the following sins." (Here I confess my sins.) 56. How do you conclude your confession? I conclude by 'saying: ''For these and all my other sins, w^hich I cannot at present call to mind, and also for the sins of my past life, especially for , I am heartily sorry. I most humbly ask pardon of God, and penance and absolution of you, my ghostly Father/' 57. What must you do then? I must listen with attention to the advice which my confessor may think proper to give me, and to the pen- ance he enjoins; and whilst he gives me absolution I must excite my heart to true sorrow. t58. What are you to do if you should not receive absolu- tion? I must humbly submit to the decision of my confessor, and by true amendment render myself worthy to receive absolution in my next confession. — 121 — § 6* aSott bcr ©cttugtl^uuttg* o9» 993orttt Bcfte^t btc sunt aSulfafromcitte geprigc ©cnugtliutttto ? S)ie ©enugttjuung 6eftet}t t)ornet)mlid) in ber SSerric^tung ber t)om SeidjtDater aufertegten Su^e. 60* 9Bo5tt ttJtrb uuig ijont ^cidftttiater cine Su^c aufcrlcgt? S)ie S3iifee tDtrb auferlegt, 1) jur Slbbiifsiing ber jcttltcEien ©iinbenftrafen; 2) jur Sefferung unjereg £e6en§. 1 61* 2a^t bemt ®ott tnit ber ©iinbe nic^t audft alle Strafe ttar^ ? S)ie eiDige ©trafe IciBt ®ott tmmer mit ber ©iinbe nac^, aber nic^t immer autf) bie jeitltdjen ©trafen» Saturn \pxa^ ^at^an ju ^ablb : „5)er §etr T§at betne Siittbe t)on bit genommen ; bod^ n)irb bein ©olju be§ 2obe§ fterben." 2, ,^i3n» 12, 13. 14^ 62. 9Ba^ tft $eitli(^e ©ilttbeitftrafe ? 3eitlid)e ©iinbenftrafe tft biejentge ©trafe, tDeld^e tDir tDe- gen unferer ©iinben entiDeber f)ier auf ©rben obcr im gegfeuer absubii^ert f)aben. 63* Sft bie $8ei^te ungiiltio, mnn man hit auferfetjte ^u^e ttiti^t tjerrtc^tet ? 2Benn man bte auferlegte S5u§e ntd^t t)erricf)tet, aber bod^ in ber S5eic^te ben SSillen Ijatk, fie ju t)erri(^ten, fo ift bie 95eid)te nidjt ungiilttg; man beget)! aber eine ©iinbe unb be- raubt fid) t)ieter ©naben. S)atutn foE man in bet fotgenben S^ett^te ftc^ bariiBet an!(agen, toenn man bie ^ufee betnac^taffigt ]§at ©otlte bet S3et(^tt)atet etne fSu^t aufet^* legen, bie man nid§t tettid^ten !ann, fo 16itte man bemiitl^ig nm eine anbete Sufee. 1 64. ©often ttiir nur fene Sufte tjerrid^ten, tneltifte uni^ ber ^tidjU tjater anferlegt? SBir foUen unS and) beftreben, bnri^ anbre freitt)illige ffin^tDerfe unb bnrd) ©ebnib im Seiben ber gfitttic^en ©ere^== tigfeit genng3utt)un. 65. a33a^ foil man na^ ber Seid^te t^un ? 1) ©ott banfen unb bie gnten SSor[a^e ernenern; 2) bie Snfee fobatb aU mogtid^ ju t)errid)ten; — 121 — § 6. Satisfaction. 59. What is satisfaction in the sacrament of penance? Satisfaction is doing the penance given by the confes- sor. 60. Why does the confessor give a penance? The confessor gives a penance — i, That we may satisfy for the temporal punishment due to our sins ; 2, That we may amend our life. t 61. When God forgives the sin, does He not also remit the punishment due to that sin? God always remits the eternal punishment, but not al- ways the temporal punishment due to sin. "Therefore Nathan the Prophet said to David: The Lord also hath taken away thy sin; nevertheless for this thing, the child that is born to thee shall surely die." — 2 Kings xii. 13, 14. 62. What is the temporal punishment due to our sins? The temporal punishment due to our sins is that which we have to suffer either here on earth or in purga- tory. 63. Does our confession become bad if the penance is not performed? No ; the past confession remains good ; but we commit a new sin and deprive ourselves of many graces. In case we have neglected the penance imposed, we should accuse our- selves of it in our next confession. If the confessor gives a penance which we are really unable to perform, we should respectfully tell him so. 1 64. Should we perform only that penance which the con- fessor gives us? We should also try to satisfy the Divine Justice by other voluntary works of penance, and by patience in our sufferings. 65. What else must we do after confession? After confession we must — 1, Give thanks to God, and renew our good resolu- tions ; 2, Perform our penance as soon as possible ; — 122 — 3) f)at man etoa§ ju er[c^en obcr gut gu mac^en, baffelbe t\)nn, fobalb man !ann; 4) fid) ernftlic^ beffern unb bte notf)tt)enbigcn Wittd ba^u antDenben. ,,6unbtgc nun nid^tntel^r, bamtt bir ntd^t etttia§ (S(3&tintmete§ Begegnc." 3o5«5, 14, getner: Su!. 11, 26, Jlu^anlBCnbung. — 2)an!e @ott fiir bte ©infe^ung be§ SBu6fa!rament§^ l)tefe§ 9flettung§brette§ nai^ bem ©d^iffBruc^ ber ©eele, (5lugu[tin.) (S§ getoa^tt bit ntc^t nut ^^ad^Iag ber ©iinben, f onbern auc^ Zxo% Si(^t in S^fi'* fein nnb ^raft ^iim @uten. @m:pfange oft ha^ SBugfafrantent, abet bereitc hi^ getDiffenl^aft t)oi: unb Beti^te gut, bamtt bu ntrf)t ba§ §etlmtttel in (^ift tertoanbelft unb bie gnabenreic^e SSuganftalt bir nid^t 3ur eltjigen SSerbamm* ni6 gereid^e^ 2?om 3lBIa[fc. 66» 293obut(i) !ommt xxn§ hk ^irtljc Bel ^IBBugung ber geitlitiftcn (Bunbeuftrajeu ^u §u(fe ? ®itr(^ (Srt£)eilung ber Slblaffe. 67* S2Sa^ ift cin 5lBIa^ ? (gin Slblafe ift eine 9^ad)taffung berjenigen jettlidien ©iin- benftrafen, U)eIcE)e tt)ir nac^ S?erge6ung ber ©iinbe entroeDer t)ier ober im gegfeuer nod) abbiiBen joUten. 68* 83Ja§ miiffctt ttiir tiom ^^(affe glauBctt ? SBir miiffen glauben, 1) ha^ bie fatt)olijct)e Stircf)e ®malt fjat, 5lblaffe p er^ it)eilen: 2) baB ber ©ebraui^ berfelben un§ jef)r t)eil]am ift. 69* a^ott mem ^at bie fat^olif^e ^irt^e bte ©ettialt, SBlaffe su crtljeikn ? SSon 3e)u§ (Sf)riftn§, tx)eld)er fprad^ : 9Sa§ tf)r anf Srben lofen merbet, ha§> mirb and) im ^immel gelSfet fein. matt^. is, i8. 1 70» aSo^er ffie^t bie Sraft ttub aStrfung ber SlBIaffe ? Stu^ bem ©c^a^e ber uberreid)en 95erbienfte Sefu Sf)rifti itnb feiner ^eitigen, n:)obur(^ @ott gcnug gcttjan morben mirb. — 122 — 3, Repair, as well as we can, all injury we may have unjustly done to our neighbor; and 4, Amend our lives, and employ the means to avoid sin in future. "Sin no more, lest some worse thing happen to thee." St. John v. 14; see St. Luke xi. 26. Application. Be grateful to God for instituting the sacrament of penance, "this plank of safety after the shipwreck of the soul," as St. Augustine calls it. This sacrament offers you not merely remission of sin but also consolation, light in doubts, and strength to do good. Make fre- quent use of it, but never without due preparation; lest this sacrament, «o replete with grace, be for you a source of eternal perdition. INDULGENCES. €6. By what means does the Church help us to discharge the temporal punishment due to our sins? By the grant of indulgences. 67. What is an indulgence? An indulgence is a remission of the temporal punish- ment due to our sins, which the Church grants outside of the sacrament of penance. 68. What must we believe with regard to indulgences? We must believe — 1, That the Catholic Church has power to grant in- dulgences ; 2, That the use of them is very salutary to us. 69. From whom has the Catholic Church the power to grant indulgences? From Jesus Christ, who said: 'Whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth, it shall be loosed also in heaven." — St. Matt. xvi. 19; xviii. i8. t 70. From what source do indulgences draw their power and efficacy? From the treasury of the abundant merits of Jesus Christ and of the saints. 71» ^Sh§ ift crforbcrU^ im txm§ ^IBIaffc^ t^cU^aftirj $tt tocrbcn? Urn etne§ 5lbla[feg t()eilf)afttg ju iDerben, mu^ man, 1) im ©tanbe ber ®nabe fein ; 2) bte guteit 9Serfe genau t)crrid^ten, meldje jur ©emin^ nung beg 2Iblaffe§ t)orgejc()rieben finb. 72» 2Bic titelfat^ ift ber 9tBIa§ ? 1) D n ! m m e n, tt)cnn ade §eit(ic^en ©trafcit fitr bie id^on t)ergebenen Sunben nac^gelaffen iDcrben; 2) unt)oU!ommen, menn nur ein 2£)ei( berfclben nad^getaffen tDirb. ©in 5lBIa6 t)on 40 ^agen ober 7 ^a^tett ift eine ^^ad^taffitng f o t)iet gelt* Tttiiet Strafe, at§ man aBtragen tuiirbe, ttjenn man 40 Xage ober 7 ^a^re lang nac^ ben alten .^tr(^enfa^ungen SSu^e tx)lr!te. 73» Soimctt bic ^Blaffc ant^ ben Seelcit im ^cgfeucr p gutc fommcn? 3a, aUe biejenigen, t)ort benen ber ^ap\t etgen§ ertlart {jat, ba§ [te i^nen §iigetpenbet tDerben foimen. Ulu^antocntlung^ — 5ld§te unb fc^a^e bie SlBlaffe, fie titgen bie ©iinben- ftrafen, IBefreien bom Jegfeuer, ermuntern gnr S5uBe, jur 5lu&iiBung guteu SSerfe unb jum (Sm^fang bet ]§eiL (5a!ramente. Sud§e alfo red§t tjiele 516^ laffe ju geloinnen fiir bid§ unb fiir hk SSerftorBenen. S5on kr Ic$tcn £)clung^ !♦ 933a^ ift bic (ct?tc Ocluno ? S)ie le^te Delung ift jeneS ©aframent, in tDeld^em bem, ^ran!en burd) bie ©albung mit t)eiligem De(e unb baS ®ebet be§ ^riefterg bie ©nabe ®otte§ gur SBot)Ifal)rt ber ©eele unb fifterg and) be^ SeibeS ertt)ei(t tnirb. 2» aa3o!)cr ttjiffctt njir, ba§ g^riftuig t>a§ Saframcttt ber (c^tctt Dcltttttj einrjcfc^t ^jat ? Slug ber be[tanbigen 2e{)re ber ^ircf)e unb ber fjeiligen @(i)rift. _ 123 — 71. What is required to gain an indulgence? To gain an indulgence we must: 1, Be in a state of grace; and 2, Perform the good works prescribed for the gain- ing of the indulgence. 72. How many kinds of indulgences are there? There are two kinds : 1, Plenary indulgences, which remit the whole debt of temporal punishment due to sin ; 2, Partial indulgences, which remit only a part of it. Note. An indulgence of forty days or seven years is a remission of such a debt of temporal punishment as a person would discharge if he did penance for forty days or seven years according to the ancient discipline of the Church. 73. Can indulgences be applied also to the souls in purgatory? Yes, all those which the Pope has declared to be appli- cable to them. Application. Value and esteem indulgences; they remit temporal pun- ishments due to sin, encourage to penance, to the practice of good works and to the reception of the sacraments. Avail yourself of every oppor- tunity of gaining them for yourself and for the souls of the faithful de- parted. EXTREME UNCTION. 1. What is extreme unction? Extreme unction is a sacrament in which, by the anoint- ing with holy oil and by the prayers of the priest, the sick receive the grace of God for the good of their souls and often also of their bodies. 2. Whence do we know that the sacrament o£ extreme unc- tion was instituted by Christ? We know this from the constant teaching of the Church and from Holy Scripture. — 124 — w3ft ietnanb !ran! unter tu^, fo tufe er bte !Prteftet ber ^tt^e gu fti^ ttttb bie foEen iiBer il^n Beten unb it)n tnit Del falbeu tm 3^amen be§ ^etrn; unb ba§ ©e^et be§ ®lauBen§ tolrb bent ^tanfen gum §eUe fetn unb ber ^err totxb tl^n oufric^ten unb lt)enn er ©iinben auf fid^ ]§at, f o toerben fie t§m tjer*- QeBen toerben." 3aL 5, 14 u. 15, 3* 9Ba§ toirft bic le^tc Delung ^ur 9»D^(fa^rt ber ©cclc ? S)te lc|te Delung, 1) t)ermef)rt bte ^ei(igmacf)enbe ©nabe; 2) ttlgt bie Id^Uc^en ©iinben unb and) jene 2^ob[unben, bte ber ^ranfe oereuet, aber nic()t tnefjr betd)te:t fann ; 3) ti(gt bte Ueberbleibfel ber fd}on t)ergebenen ©itnben ; 4) ftdrft in hm Setben unb ^erfutfjuntjen, befonberiS im 2obe0fam|)[e. 4. ^a§ toixtt hie Ic^tc Dclmtg aur 'Boitl^af^xt bc^ Seibc^ ? ©ie bett)trft (Srletrf)terung in ber ^ranff)ett unb oft felbft bte ©efunbljett, tDenn e^ junt @eelent)etle gebett)Itd^ x]t 5* 9Ser faitit mxt foil bic Ic^tc Cclung ctn^fangeit ? Seber fat^olijdje Shrift, ber jum ©ebraud^e ber SSernunft gelangt unb gefatjrltd) franf t[t. 6» 2Bie foil ntan bic Ic^tc Delung em^jfaiigett? SJtan fed fie empfangen, 1) tm Stanbe ber (^nabe, txieofjalb man tvo mogttd^, t)or- ]^er beidjten ober bod) DoUfommene Si'eue ertpeden foil ; 2) tnit ©taube, §offnung unb Siebe unb mit Srgebnng in hm gottltdjen 3BiKen. 7. SBann fed ntait bic Ic^tc Dcluttg cm^jfangcit ? Wan foil fie, too moglid), empfangen, tnabrenb man nod^ Bet guter Sefinnung tft unb nad) ber ^eiligen 3Segjef)rung. 1 8. 933te oft lattn man bic Ic^tc Dcltutg cm^jfangctt ? Sn berfelben ^ranff)ett fann man fie nur @inmal em* :t:)fangen; bod) fann fie and) in berfelben S?rantt)eit tnieber^olt U)erben, tnenn namlid) bie Sobeggefa^r tjoritber tDar unb fid) bon 9?enem einfteltt. — 124 — **Is any man sick among you, let him bring in the priests of the Church, and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord; and the prayer of faith shall save the sick man, and the Lord shall raise him up, and if he be in sins, they shall be forgiven him." St. James v. 14, i5. 3. What effects does extreme unction produce in the soul? Extreme unction 1, Increases sanctifying grace; 2, It remits venial sins, and also those mortal sins which the sick person repents of, but is no longer able to confess ; 3, It removes the remains of sins already forgiven ; 4, It strengthens the soul in its sufferings and temp- tations, especially in its agony. 4. What effects does extreme unction produce in the body? It often relieves the pains of the sick person, and some- times restores him even to health, when it is conducive to the salvation of his soul. 5. Who can and should receive extreme unction? Every Catholic who has come to the use of reason and is in danger of death by sickness. 6. How are we to receive extreme unction? 1, In the state of grace; wherefore we must first con- fess our sins,' or, if we cannot confess, make an act of perfect contrition ; 2, With faith, hope, charity, and resignation to the holy will of God. 7. When should we receive extreme unction? We should receive extreme unction, if possible, whilst we are yet conscious, and after having received the holy Viaticum. t8. How often can extreme unction be received? ^ Extreme unction can be received but once in the same sickness ; but if, after the danger of death has passed, a relapse should occur, the sacrament can be received again. — 125 — 9ltt^atltDenl>ttng.--©ud5t hex IleBe ©ott bt(^ iTiit fd^loeret Stxanl^eit 5ctm, jo t)etfc^iebe ja ntd^t ben ©mpfang hex t)eiL (^arramente auf ben (e^ten Slugenl)li(i, bamit bu fie fidget unb jnit Qxb^exex ^ruc^t em^fangeft ! SSie eft pngt bat)on bie ^totgfeit ab? ©raufam unb fiinb'^aft tuare e§, bent ^tan!en bie ©efa^r gu berbergen, Inie 9Jlani^e au» ntiBt)etftQnbener Siebe t^nn, fie bet S^roftungen hex Sf^eligion betauBen unb unborbereitet in bie en)ig!eit gel^en laffen. 5Jlan glaube nid^t, ha^ tomn man bie l^eiL ©einen Stpofteln. 2» ©ottte bajg ^ricftcrt^um mit bem Sobc bcr ^Hjoftel auftjorctt ? 0ietn; ebenfo tDcnig, a(§ mit iljrtcn bie ^irdje auftjiircn joKte. 3. aSSic ^jflanatc fi^ ba^ ^ricftcrt^um fort ? ©urd) bie tion Se[u^ S()ri[tu§ eingefe^te ^riefteriDeifie* 4. 2Ba)g ift bie ^rieftcrttiei^c ? ®ie ^rie[tertt)eit)e ift jeneg ©aframent, burcf) tr)eld:)c§ bie priefterlid)e ©emalt ertl]eilt tt)irb fammt ber bejonbern ©nabc, i)a§ ^rie[teramt red)t ju t)cnDaUGn. $aulu§ nnb S3atnaBa§ toerben getDei^t butt^ ©eBet unb ^anbeauflegung. „^ic beteten unb legten ilfinen bie §dnbe auf/' ^p]tQ,* 13, 3, 5* aBorttt Bcftelftt tJornc^mlid^ bie :j)riefterni^e ©cmalt ? Sn ber OetDalt, 1) ba§ l)eil SKe^o^^fer barjubringen; 2) bie ©iinbert nadfijulafjen, 6. 2Ber lann \>a§ Safratnent ber ^riefterttici^e giittig crt^eilcn? 5Jtur bie Sifd^ofe, tDeil nur fie bie f)of)eprieftcrIid}e @malt burd) eine eigene 2Seit)e (bie 93i)d)of^tr)cit)e) ertjalten* 7. ©antt tnan hit ^jriefterlid^e SSei^e micber tjcrlieren ? S^ein; bie priefterlid)e SSeilje tann man nidjt berlicren, treit bie ^rieftertDei^e ber ©eele ein unau§Iojd)Iic^e§ Wcxtmai ein- briidt — 125 — Application. When God in His mercy visits you with a dangerous illness, do not put off the receiving of the sacraments to the last moment. How often eternity depends on this! Cruel and criminal would it be to keep the sick person in the dark concerning his danger, as many do through blind and false love, thus depriving him of the consolations of re- ligion, and letting him depart unprepared into eternity. Sick people some- times falsely imagine that because the last sacraments are administered to them they are bound to die. HOLY ORDERS. 1. On whom did Christ Himself confer the priesthood? Christ Himself confered the priesthood upon His Apos- tles. 2. Was the priesthood to end with the death of the Apostles? Certainly not; no more than the Church was to end with their death. 3. How was the priesthood continued? The priesthood was continued by the sacrament of Holy Orders instituted by Christ. 4. What is the sacrament of Holy Orders? Holy Orders is a sacram.ent which confers on those w^ho receive it the powers of the priesthood, together with a special grace to discharge faithfully its sacred duties. Paul and Barnabas were ordained by the la3'ing on of hands. "Then they, fasting and praying, and imposing their hands upon them, sent them away." Acts xiii. 3. 5. What are the principal powers of the priesthood? The principal powers of the priesthood are : 1, The power to offer the holy sacrifice of the Mass; 2, The power to forgive sins. 6. Who can administer the sacrament of Holy Orders? Bishops only can administer the sacrament of Holy Orders ; for they have received this powder by a special consecration. 7. Can a priest lose the sacred character received in ordina- tion? A priest can never lose the sacred character received in his ordination ; for Holy Orders^ like baptism, im- prints an indelible mark on the soul. — 126 — t 8» SScr barf n\it> foU ^ricftcr tocrbeit ? ^rieftcr tDerben foil nur bcr, tt)clcf)er i:)on ©ott ha^n fie^ rufcn i[t. IRufeantiJcniJung.— ©rttjeiye ftet§ bent $rieftet, aU bem ©tellt)ettreter @otte§ unb beiti ^u§f|3enber feiner ©el^etmntffe, fd^ulbige ©^rfutc^t unb UntertDurfiglett, unb fcitte oft „ben §errn hex ^rtite, bag er ^Ixbeiter in jeine ©xnte jenbe." SJlatt^. 9, 38. S5on bcr ®I)e^ 1* ^a§ ifi ba^ eafrantcnt ber ©ftc ? S)ie (SI)e ift jcneS @aframent, burd) tt)elc^e§ gtt)et lebicje ^erfonen, SOZann unb 2Betb, [id) mtteinanber t)Grt)etratI)en uiib Don ©ott ©nabe erftatten, um if)re ©tanbe^pflic^ten bi^i in ben Sob getreu ju erfuUen. 2» 95Samt tuurbe bic e^e etttgcfc^t? S)ie (S^e tourbe im 'iparabiefe t)on ©ott eingefegt, aber (S^ri[tug :^at fie gum ©aframente er^^oben. „^tefe§ (Sa!rantent t[t grog, ti^ foge a^et in Sl^rifto unb in bet ^itd^e/ e^5. 5, 32. t S. SBic cm^jfiinnt ntait biefc^ ©aframcnt ? S)ie Srautleute erfaren t)or bem 5)3farrer unb gtDet 3^^fl^^r ba% [ie etnanber jur (S^e net)men, toorauf ber ^riefter i^rett Sunb fegnet 1 4, Samt bic (£I)e aufgcloft tuerbctt ? S)ie (Sf)e unter 6t)ri[ten ift unauflo^bar; benn, tva^ ©ott Derbunben ^at, ha§> foU ber 9Kenjci) ni^t trennen. ^Jiatt^. i9, 6 unb 3flom. 7, 2» %ie 9eiftti($e DBtigfeit !ann au§ toic^ttgen ©riinben exlauUn, ha^ stoet &eUuie getrennt bon etnanber Men, abcr fie Bleiben t)erel^eli{^t, tnenn au^ ha^ lt)eltlid&e ©erii^t etne 6f)ef(5etbung qeBen tDiirbe. ^ein g^et^eil !ann 3U Sefijeiten be§ anbexn fid) Qiiltig toieber Jper^eixat^en. ^iJtatt^* 10, 11 unb 12; Su!. 16, 18. — 126 - fS. Who should become priests? Those only should become priests whom God calls to this holy state. Application. Always show proper respect and submission to priests, as the representatives of God and the dispensers of His holy mysteries; and often "pray the Lord of the harvest that He send forth laborers into His harvest." St. Matt. ix. 38. MATRIMONY. 1. What is the sacrament of matrimony? Matrimony is a sacrament by which two single persons, a man and a woman, are joined together in marriage, and receive grace from God to fulfil faithfully until death the duties of their state. 2. When was matrimony instituted? Matrimony was instituted in paradise by God Himself ; our Divine Saviour raised it to the dignity of a sacra- ment. "This is a great sacrament, but I speak in Christ and in the Church.'* Eph. V. 32. 1 3. How is this sacrament received? The bridegroom and the bride declare before their pas- tor and two witnesses that they take one another as hus- band and wife, whereupon the priest blesses their union. t4. Can the bond of marriage ever be dissolved? Among Christians the bond of marriage can never be dissolved; "what God hath joined together, let no man put asunder." St. Matt. xix. 6; Rom. vii. 2. spiritual authority can, for important reasons, allow a husband and wife to live separated from one another; but nevertheless they continue married people, even though the civil court should grant them a divorce. Neither of them can validly contract a second marriage whilst the other party is living. St. Matt. x. ii, 12; St. Luke xvi. 18. — 127 — t5. 2S^crd)c^ finb bic ^pirf)tcn ber (S^ckutc? 3)ic Sljc(cute fodeit, 1) in C£intrad)t, £ie6e unb ef)elic^er Sreue mit eiimnber (ebcit, bi^J ber Xob fie fc{)eibet; 2) il)re Stinber in ber ®otte(ofurd)t c\emein)*cljaftlicl} er.^ieben; 3j eiii- anber ,v^"^ ©ee(enf)ei(e be()utf(ict) feiii ; 4j ber dJtaim foil ba^ 9Sei6 erndljreii ; ba^$ 9Seib foil bem 9}?anne in Stllem, \va^ recf)t uub eljrbar ift, geljorcljen. ,.35r SSeiber, fetb untert^antg euren ^idnnexn, tDxe fii^*§ giemt ittt §ertn. 3!)r SJlanner tiebet cure SBeiber unb jeib nt(^t IBttter gegen fie." RoL'S, 18. ] 9. 1 6» 2Ba§ Ijabcn fid) S^ttc 511 mcrfctt, bic in htn ^(jeftanb 5tt tretcn oebeufeu ? ©ie follen, 1) uidjt leiclitfinuicj fid) t)erlo6en; 2) gel)brig unterridjtet iiub frei Don ©()et)iubenu)fen feiu; 3) in bem Srantftanbe unfd)nlbig leben; 4) fid) jeitig beim ^farrer melben, urn oerfiinbiget unb oorbereitet ^n n:)erben ; 5) init einer gottgefalligen 9tb[id)t in ben Sl)eftanb treten; 6) Dor if)rer iWet)eUc^ung loiirbig beid)ten nnb fomnuniijiren, „^tr finb ^tnber ber §etligen unb biirfen nic^t 3ufamtt!en!ommen toie bie §eiben, Jt>e((^e ^ott nid§t !ennen/' Zoh, 8, 5. f7. ^ft c^ eittc ©iittbc tin ©^ctierlijdtti^ itid^t 5U i)aiUn? Sa, C'$ ift eine fdjtDere Siinbe, iDenn ba^o (£l)et)erl6bniB in feierlid)er 2Sei)e nad) ben ©efe^en ber Slird)e gemad)t tpar unb nid)t einc red)tmdJ3ige Ur)ad)e entfdinlbiget. fS* 2Sic uiclerici finb bie G^c^inbcrniffc ? S)ie S:()el)inberniffe finb gioeierlei, 1) folcfie, loeldje bie (Sl)e unerlaubt nmc^en, 5. S5, bie t)erbotene 3^^^, ba§ einfac^e ©eliibbe ber ^en]d)l)eit n. a. m. ; 2) folcl)e, wdd)^ bie (5t}e nngii(tig mad]en, ^. ©. nat)e Slnt^oertoanbtic^aft ober ©d)n:)agerfd)aft, geiftlid)e 9[?ertt)anbt^ fc^aft u, a. m. t9* 3tt ludt^ctt B'^itctt finb bic fcicrHc^cn §orf)5citcn tJcrBotctt? 1) SBom erften 5lbt)ent)onntage b\§ gum 5Beil)nad)t6tage einfdjliefstid) ; 2) 3Som 2lfd)ermittn:)od) bi^3 gum Dfterfonntag einjd)IieBnd). ^ie Sifdfiofe T^aBen bic 33oIIma(^t aud^ tt)a§renb bet gefd^Iogenen 3eit feierUd^e §oi^3eiten ju geftatten^ — 127 — t5. What are the duties of married persons? Married persons i, Should live together in peace, love, and conjugal fidelity, until separated by death; 2, They should bring up their children in the fear of God; 3, They should help each other in working out their salvation; 4, The husband should support and cherish his wif e ; the wife should obey her husband in all that is just and honorable. "Wives, be submissive to your husbands, as it behooveth in the Lord. Husbands, love your wives, and be not bitter towards them." Col. iii. 18. t6. What should those persons bear in mind who intend to enter the married state? I, They should not thoughtlessly enter into an en- gagement to marry; 2, They should be properly in- structed, and free from impediments ; 3, They should live innocently whilst they are engaged ; 4, They should give their pastor timely notice of their inten- tion ; 5, They should enter the marriage state with a pure intention; 6, Before they marry they should make a good confession and worthily receive Holy Com- munion. *'We are the children of saints, and we musit not be joined together like heathens that know not God." Tob. viii. 5. t7. Is it a sin to break a promise of marriage? Yes, it is a mortal sin, if the promise was a solemn one, made according to the laws of the Church and no just cause excuses. t8. How many kinds of impediments to marriage are there? There are two kinds: i, Such as render marriage unlawful; as, for instance, the forbidden times, the simple vow of chastity, a promise of marriage to an- other, etc.; 2, Such as render marriage null; for in- stance, consanguinity to the third degree inclusive; and affinity to the second degree inclusive, tg. What is understood by the forbidden times? The times when the Church does not allow marriage to be solemnized, namely I, From the first Sunday in Advent to Christmas inclusive ; 2, From Ash Wednesday to Easter Sun- day inclusive. Note. The Bishops are empowered to grant permission for the solemniza- tion of marriage even during the forbidden times. — 128 — tlO. SSa^ ift uott \>tn gcmifdjtctt (S^en sttiif^en fat^oafiljcu S)ie ^irdjc I)at |oId)e ©()cn t)on jel)er an§ feljr n)id)tigcn ©runben milsbilligt unb t)ciboten unb gibt luir an§ tt)id)tigcn Urfadjcn biirc^ ©igpcii^ (£r(aii6niB baju, jcbod) muffeu bie S3raiitlcute au^briirfltd) t)crjprcd)en : 1) ha)^ ber fat^otifdje SljcU feine Sieligion frci amixhm tann ; 2) ba^ alle ^inber fatljotifc^ getauft unb erjogen tuerbcn foUen. ©olc^e @!ien biirfen aui^ nid^t in bet Slix^e gefd^toffen unb eingefegnet iDetben. ©ollle etn Sl^eil no(^ gat ntt^t einmal getauft fein, fo ntu^ bie§ \)oxl}ex ange3etgt toetben, toetl e§ etn S^ef)inberni§ ift, JDelc^eS* bie S§e ungiil* tig mac^t* 9lu^antueni)Ull0. — ^et betSGSa^t eine§ SeBen§ftanbe§ "^ahe "odx 'HUcm @ott unb bein ©eelenl^eit im 5luge. ©laubft bu nad^ teiflic^et Uebetlegung ben (S^eflanb antreten gu foEen, fo Bete eifrig gu ©ott, 3iet)e beine S'ltern ju S^iat^ unb uxt'^eite nit^t bIo§ na(^ ben 5lugen be» gleifc^eg unb hex Seiben* fd^aft, §iite bid^ bot ©iinbe unb Saftet, bie ben gludt) (^otte§ gujie^en unb i^eteite bic^ auf eine gottfelige SSeife, befonbets buxd^ ben miitbigen @m|)fang bet IjeiL ©ahamente auf bie ^l^e t)ot. S5on ben ©aframentaltcn. !♦ SSa^ Derftc^t matt getniJ^nUc^ ttntcr Saframetttaliett ? llnter ©aframentalten t)cr[tc()t man, 1) gemeUjte S)inge, al§ 2Sa[fer, Del, ©atj, ijSalmcn, ^er> jen XL I tv. 2) and) bie $Sefd)tt)6rnngcn nnb ©egnnngcn ber ^trd)e. 2. SBaruttt ttierbctt foldfte ^inoc ®a!rattteitta(iett o^ttJinttt ? •©ie tDerben ©aframentalien genannt, tDeil fie ben ©afra^ ntenten a^nltc^, tnenn gteid) tDefentlid^ t)on iljnen unterfdjeiben ftnb. t3. 29Sic tttttcrfti^ctbctt ftd^ bie (Bafxamtialmx t>on bctt ®afra= titetttett ? 1) S)te (Saframente [inb t)on 6f)rt[tng fetbft eingefe^t; bie ©aframentalien t)on ber ^ird)e, bie Don 6^riftu§ baju bet)oU== mad)tigt ift ; — 128 — 1 10. What should we think of mixed marriages; that is, mar- riages contracted between Catholics and non-Catholics? For just- and weighty reasons the Church has at all times disapproved of them, and she permits them only on certain conditions, namely : 1, That the Catholic party be allowed the free exer- cise of religion ; and, 2, That all the children be baptized and brought up in the Catholic religion. Mixed marriages are never contracted or blessed in the church. In case one party is not even baptized, this should be made known before, for it is an impediment that makes marriage null. Application. In the choice of a state of life consult, above all things, God and the salvation of your soul. Should you, after mature deliberation, believe yourself called to the married state, prepare yourself for it by earnest prayer, and the worthy reception of the sacraments; ask your parents' ad- vice, and consult not the promptings of passion. Be careful not to follow those who, by sin and vice, draw the curse of God upon their heads. SACRAMENTALS. 1. What do you mean by sacramentals? By sacramentals I mean : 1, All things blessed or consecrated by the Church for the divine service, or for our own pious use, as holy water, oil, salt, palms, candles, etc. ; 2, Also the exorcisms, blessings, and consecrations used by the Church. 2. Why are such things called sacramentals? They are called sacramentals because they resemble the sacraments, though essentially different from them. ts. What is the difference between sacramentals and the sacraments? I, The sacraments were instituted by Christ Himself; the sacramentals by the Church, which has received the power from Christ to do so; — 129 — 2) bte ©aframente.tDirlen innere ,£)ei(igung burd) bie iljnen t)on ®ott Derliefjcne Straft ; bie ©aframentalien t)er(eit)en be- jonbere §u(fe an Seib unb @ee(e buret) bie giirbitte unb ©eg^ ttung ber ^ird)e. 4. SBarum fottcn mit bie ©aframcutalictt aubdcS^tiij gcBraiftictt ? SSeil tt)ir burc!^ fie tfjeit^aftig tDcrbcn be<3 ©egen§ ©otteg unb beg ®ebete§ ber ganjen Sl'ircf)e, in beren Xiamen ber ^rie^ fter wdtjt unb jegnet. t 5» §at bcnit ba^ @e6et ber ^irr^e eine Befonbere ®raft ? Sa, ha§ ©ebet ber ^irc^e l)at eine befonbere Slraft, treil it)r ®ebet immer mit bem ©ebete Sefu unb feiner .^eiligen ty^x^ einigt ift. 1 6* Urn toa§ ]6etet bie S^ird^e oettJiil)tt(i(f|, totnn fie itiei^et ober fegnet ? @ie betet um 2lbn:)enbung ber gottlic^en @tra|gerid)te, nm ©d)u| gegen hm bojen geinb, um grieben, ©egen, 2So^Ifat)rt beg Seibeg unb ber ©eele, 7. SBie foKen ttiit: in^Befaitbere ba^ aSeiljUJaffer oeBraut^en ? S)er fromme ©£)ri[t nimmt SScitjU^affer fon)o(}[ gu .^aufe a(§ in ber S^iri^e unb fegnet fid), um uon ®ott immer me^r gereinigt nub gegen alleg 536fe bcfdjiit^t §u merben. 9^u^anincnl)Uttg. — ©e^taud^e bte t)on ber ^tr(fie getneifiten S)tn9e, na* mentltc^ ba§ SSeiT^tnaffet mit geBiil^tenber S^^tfutd^t unb 3lnba(^t im S5er* txauen auf ©ott unb ba§ ©ebet unb ben ©egen ber !at]&o(if(^en ^ird^e. ^om OeBctc. 1. ^a§ ift bo^ ®eBet ? S)ag ®ebet ift eine (Srt)ebung beg ®emut^e§ ju ®ott, um ®ott ju loben, i^m ju banfen ober i^n um eine &naO^ ju bitten, ^a^er ba§ i^ o 16^ S) a n !^ S3 i 1 1 geBet, 2* 3ft t>a§ @eBet aur Seligfeit ttotfttuenbio ? S)ag (Sebet ift not^raenbig ^ur ©eligfeit fiir StUe, bie ben I)inlanglic^en ©ebrauc^ ber Sernunft Ijabcn. — 129 — 2, The sacraments effect interior holiness by the power which God gave them ; the sacramentals benefit soul and body by the prayers and blessings of the Church. 4. Why should we make a devout use of sacramentals? Because through the sacramentals we have a part in the prayers and blessings of the entire Church, in whose name the priest consecrates and blesses them. t 5. Have the prayers of the Church a special power? Yes, the prayers of the Church have a special power, because her "prayers are united with the prayers of Jesus Christ and of His Saints. t 6. What does the Church usually pray for when she conse- crates or blesses? For the averting of God's judgments, for protection against the devil, for the peace, the blessing, and the wel- fare of soul and body, etc. 7. What use should we make of holy water? As pious Christians we should bless ourselves wuth holy w^ater, not only on entering and leaving the church, but also at home, praying that we may be made more and more pure, and be protected against all evil. Application. Make a devout use of all things blessed by the Church, especially of holy water, relying with confidence on God's bounty and the prayers and blessings of His Church. PRAYER. 1. What is prayer? Prayer is the raising up of our minds and hearts to God, to praise Him, to thank Him, or to beg His grace. »Hence the names : prayer of praise, prayer of thanksgiv- ing, prayer of petition. 2. Is prayer necessary for salvation? Yes, prayer is necessary for salvation to all who have the use of reason. — 130 — t 3. aSSantm ift \>a§ (^cM iiotlitoenbig ? 1) SSeil tDir e§ ®ott bem l)DcI)ften 9Se[en f(f)utbtt] [inb; 2) tDetl ®l)rt[tug e§ befof)len unb burd^ feiti SeijpicI ge== Iel)rt t)at; 3) tDcil tt)tr oI)ne ba§ ©ebet bte nott)tt)enbigen ©itaben md)t ert)a(ten, urn im ®uten 511 bet)arren bt§ an§> (Snbe. „S5tttet, fo tDtrb eud) gegeBen tnerben; fud^et fo toerbet tl^r finben; !to|)fet an, fo totrb eud^ aufget^an." Suf. 11, 9. 1 4» ^clrfje^ ftnb bie tionte^mftcn fyritr^tc be;§ (55cBetc§ ? S)a§ ®ebet, 1) t)ereinitjt mit ®ott unb er^ebt §um ^immtifc^en; 2) ftarft iDiber ba§ Soje unb frciftigt §um ®utcn; 3) erlanc^t 2;roft in Xriibjal, ^iitfe in ber Scott) unb bie ©nabe ber Setjarrtic^feit biiS gum Sobe. b. aSic miiffcn mir Betcit, bantit uttfcr ©cBet (3ott tjefatte ? SSir miiffcn bctcn 1) mit 2lnbac!)t, 2) mit ©emutf), 3) mit SSertrauen, 4) mit (Srcjebung in bm SBillcn ©ottco, 5) mit S3et)arr(icijteit. 6. ^ann Betcn mir mit 5(uba^t ? SSenn tuir t)on e^er.^en beten unb alle jerftreuenbcn ®c^ banfen na6) ^rciften meiben. 3efu§ fagte t)on ben 5>5atifaern : „S)te§ S5oI! e^ret mid^ mit ben Sip:pen, al6et i%x §era ift njeit t)on mir." matif). 15, 8. 7* SBa^ fotten tuir t^un, ttm mit ^Inbat^t 511 Betcn ? S5or bem ®ebete follcn mir uuio fammetn t)or ®ott, an feine ®egenmart benfen unb enrdgen, ba^ tviv jn bem SlUer- ^od)ften reben iDoIIen. „^^e hii Beteft, Bereite bi(^ bagu unb fei nic^t ttiie ein 5Jicn](^, ber ©ott m\vL^i/' (Sir, 18, 23, t 8» (Sittb bie ^cfftrenuttgen im @ebctc immer Siinbc ? @ie ftnb nur bann Siinbe, menu man fclbft @ii)ulb baran ift, ober fie freimillig jnldBt. 9» ^ann Bctcn itjir mit ^cmnti) ? 2Senn U)ir mit bem Scmu^tfein unferer @{i)n:)ad)I)eit unb Untt)urbig!eit beten. — 130 — t3« Why is prayer necessary? 1, Because we owe it to God, the Supreme Being; 2, Because it is commanded by Our Lord and taught us by His example ; 3, Because without prayer we shall not obtain the graces necessary to persevere to the end. *'Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and you shall find; knock, and it shall be opened to you." St. Luke xi. 9. 1 4. What are the principal fruits of prayer? Prayer, 1, Unites us to God and raises our minds to heaven; 2, It strengthens us against evil, and gives us power for good; 3, It afifords us comfort in adversity, help in need, and the grace of perseverance unto death. 5. How must we pray that our prayer may be pleasing to God? We must pray, i, with devotion; 2, with humility; 3, wnth confidence; 4, with resignation to the w^ill of God; and, 5, w^ith perseverance. 6. When do we pray with devotion ? We pray with devotion when we pray from the heart, and avoid all distracting thoughts as much as possible. Jesus said of the Pharisees: "This people honoreth Me with their lips, but their heart is far from Me.'* St. Matt. xv. 8. 7. What must we do that we may pray with devotion? Before prayer we should banish all worldly thoughts, be mindful of God's presence, and consider that we are about to address the Almighty. "Before prayer prepare, thy soul, and be not as a man that temptetb God." Eccl. xviii. 22^. fS. Are all the distractions in prayer sinful? Distractions are sinful only when we ourselves are the cause of them, or wilfully entertain them. 9. When do we pray with humility ? We pray with humility when we pray with a deep sense of our w^eakness and unworthiness. 131 „^a§ (3tM be§ 2)emut5tGen bringt buri^ bie SSoIIen/ (Sir. 18, 26. S)8r ^pi^atifder unb ber SoIIner. £uL 18. 10» 935atttt Bctctt ttJir ttttt Sertraucn ? SSenn tDir guuerfic^tlii^ l)o[fen, ba^ ®ott un[er ©ebet er^ f)6ren raerbe, tDofern eg ju feiner (St)re unb unjerm §etle ge== reidjt. 30!. 1, 6. u. 7. 11. fflSarum foUen tt3ir biefe 3wt>crft^t IftaBctt ? SSeit ®ott un§ er^oren faun unb nac^ jeiner QJertjeiBung um Sefu tPtUen aucf) ert)Dren iDitt. „2Bal^tU(5, ItJa^rlid^ fage td^ eut^, menn t^t ben SSater in nteinem ^Jlamen urn eth)a§ IDitten tDerbet, f o ItJirb er e§ eud^ geBen." ^o^* 16, 23. 12. SBatttt ift Uttfer @cBct gottcrgcbctt ? 2Senn tt)ir e§ ®ott iiberlaffen, ttiann unb rate er un§ ju ert)6ren fixr gut finbet. ^SSatex nii^t mein, fonbern bein SBiHe geft^d^e." Su!. 22, 42. 13. aSann ift unfcr @cBct bct)arrlic^ ? SSenn rt)ir bat)on nicf)t abftet)en, obtDoI}! mir feine ©rftfi- rung getDat)r tDerben, fonbern um f o eifrtger §u beten fortfal)rcn. 2:a§ !anandijc^e 23eiB. Tlaii^, 15. ^ParaBet tjon ben brei ^roben. Su!. 11. 1 14* aSarum cr^altcn ttitr nit^t immer um tnai^ ttiir ^ctcn ? 1) (SnttDeber tueil tuir nid)t reci)t beten, ober 2) raeit ba§, tnaS tDtr begel)ren, un^o ntd)t ^eilfam ift, ober 3) roeit iDir im ©ebete nid^t t)erf)arren. 15. aSann foUett tuir Beten ? S^riftu§ fagt, ha^ man attejeit beten unb nidjt nad)Iaffen miiffe. 2nt 18, i, unb ber l^eit. ^aulug fagt: 93ctet o^ne Unterlafe. i. S^eff. 5, 17. 1 16. ^ic ift e^ tttogtii^ altcscit 5tt Beten ? 3Sir beten atlejeit, tDenn tt)ir iifter^ ^erj unb ©ebanfen ^^u ©ott er()ebcn unb it)m aUe Slrbeiten, ^eiben unb greuben anfopfcrn unb nac^ d^riftltd)em ©ebraud) unfere tdgltd^en @e^ bete oerridjten. — 131 — "The pra3'er of him that humbleth himself shall pierce the clouds." Eccl. XXXV. 21. Example, ihe Pharisee and the Publican. St. Luke xviii. 12. When do we pray with confidence? We pray with confidence when we firmly hope that God will hear our prayer, so far as it tends to His honor and to our salvation. St. James i. 6, 7. II. Why should we hope that God will hear our prayer? Because God can grant us all good things, and for Jesus' sake will do so. **Amen, Amen, I say to you, if you ask the Father anything in My name, He will give it to you." St. John xvi. 2^- 13. When do we pray with resignation to the will of God? We pray with resignation to the will of God when we submit to God's will as to how and when He will grant what we pray for. "Father, not my will, but Thine be done." St. Luke xxii. 42. 10. When do we pi«ay with perseverance ? We pray w^ith perseverance when we do not cease to pray, although God seems not to heed us, but continue to pray the more fervently. Examples. The woman of Chanaan. St. Matt. xv. Parable of the friend who asks for three loaves. St. Luke xi. 1 14. But why do we not always obtain what we ask for? We do not always obtain what we ask for, 1, Either because we do not pray as we ought; or, 2, Because we ask for what is a hindrance to our sal- vation; or, 3, Because we do not persevere in praying. 15. When ought we to pray? Our Divine Lord says : "We ought always to pray and not to faint.'' St. Luke xviii. i. St. Paul says: 'Tray without ceasing.'' i Thess. v. 17. 1 16. Is it possible to pray always? Yes ; w^e pray always when we frequently raise up our minds and hearts to God ; when we offer Him all our la- bors, sufferings, and pleasures, and are faithful in per- forming our daily devotions. — 132 — 17» aSantt fottctt ttJir Bcfonbcrig Bctcn ? 1) 93eim ©ottesbicnftc in bcr Stirc^e, 93?orgen§ unb 5lbenb§, t)or unb nad) bem (Sffen unb fieim 3^W)cn bcr 53ctg(oc!e; 2) in 35Grfucf)ungen, in bcfonbern unb allgcmeinen 2lnlie== gen unb Srangfalen. 1 18. 2Sarum foffcn totr Bcfonbcr^ in ber ^trri^e Bctcn ? 2SctI bie ^ircl)e bag ^au<3 bc§ ©cbetcg unb t)0^ug§tr)eife bte 93o^nung ©otteg ift, tDO er bcfonbcr^ fcine ©naben aii§^ tt)eilt unb tDO un^ 3tIIe§ mcljr gum ©ebete ftimmt 19» §ur ttJCtt foflctt toir Betcn ? giir aUe 2}Zenfd)en, ^^rcunbe unb getnbe, Se&enbige unb 2l6geftor6cne, t)orsugUc^ aucr, 1) fiir ©Item, Slngetjortge unb SSotjItljatcr; 2) fiir bie geiftUcIjen unb tDeltUdjen SJorgcjc^tcn; 3) fiir bie ©iinber unb Sebrangten, Slu^antucniJung. — SBebenJe, lt)te glMIic^ hn Hft, ha% hn, ein SBurni bet ®rbe unb ein armet Siinbet, nttt ©ott bent 5lEer:^o(^ften, tote ein ^tnb mtt fetnem Satet teben barfft ! S)a§ @eBet ift erne unerfc^o^flidCje Quefle oIIe§ @uten. Sete oft unb Bete getne, al6er tmntet nttt ^Inbac^t, gu ^aufc unb in ber ^ird^e. 2Bdt)renb be§ 2;age§ ex^eBe einigemat bein Geniiitl^ gu ©ott* § L S^ott bcm (Sebcte bc0 ^crrn* 20. T^ddjt^ ift ba§ tJortreffHc^ftc (Sebct ? S)ag t)Drtrcfflidj[te ©ebet ift ba§ S3ater Unfer, ober ba§ ©cbet hc§ ,^errn. 21. 953arum ttJirb ba§ Skater Unfcr ba!§ (3cUt bc^ ^crrit gcnannt? 23ci( SljriftuS ber ^err eS getel)rt unb ju beteu befoljicn f)at 3n bet ^erg^rebtgt. ^att]§, 6. Siej^e ha^ ^atcr Unfer tiorn Bei ben ©eBeten. (6ette 7,) 22* SSurau^ Beftcf)t ba^ Skater Uitfer ? 2(u§ eincr 2(nrebe unb fieben Sitten. 23^ aSSic lanttt hit 5lnrebc ? ,,95ater Unfcr, bcr bu bift im ^immel-' 24^ 5ttt ma^ erimtert un§ ha^ ^ovt ^aitv? ©af3 ©ott unfcr 25ater ift, unb bafs tt)ir alfo mtt linb- Iid)er (g^rfurd)t, Siebe unb 3ut)erfic^t ju il)m betcn foUen. — 132 — 17- When are we to pray in a special manner? We are to pray in a special manner, i, during divine service in the church; in the morning and at night; be- fore and after meals ; when the Angelus bell rings ; 2, In time of temptation and of need, and during pri- vate and public calamities. 1 18. Why should we especially pray in church? We should especially pray in church, because the church is the house of God and of prayer, where God most read- ily grants His favors, and where all we see and hear dis- poses us for prayer. ig. For whom must we pray? We must pray for all mankind, friends and enemies, for the living and the dead ; particularly, 1, For our parents, relatives, and benefactors ; 2, For our spiritual and temporal superiors ; 3, For sinners and all in need. Application. Consider how happy you are that a'ou, a miserable worm of the earth and a sinful creature, are allowed to speak to God, the Most High, as a child speaks to its father. Prayer is an inexhaustible fountain of all good. Pray, therefore, often and willingly, both at home and in church. In the course of the day now and then raise your mind and heart to God. § I. The Lord's Prayer. 20. Which is the most excellent of all prayers? The most excellent of all prayers is the Our Father, or the Lord's Prayer. 21. Why is the Our Father called the Lord's Prayer? Because Christ Our Lord made it, and commanded us to say it. St. Alatt. vi. See the Our Father, page 144. 22. What does the Lord's Prayer contain? The Lord's Prayer contains a short preface and seven petitions. 23. What do you call the preface of the Lord's Prayer? These words: ''Our Father zuho art in heaven!' 24. Of what does the word Father remind us? The word Father reminds us that God is our Father, and that we ought to pray to Him with childlike rever- ence, love, and confidence. — 133 — 25^ SSarunt fagen ttiir uitfcr nn\> nxd]t met it SJatcr? 2Sci( ©ott bcr Skater a 11 c r SDZcnicfjcu ift unb w'vc barum 9t[Ic iDic Sriibcr einanber licbcn unb fiir einanber beten joUcn. 2Q. Sl^arunt fiioctt toiv f\in^n: f/^ev hn U)t tm §tntme("? Urn un^ §11 ertnncrn, ha'\^ roir bcim Setcn itnfer ^erj 'coni SrbifcIjGn 511m §immel erf)eben miiffcu. 27» 2Sa§ Bcgc^rcit njtr in bcr crftett ^tttc : ,,@c^et(tget tocrbc betn dlamc ? 93ir bitten, bafs ber 9tame @ottc§ ntcmate entf)eiltgct nnb fletaftert unb bafj ©ott Don nn^$ unb alien S^enjcljen melir er^ fannt, gelobt unb t)erl)errlid)t toerbe. 28* SSSaig Bcge^rctt mir ttt bcr attJCttcn S3itte : „Svitommt un§ beiit 9^ci^ r 93ir bitten, 1) baB ©ott burd^ jeine ©nabe unb Siebe in aUcn ^erjen f)err[c^en moge; 2) ba^ iDir 2IIle ein[t in ha§ 5Rcicf) ber ^immel gelangen ntfigen. 29. aSa^ fiegcfjrctt mir ht ber brtttett Sttte : ,/^dn ^iUt qc^^ti}C, toic im §imme( alfu auc^ auf ©rbcit" ? SSir bitten, ha% tuir unb atle 9Ken[cl]en auf @rben hen SBiUen ©otte^ fo treu unb freubig erfiiUen uiogen, tDie bie (Sngel unb |)eiligen im 4^imme(. 30* ^a§ Begefirctt ttiir itt ber titertett ^xttc : „&ih nn§ l^cute uttfer taglic^e^ S3rob" ? 2Sir bitten, baB un§ ©ott 5lQe§ geben tDotte, tpag totr tag- lid^ fur £etb unb ©eele bebiirfen. t 31» aSaruttt fagett ttitr ,fytnic mtb taglicS^"? 3Seil n)ir ©ott a ( I e Sage urn bag 9?o t f) tt) e n b i g e bitten foUen unb nidjt fiir Ueberfliiffigeg. 1, 2:in:* 6, 8, 32^ 9!8a§ Bcgel^rett totr tit ber fititfteit SBttte : ,,SergtB ttit§ uitfere ©(^ttlbcii, toie anc^ mir ticrgcbcit uitferit Srfjulbtgerit" ? 2Sir bitten, bafs un§ ©ott unfere ©iinben fo t)er3eil)en tDotle, tDie tx)ir benen t)er5ei^en, bie ung beleibigt i)abeu. @Iei(^nt§ tjom iinBarml^ersigen ^ned^te, ^Jlattl^. 18» — 133 — 25. Why do we say our Father, and not my Father? We say our Father, because God is the Father of all men ; and we, as His children, should love one another as brethren, and pray for one another. 26. Why do we add: "Who art in heaven"? To call to our mind that, being but pilgrims on earth, we are to detach our hearts from earth, and raise them to heaven, our true home. 27. What do we ask for in the first petition: "Hallowed be Thy name"? In the first petition we ask that God may be better known, loved, and honored by us and by all men, and that His holy name may never be profaned or blasphemed. 28. What do we ask for in the second petition: "Thy kingdom come"? In the second petition we ask, 1, That God by His grace and love may reign in our hearts ; 2, That after this life He may admit us all into the kingdom of heaven. 29. What do we ask for in the third petition: "Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven"? In the third petition we ask that we and all miCn may do the will of God on earth, as faithfully and cheerfully as the angels and saints do it in heaven. 30. What do we ask for in the fourth petition: "Give us this day our daily bread"? In the fourth petition we ask that God would give us ,all that is daily necessary for soul and body. tsi. Why do we say: "this day" and "daily"? We say ''this day'' and ''daily' because we ought each day to ask for only that which is necessary, not for what is superfluous. 32. What do we ask for in the fifth petition: "Forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us"? In the fifth petition we ask that God would so forgive us all our sins as we forgive them who have offended us. Example. Parable of the wicked servant. St. Matt, xviii. — 134 — 33» tffiag Bencljrcn ttiir in ber fcd^ftcn 23ittc : ^fjii^rc un^ tttdjt in 9Sir bitten, bafe ©ott bie SSerfurfjungen ,^um 936icn t)on iin^ abmenbe, ober bocf) fraftige ®nabe Derlei^e, benfelben ^u tDibcrfteljcn. t 34* SSarum Vd^t &vtt 5U, baf^ tnir bcrfut^t ttjcrbctt ? 1) Urn un^ in ber Semntl) unb SSac^jamfett gn erf)alten; 2) um nnfern Sncjenbcifcr unb unjere 3Serbten|te ju Der= mcljrcn. ^rmtt^. 26, 4i. Sd. i, 12. 35» ^a§ bege^ren mir in ber fiebentctt S5itte : „©ottbcttt erliifc nn§ Dou bem Ucbcl" ? 2Bir bitten, ban @ott un^o t)or alien Uebein be{)uten tt)oIIe, befonber^S Dor ber Siiube unb ber emigen 33erbammm§. 36. SSarum fcl^cn ttJir fjhi^n : ;,^ntctt" ? 23ir fe^en I)in5U St men, ober ®§ gefc^e{)e, um ba- burCi) unjer 95erlangen unb unjere ^ojtnung aus^jubriiden, Don @ott erljort §u loerben. IRu^ontncnbuna. — S5errt(5te ha^ ©eBet be§ §ertn tmmet mit ^l^rer= Bteticjteit, Slufmerffairifeit unb ^2lnba(^t unb benfe, ha^ 3efu§, ber un§ bie'» @ebet gelel^rt l^at, mit unb fur un§ Betet. 6ine fel)r gute Uebung tft e§, bis* tueilen bQ§ 35ater Unfer tnte anbere ©ebete ted^t langfant Ifiergufagen, fo bag man iiber bie einaelnen SBortet ober ©d^e ettoag nad^benft unb fie ju ^er^en nimmt. § 2. SBott itm englifd^ctt @ru||e* 37. 2Bo§ fiir tin @ebet fiigcn ttiir fatfjunfr^c G^^riftcn gcttJiJ^nnt^ bcm Skater Unfer bei? S)en englifc^en ®rufe ober ha§ 51 De 9J?arta, tDomit D:)tr bie atlerieligfte Sungfrau 3J?aria Dereljren unb anrufen. „^enn fieT^e, t)on nun an toerben ntit^ felig |)rei|en aEe ©efc^Iet^ter." Su!. J, 48. 38. SSiie biele S^eUe entpit ber englifti^e ^rng ? 3toei S(}etle: ein Sob- unb ein Sittgebet. 39* aSoran^ bcfte^t ha§ Sobgebct ? 1) Slug hm SSorten beg ©rjengeig ©abriel: „(55egruJ3et — 134 — 33. What do we ask for in the sixth petition: "Lead us not into temptation"? In the sixth petition we ask that God would remove from us all temptations and dangers of sin, or at least give us grace to resist them. t34. Why does God allow us to be tempted? God allows us to be tempted 1, To keep us humble and watchful; 2, To increase our merits and our zeal for virtue, St. Matt. xxvi. 41 ; St. James i. 12. 35. What do we ask for in the seventh petition: "But deliver us from evil"? ' In the seventh petition we ask that God would preserve us from all evil of body and soul, especially from sin and eternal perdition. 36. Why do we add the word "Amen"? We add ''Amen/' or ''So he it/' to express our ardent desire and our confidence of being heard. .Application. Always say the Lord's Prayer with great attention, re- spect, and devotion, remembering that Our Lord, who taught us this prayer, prays with and for us. It is a good practise occasionally to recite slowly the Lord's Prayer, pondering on the words or petitions as we proceed. § 2. The Angelical Salutation. 37. What prayer do Catholics usually say after the Our Father? The prayer said in honor of the Mother of God, and called the Angelical Salutation, or ''Hail Mary,'' (Seep. 144.) "For behold, henceforth all generations shall call me blessed." St. Luke i. 48. 38. How many parts has the "Hail Mary"? The "Hail Mary" has two parts : a prayer of praise and a prayer of petition. 39. Of what is the prayer of praise composed? I, Of the words of the Archangel Gabriel: ''Hail — 135 — feift bu (SKaria), t)olI ber ©naben, ber ,^err ift mit bir; bu bift gebenebeiet uitter ben SSetbern;" Suf. i, 28. 2) au^3 ben Shorten ber l^eiL (Sltjabett): „Unb gebenebeit ift bie gTUcIjt beine^ Seibeg^' (Seju^). 2nt i, 42. 40» aSarum ncnnen toir 93larta „t)oU ber ©nabcn" ? ^eit SJcaria, 1) frfjon t)or i^rer ®eburt mit ®naben erfiillt wax; 2) an ©naben ftet^ ^ugenommen; 3j ben Urf)eber ber ®naben geboren Ijat, 41» 993atum fagett ttJtr ,,bcr ^crr ift titit bit" ? 9Seit bie allerfeligfte Sungfran Tlaxxa fd)on auf Grben mit @ott innigft t)ereinigt mar unb je^t im ^immel, aU$ £6nigin alter .^eiligen, junac^ft am St)rone ©otteS fteljt. 42. aSarum fagcit toiv : „^n Btft gcBcncbcit wntcr ben S3cibcrn" ? SSir benebcien nnb ):)reiicn SKaria, meit ©ott [ie tiorSiKen tf)re55 ©efc^Iecfiteg §ur jungfrdulid)en ©otte^mutter ermdljlt Ijat. 43. aSJarum fc^ctt toiv l^in^n: „®eficttebcit ift hie Jyrut^t bcinei^ Seibc^ Scfuo" ? Um anjiibeuten, 1) baB iviv bie SKuttcr um be^' gottlic^en ©ofjueS toillen lobpreijen, unb 2) baB bie 95eref)rung 9Jtarien^ t)on ber 5Inbetung Seju 6t)rifti unsertrennlicf) ift 44. 23?otau^ Befte^t ha§ mttqtUt ? 5(u§ ben SSorten, n)elct)e bie ^irc^e t)in^ugefitgt ^at: ^ei- lige 9}?aria, SJcutter ©otteg, bitte fiir unio ©iinber, jet^t unb in ber ©tunbe unfere^ Sobe^. 9(mem 45. aaSarum f)at bcntt hk Uixd\t biefc SBortc Ijingugcfiiot ? Samit tt)ir bie glorreidje 5Kutter ©ottc^^ 93faria, um ibre ^iirbitte anrufen in alien SIntiegen beg Sebeni3 unb befonberg fiir bie Stunbe unfere^ 2rbfterben§. 46. 2Ba§ Bctcttttatt, ttJenn attt^orgett, Wittaci unb 5lBcnb ^im 5lt>e : ober engUfrfien ©rufe geliiutet ttiirb ? „^m @ngel beg §errn." ©ie§e tffens=(£rforfcIjung. ^en!e jc^t ernftlidf) nacf), n?ann unb tote bu ba§ le^te Ttal gebeic^tet, itnb d6 bu bie auferleijte SSufee t)ernd)tet l^aft. 2)ann erforjc^e betn <55en)if]cn naci) ben ©eboten ®otte§ unb ber £irc^e unb ben fiebcn ^au))tfunben. ©egctt ba^ 1. ©cbot @ottei§. ^abe id) an etner ©lauben^Ie^re freimiflig geameifelt ober ©^otteleien gegen bie 3ieUgion gern angel)brt? — ^abt id) t)er= tnejjentli^ auf bie Sarmf)er3igteit ®otte§ gefiinbigt? — ^abe id) tinterlafjen, ©lauben, C>^ff"ui^9 ^^^^ Siebe an enneden? — ^aht ic& tnein 9DlDrgen=, ?Ibenb=^ unb 2:iic^gebet unterlafjen, ober unanbdd)tig t)errid)tct? — ^dbt id) mid) gefd^dmt, ba§ ^reus gu madden, 2BetI)= tnajfer ju ne^men, betm ©ebetc su fnieen, bie ^anhz gu fallen, 11. ]. m. ? @egcn ba^ 2. ©cBut @ottc^. §abe i(^ bie I)eiligen DIamen ©ott, ^t]n^, 3Raxxa u. bgl. une^rerbietig au§gelprod)Gn? — ^abe id^ an^ 3orn ober Ungebulb bie SBorte „@aframent, toug, C^immel" u. bgl au^^geftogen? — ^aU iii) falfi^ ober leii^tfertig gefi^moren? — ^aht ui) loiber ©ottt ^emurrt ober geflagt? — ^aht id) t)on l)ciligen 2)ingcn ober 6ere- tnonien t)erdd)tli^ gerebet? 138 i PRAYERS BEFORE AND AFTER CONFESSiON. PREPARATION FOR CONFESSION. Prayer to the Holy Ghost. O God, my merciful Father! I come to' Thee with the sincere will to make a good confession of my sins, that in Thy mercy and love Thou mayest receive me again as Thy beloved child. But as I am unable to do anything without Thy divine help, I earnestly beseech Thee to have pity on me, and to send the Holy Ghost with His assisting grace into my poor heart. Come, O Holy Ghost! enlighten my mind, that I may clearly know my sins ; and move m^y heart, that I may sin- cerely repent of them, confess them, and amend my life. Our Father, Hail Mary, etc. EXAMINATION OF CONSCIENCE. Seriously reflect when and how you made your last confes- sion, and whether you did the penance then given you by your confessor. Recall the Commandments of God and of the Church, and the seven deadly sins, so as to know in what way and how often you have offended God in thought or desire, in word, deed or omission. First Commandment of GodL Have I wilfully doubted in matters of faith, or taken pleasure in hearing our holy religion ridiculed ?— Have I sinned by presumption? — Have I neglected to say my morning and evening prayers, or said them without de- votion? — Have I been ashamed to make the sign of the cross, to take holy water, to kneel while praying? Second Commandment of God. Have I uttered the holy names of God, Jesus, Mary, etc.^ irreverently?— Have I cursed? sworn falsely or in trivial matters ?— Have I murmured against God ? spoken with contempt of holy things and ceremonies? 138 — 139 — ©coctt ha§ 3. @cbot &otxt§. §qBc ii) an ©onn* ober ^Jeiertagen bic l^eiligc 3)tt[fe ober bie Kl&ri[lenlel)re tjerfdumt, ober bin ic^ bnx6) meine (Sd)ulb 311 Jpdt gefommen? — ^abt \d} tt)Q!)renb bey ©otte§bienfte§ an anbere ®inge gebac^t, gejc^md^t, gelad^t, um^ergefd^aiit, 3Inbere geftort? ©cgctt \>a§ 4* @cBot @ottc^. 95in t(^ gegen SItern, Sefirer ober anbere Sorgeiefete grob unt tro^ig ober ungeI)or]am unb miberjpenftig gciDcjen ? — ^aht id) fie fc^toer beletbigt, betriibt ober ersiirnt? — ^abt xdj fogar xtjxt @r:= ma^nungen t)era(^tet il^nen Sofe§ geinunfd^t, fiber jie gefc^impft, ober gar bie ^anb gegen fie aufge^oben? — ^aht id) alte 2eute t)erfpotlet? C)abe ic^ ?Inbern, and) ®ef(^n)iftern, @d)impfnamen gegeben, mit tl^nen ge^anft, 1 e gefd^Iagen ober mit ©te'-nen nad) i£)nen geraorfen? — 2Sar ii^ gegen bie Sienftboten grob unb unartig, gegen arme Seute liebloy unb I)art? — 2Bar xij eigenfinnig, unoertraglid^, feinb* fclig? — ^dbt xij 3lnbere baburi^ ^um S^^^ gereigt? — 2Sar ii) uniniflig, gornig, rad^gierig? — ^abt id^ gluc^morte ober 35ertt)un=' fd&ungen gegen mii^ unb anbere au^gefto^en? — ^abt xi) mxdj o^nc 9JotI) einer 2eben§gefa^r au^gefefet? — ^ah^ xij cin arme§ %^n tnutf)millig gequdlt? — ^abt uij ?lnbere gum Sofen tjerleitet ober Derleiten moflen? — ^abt xi) 9lnbern gum 93bfen gef)olfen, obei iDenn fie SSofe^ gett)an £)aben, fie gelobt, if)nen 3t^i}i gegeben? — ^aU id) ?lnbere burc^ 2Bort ober Seifpiel 33ofe§ gelel^rt? — ^abt ii^ Streit unb ^dnbel geftiftet? ©cgctt ha§ 6. nnb 9* ©cbot ®oitt§. §abc xij tivoa^ ®(^dnbli(^e§ ober Unef)rbare§ t)ortt)ifeig angc* f^aut/ ober freiimflig an fo etn)a§ gebai^t, baoon gerebet, gelefen, ober gem reben t)oren unb bagu gelad^t? — §abc id^ unanfldnbige ober unteuf(^e Segierben gel^abt? — 2Bar ic^ t)or anbern 5?inbern ober Seulen beim ?Iu§* unb SInfleiben nid^t fd^aml^aft genug? — ^abt xij mir unanftdnbige ^offen, ©piele ober fonftige tJred^ftetten an mir ober 3Inbern eriaubt? — SBin ic^ mit bofen ^amcrabcn umgegangen? _ 139 Third Commandment of God. Have I neglected Mass on Sundays or holy-days? — Have I been late for Mass through my own fault? — - Have I been wilfully distracted during Mass? spoken, laughed, gazed around, thus distracting others ? Fourth Commandment of God. Have I been rude and insolent, or disobedient and ob- stinate to my parents, teachers, or other superiors? — Have I offended, grieved, or angered them? — Have I despised their advice, wished them evil, insulted them, . and even lifted up my hand against them ? Fifth Commandment of God. Have I, with the intention of provoking them, given nicknames to others, even to my sisters and brothers? — Have I quarreled wuth them, struck, or injured them? — - Have I been rude and insolent towards servants? — Have I been unkind to the poor ? — Have I been stubborn, quarrelsome, and malicious? — Have I provoked others to anger? — Have I, without necessity, exposed my life? — Have I been cruel to animals ? — Have I induced others to do evil, or was it my desire to do so ? — Have I helped others to do wrong, or when they had done wrong, did I praise and justify them? — Have I given bad example to others by word or deed? — Have I caused others to quarrel ? Sixth and Ninth Commandments of God. Have I looked at immodest things, or thought, spoken, or read of them; and have I liked to hear of them? — Have I entertained immodest and impure desires ? — Have I acted immodestly before children or grown persona while I was dressing or undressing? — 140 — ©cgett ha§ 7. uttb 10. ©eBot &oite§. ^aU xi) Db[t, (Selb ober fonft thm§> 0eftot)len, ober ben SBiflen gel^abt 311 fte^Ieii ? — C)abe id) Don aiiDcrcn etraag ©efto{)Ieneg angenommen unb bet)aUen? — §abe ic^ etmay gefunben unb mi)i mzt)ic suriidgegeben? — C)abe id) ©i^aben augefiigt an SSiejen, Sdumen, S^iunen u. bgl.? — C>cibe i(^ of)ue aStfjen unb 28iIIen ber ©Item etiDQ^ t)er]d)enft ? ©egctt t>a§ 8. ©ebot ©ottc^. Oabe i(^ gelogen? — C^at meine 2uge S^nianben gefc^abet? — : Sfl Siigen eine meiner ®en)ol)n^eitsfiinben ? — ^aU id) ben 5ld(^flen falfd) DerHagl, ober bei 3lnbern t)ertleinerl? — ®efd)a^ bte§ an^ ■ ^a^ ober 3leib ? — ^aht ii) au^gefd^md^t, iDa§ xij l)dite Derjc^meigen foflen? ober I)abe i(^ umge!el)rt gu ben gel)lern gefd)tDiegcn, bie id) ben gltern ober Scf)rern Mtte angeigen follen? ®egctt btc ®ebote bcr ^ird^e. O^be id) an Derbotenen Sagen Slciu^ gegeffen? — %1:)ai id) bie^ an^ ®leid)gultigleit gegen ba» ®ebot ber ^ird)e ? ©cgctt bic §au^tfu::be«^ : ,28ari(^-ftoIa unb I)otfdrtig auf meine ®ef(^idli(ftfeit, meine £Ieiber, auf ben ©tanb ober 3ietd)tt)um meiner ©Hern? — 5Dleinte ic^ beffer gu jein al^ 9.lnbere, unb l^abe.id) jie beatialb t)erad)tet, berfpottet ober au§gelad)t? — Sernte ober betete i(^, nur um gelobt ober beIo[)nt an tncrben? -— 2B.U id) geigig, unb bel)ielt 3llle§ fiir mid), ot)ne ben ©e)d)miilern ober ben airmen etU)a§ niittl)eilen gu iDoIlen? — 2Sar id) neibijd), unb barum bofe unb tni^Dergniigt, n?enn 3lnbere gelobt tDurben, ober tpenn e^ i'^nen gut ging, — l^in- gegen frol), toenn jte ge[tratt inurben ober ©c^aben litten ? — SBar ti^ nnmd^ig im (£[jen unb S^rinfen, entmeber tDeil i(^ gu t)iel a^ ober Iran!, ober meil id) aUgu gierig af^, unb tt)a^ ber ®efunbf)eit fd)dblid) tnar, ober n^eil ic^ in ber §ife^ t)ineintrant ? — 2Sar ic^ im Serhen fa ur unb trdge? --- C>cibe id) bie geit mit Sliipiggang, ©pielen unb ^erumlaufen gugebrad}!? -^ ©abe id) o^ne Urfad)e bic ©d)ule iDcrfdumt, ober iDar id) in berjelben oljue glei^ unb 3Iufmerf= — UO — Seventh and Tenth Commandments o£ God. Have I stolen money, or anything else, or had I the will to steal ?— Have I received from others things that were stolen?— Have I kept things that were stolen?— Have I neglected to return things I had found?— Have I injured the property of others?— Have I made pres- ents without the knowledge and consent of my parents? Eighth Commandm.ent of God. Have I told lies?— Have I told lies that injured any one? — Is it not an habitual sin in me to tell lies? — Have I falsely accused my neighbor, or injured his good name? — Was this done out of hatred or envy? — Have I spoken of what I should have concealed? or have I been silent in regard to faults of which I should have informed my parents and teachers? Commandments of the Church. Have I eaten flesh meat on forbidden days? — Have T done so out of contempt or indifference for the com- mandments of the Church ? The Seven Deadly Sins. Have I been proud of my acquirements, my clothes, of the position and wealth of my parents? — Have I thought myself better than others, and have I, for that reason, despised them, mocked them, and laughed at them? — Have I studied and prayed only to be praised or rewarded? — Have I been avaricious, and have I kept everything for myself, without dividing it with my sis- ters and brothers, or the poor? — Have I been envious, and therefore angry and sad if others were praised or were successful, and on the contrary have I been glad when they were punished or suffered loss? — Have I been intemperate in eating and drinking, either eating or drinking too much, or eating with greediness, and drinking what was injurious to my health? — Have I been lazy in learning my lessons? — Have I spent my time in idleness, that is, in playing and running about? Have I, without sufficient reason, neglected school, or — 141 — fomfeit, unb fjtnberie an^ metne Wxi]i)ixkx im Semen burd^ ©(^mafeen unb mutt)tt)iflige§ 93elragen ? 2leue unb Dorfa^. ©rtDoge nun anbad^ttg, ntetn ^tnb, 1) 2Bie bu burc^ bie ©iinbe t)etbient l^aft, t)on ©ott in btefent unb in jenem SeBen geftxaft au ttjerben. S)en!e an ba§, toaS bie berbatnntten (Sngel unb !Ulcnf(^en in bet §oIIe, ober aud^ an ba§, U)a§ bie armen ©eelen im gegefeuex leiben muff em %^l tcie todre e§ bir ergangen, toenn @ott bi(^ eBen fo geftraft ptte? SBebenfe, toa^ bu nun t^un, oh bu nic^t !unftigl^in ein HeBe§, ge^otjame^ ^inb be§ ]^immlif(^en S5ater§ fein tootteft, bamit bu au(^ einften§ gu ^^m in h^n ^imrnel !ommeft« 2) ©telle bir 3efu§ ant ^reu^e Dot, toie ©t an §)dnben unb giigen ange* nagelt niit S)otnen geMnt, gang niit SBunben unb SBIut bebedt, fiit bicp leibet unb ftitBt ©iel^! mein ^inb, ha^ i^ahen beine (Siinben getl^an; benn unt beinet ©iinben U)iEen ntugte bcin lieBet ^eilanb fo S5iele§ leiben unb ant ^teuje ftetben* Unb e§ foEte bic^ nid§t f(5met3en, fie Ibegangenp l^aBen? 3) gtinnete bit^ au^ bst fo t)ielen unb gto^en S2}of)Itl§aten, mit benen ©ott bid§ iilbetpuft ]^at; U)ie ®t bit SeBen, ©ejunbl^eit, tdglit^e 5^a]^tung unb ^leibung, gute ©Itetn unb einen l^eitigen ©i^u^enget gegeBen; tuie bu e§ 31§nt aEein gu t)etban!en l^aft, ba^ bu nit^t ein ^eibe obet ^ube, fon* betn ein ^inb bet fieiligen fat^olifd^en ^ird^e U% O treld^' ein Bofeg, unban!bate§ ^inb tnii^tefi bu fein, tuenn bu fottfii^teft, einen jo unenb* lid§ UeBteid^en SSatet, bet gugleii^ ha^ pf^fte, Befte ©ut ift, gu Betei* bigen, unb bu ^^n nii^t einmal lieBen iDoEtefll — ^^ac^betn bu bie§ 5lEe§ ettoogen l^aft, ettoecte tnit aetfnitfc^tem ^etgen bie untjollfommene unb t)oE!otnntene ^Reue, h)ie ©eite 8, SBleiBt bit no(^ 3^^^ uBtig, jo Bete aud^ f olgenbe§ : D mein lieBfter ©ott unb ^eilanb, Sefu§ K^rifluy ! fie^ Da au ©einen ^iifeen ©ein arme§, jiinDige^ ^inb. 31^, mie mug trf) mid^ t)or ©einen 2lugen ji^dmen! S)u ^aft mir fo unau§i|)red)li(^ mel ©ule§ emiefen, bift felbjt t)om C>intmel auj biefe 6rbe gefommen, unb I)aft jo mele unb grofee ^^^eineu fiirniid) gelitten, enblid) ©ein Seben fiir mi^ l)ingegeben; unt) id) max fo unbanffcar, unb.{)a6e fo mel Sbfeg gegen ©i^ gett)an. C>titlefl bu mid) geftraft, tote ©u, gered)ter ®ott, bie bbfen (Sngel nac^ ber erften ©iin^e geftraft ^a\i, 0(^! toie ungliidlid) mxt ic^ jefet unb in alle ©raigfeit. ©u aber roarft immer unb bift no(^ je^t t)oller Siebe unb Sarmberaigfeit gegen mid), bein unbanfbare§ ^inb» O mein liebfter 3efu§, mt \ti)x f camera! eg mic^, ba| id^ ©ic^ fo oft unb fd)n)er beleibigt l)abe! — 141 — when at school, shown a want of diligence and atten- tion? and have I prevented others from learning their lessons by my talk and malicious conduct? CONSIDERATIONS TO EXCITE CONTRITION. 1. Consider, my child, that by sin you have deserved to be punished by Almighty God in this world and in the next. Remember what the lost angels and men suffer in hell, and what the poor souls in purgatory suffer. Alas! what would have become of you if God had punished you in like manner? Make up your mind what you will do; determine in future to be a good and obedient child of your heavenly Father, so that one day you may be with Him in heaven. 2. Represent to yourself Christ upon the cross. See how His hands and feet are fastened with nails; how He is crowned with thorns, covered with wounds and blood, and how He suffers and dies for you! Behold, my child! your sins have caused all this; for on account of your sins our blessed Lord had to suffer so much, and to die upon the cross. And are you therefore not sorry that you have committed them? 3. Remember also the many and great favors which God has bestowed upon you; how He has given you life, health, daily food and clothing, good parents, and a holy guardian angel; how thankful you should be to Him that you are not a pagan or a Jew, but a child of the holy Catholic Church! O, how wicked, how ungrateful a child would you not be, if you should continue to offend such an infinitely kind Father, who is at the same time our Sovereign and Best Good; and how wicked it would be for you not to love Him! After having reflected upon all this, make, with a penitent heart, an Act of Contrition (see page 146). If you have time, say the following Prayer. O my dearest Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ! be- hold at Thy feet Thy poor, sinful child. Alas ! I am ashamed before Thee ! Thou hast shown me so much kindness, didst come even from heaven into this world, to suffer so many pains and torments, and finally to give Thy life for me; and I have been so ungrateful, and have committed so many sins! If Thou hadst punished me, as Thou, O just Lord, didst punish the wicked angels after the first sin, alas ! how unhappy would I be now and for all eternity ! But Thou hast always been, and art yet, full of love and mercy towards me, Thy ungrateful child. O my Jesus, I am most heartily sorry for having offended Thee so often and so — U2 — Wxz je()r U)un]d)e id) jefet, 5iid), ba^ t)od)fle, Iieben§murbig[te (^iit, immer t)ou ^a^tn geliebt gu I)aben! — ^^ bitte S)ui) be^ tniit^igfl, mein ^ta unb C>^ii^nb, ®u tDofleft mir nun Qiitigft t)er^ei()en, uiib mic^ mieber in (Siiaben aufneljmen. S<^ l)al)e unb Derabjd)eue aUe meine ©iinben, unb Derfpred)e ®ir, mein ©ott, mid) Don nun tr)af)rl)aft gu befjern. S)i(^ mill i(^ fiinftig iiber 3llle» Ueben, unb aUe ®elegenl)eiten unb @qai)X gur ©iinbe piemen, bamit ic^ nii^t ba^ UuGliid t}ab^, loieber in bie alien ©iinben gu fallen. D ^eilige ^ungfrau unb DJIutter (Sotted, 9)laria ! bitte yti^i fiir mic^, bamit ic^ bieje I)eilige 53eic^te gut i)errid)te unb SSergei^ung mciuer ©iinben erlange. ©tel) mir auc^ bei, lieber ^ciliger ©d)ufe=^ engel, an'] ba^ ic^ i^on biefer ©tunbe an nic^t mel)r fiinbige, fonbern ein red)t frommea 2eben fiil)re. (Sebet xiad} 5er Betdjte* D ©ott unb Sater ! tnie gro^ i[t Seine ©iite gegen mid) ! 2)u t)ai"t mir urn ber 93crbien]"te ^efu SI)rifti millen burc^ ben DJ^unb be^ ^neftery, S)eine§ ©telloertreter^, bie Sosjpred^ung meiner ©iinbett ertl)eilt. 3^^ barf nun ^offen, tt)ieber ®ein liebeS, S)ir n)ol)Igefdllige^ ^int) 3U jein. ®anf. Sob unb ^rei§ jet S)ir, SSater ber ^arm--^ l)ersigteit, fiir biefe ]o gro^e, unt)erbiente ©nabe. 3^ ^iU biefelbe geiuig nid)t oergeffen unb mic^ forgfdltigft pten, ba^ ic^ ni(^t mel)r in bie alten ©iinben auriidfalle. ©egne, lieber l^immliid)er 33ater, biefen mcinen frommen SSorfa^ unb gieb mir ^raft, itin getreu gu t)alten bi§ in ben Sob. ^i) bitte ®i(^ barum inxd) ha^ Slut ^z]n G^rifti, bag am ^reuge fiir mic^ gepoffen i[t, unb burd) bie 33erbienfte feiner gnabenreic^en 931utter DJIaria unb aller lieben C>^il*i9^n. Slmen. (Erneuerung ber Caufgeliibbe, jur Befrdftigung bes in ber IjL Betd^te gemadjten Porfa^es. D ©ott ! burd) Seine erbarmenbe Siebe bin t(^ al§ ein f c^toat^e^^ unmiinbicieS ffinb in ber ^eiligen S^aufe t)on ©iinben gereinigt, gu Seinem ©benbilbe neu gef(^affen, burd) Seine ©nabe gefieiligt, unb in Seine fteilige Sird)e aufgenommen morben. greubig befcnne id) meinen ©lauben an Sid), o 35ater! an Seinen ©otin unb ben I}etligcn ©eift, unb mill in ber (Sinen, Ib^iligen, fatt)olifd)en birdie, gemd^ biejem I)eilig.en, aKeinjeligmai^enben ©lauben, leben unb fterben. — 142 - grievously ! I beseech Thee most humbly, my Lord and my Saviour, to forgive me, and to receive me again into Thy favor. I hate and detest all my sins, and promise Thee, O my God, to sin no more. I will in future love Thee above all things, and avoid all occasions and dan- gers of sin, so that I may not have the misfortune to fall again. O holy Virgin Alary, Mother of God, pray for me now, that I may make a good confession and obtain pardon of my sins. Assist me, my dear holy guardian angel, that from henceforth I may never sin again, but lead a good and pious life. Prayer after Confession. O my Lord and Father! how great is Thy goodness to me ! On account of the merits of Jesus Christ, Thou Tiast given m^e, through the words spoken by the priest, Thy representative, the absolution of all my sins ; I can now hope to be again Thy dear child. I thank and praise Thee, Father of mercy, for this great and unmerited grace ! I shall never forget it, and I shall be most careful not to fall back into the old sins. Bless, O heavenly Father, this my resolution, and give me strength to be faithful to it unto death. I ask this grace, through the hlood of Jesus Christ, shed for me upon the cross, and through the merits of Mary, His blessed Mother, and of all the saints. Amen. Renewal of the Baptismal Vows, to Strengthen the Resolu- tions made in the Sacrament of Penance. my God, through Thy merciful love, I, a weak child, was cleansed from sin in holy baptism, renewed according to Thy image, sanctified through Thy grace, and received into Thy holy Church ! 1 cheerfully confess my belief in Thee, O Father! in Thy Son, and in the Holy Ghost, and, according to this holy faith, without which there is no salvation, I will live and die in the one Holy Catholic Church. — 143 — S^ entfage au^^ neue aDer Soinbe, bem bofen S^inbe unb aHer fctner C^^Hfi^^t/ ni^b alien feinen bojen SBerten^ ic^ gelobe £ir, ©olt! aufg neue an, alle Seine ©ebote treulid) gu I)alten, ®id) iiber 3lflc§ 3U lieben unb alle DJlenfc^en, n)ie mic^ jelb[t S^ bitte S)irf), enoecfe, erneuere 2)u in mir bie ®nabe, bie ®u in ber lt)eiligen Saufe mir t)erlie^en Iiaft, burd) Sefum 6t)riftum, unfem C)errn. SImen. ©ebete nad) etner ftillen ITteffe* ^er ^defter, auf ber unterften ^tufe be§ 5Utar§ fnieenb, betet brei^^ tn a I ba3 © e g r it B e t f e i ft b u, ^D^ a r i a, unb ^^ierauf gemeinfc^aftlid^ mit bem ^olfe ha^ ©et gcgrii^t, ^onigin, 5JJutter ber Sarm'^ersigfcit, bu unfer Seben, unjere Siifeigfeit unb ^offnung, jei gegriijit! 3u bir fi^reien mir tierbannte ^inber (£Da'§. 3u bir feufsen mir trauernb unb meinenb in biciem 2:^ale ber Sl^rdnen ! 2BoI)Ian, unfere giir)pred)erin I jo tnenbe beine barmliergigen ?lugen gu un§. Unb seige un§ na^ biejem ©Icnbe Sefum, bie gebenebeite ?Jrud^t beiney Seibe^ ! D giitige, milbe, jiiBe Sungfrau 9Waria! V. ^itte fiir un§, 1)1 ©otte^gebdrerin ! R. 3luf baB mir miirbig merben ber SSer^eigungen Ef)ri[til — 143 — I again renounce all sin. I renounce Satan, with all his pomps and vanities ; and I promise Thee, O my Lord, to keep all Thy holy commandments .faithfully, to love Thee above all things, and my neighbor as myself. I beseech Thee to awaken and renew in me the grace which Thou didst give me in holy baptism, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. PRAYERS TO BE RECITED AFTER LOW MASS. The priest, kneeling on the lowest step, will say three Aves; then simultaneously with the people, the Salve Regina. Hail, holy Queen, Mother of mercy, our life, our sweet- ness, and our hope ! To thee do we cry, poor banished children of Eve ; to thee do we send up our sighs, mourn- ing and weeping in this valley of tears ! Turn, then, most gracious advocate, thine eyes of mercy toward us, and after this our exile, show unto us the blessed fruit of thy womb, Jesus. O clement, O pious, O sweet Virgin Mary! V, Pray for us, O holy Mother of God ! R. That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ. APPENDIX. PRAYERS. The Holy Sign of the Cross. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. The Lord's Prayer (7 Petitions). Our Father who art in heaven, 1, Hallowed be Thy name; 2, Thy kingdom come ; 3, Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven ; 4, Give us this day our daily bread; 5, And forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them who trespass against us ; 6, And lead us not into temptation; 7, But deliver us from evil. Amen. The Angelical Salutation (3 Parts). 1, Hail Mary, full of grace, the Lord is with thee, blessed art thou among women, 2, And blessed is the fruit of thy w^omb, Jesus. 3, Holy Mary, Mother of God, pray for us sinners, now and at the hour of our death. Amen. The Apostles' Creed (12 Articles). 1, I believe in God the Father Almighty, Creator of heaven and earth ; 2, And in Jesus Christ, His Only Son, Our Lord, 3, Who was conceived of the Holy Ghost, born of the Virgin Mary, 4, Suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, and buried ; 144 APPENDIX. 145 ;,, He descended into hell; the third cay He rose again from the dead ; 6, He ascended into heaven, sitteth at the right hand of God the Father Almighty ; 7, From thence He shall come to judge the living and the dead. 8, I believe in the Holy Ghost ; 9, The Holy Catholic Church, the communion of Saints ; 10, The forgiveness of sins ; 11, The resurrection of the body; 12, And life everlasting. Amen. The Gloria Patri. Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost ! As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. Amen. The Confiteor. I confess to Almighty God, to the blessed Mary ever Virgin, to blessed Michael the Archangel, to blessed John the Baptist, to the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul, and to all the Saints, that I have sinned exceedingly in thought, word, and deed, through my fault, through my fault, through my most grievous fault. Therefore I beseech the blessed Mary ever Virgin, blessed Michael the Archangel, blessed John the Baptist, the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul, and all the Saints, to pray to the Lord our God for me. May the Almighty God have mercy on me, forgive me my sins, and bring me to everlasting life ! Amen. May the Almighty and Merciful Lord grant me par- don, absolution, and remission of all my sins ! Amen. THE THREE THEOLOGICAL VIRTUES. An Act of Faith. O my God ! I firmly believe all the sacred truths which the Catholic Church believes and teaches, because Thou hast revealed them, who canst neither deceive nor be deceived. 146 APPENDIX, An Act of Hope. O my God ! relying upon Thy infinite goodness and promises, I hope to obtain pardon for my sins, the assist- ance of Thy grace, and hfe everlasting, through the merits of Jesus Christ, my Lord and Redeemer. An Act of Love. O my God ! I love Thee above all things with my whole heart and soul, purely because Thou art infinitely perfect, and deserving of all love ; I love also my neighbor as myself, for the love of Thee; I forgive all who have injured me, and ask pardon of all whom I have injured. An Act of Contrition. O my God ! I am most heartily sorry for all my sins, and I detest them above all things from the bottom of my heart, because they displease Thee, O my God ! who art most deserving of all my love ; and I firmly purpose, by Thy holy grace, never more to offend Thee, and to do all that I can to atone for my sins and to amend my life. The Salve Regina. Hail holy Queen, Mother of Mercy, our Life, our Sweetness, and our Hope; to thee do we cry, poor ban- ished sons of Eve; to thee do we send up our sighs, mourning and weeping in this valley of tears. Turn, then, most gracious Advocate, thine eyes of mercy towards us, and, after this our exile, show imto us the blessed fruit of thy womb, Jesus. O clement, O loving, O sweet Virgin Mary! The Memorare. Remember, O most gracious Virgin Mary, that never was it known that any one who fled to thy protection, implored thy help, and sought thy intercession, was left unaided. Inspired with this confidence I fly unto thee, O Virgin of Virgins, my Mother ! To thee I come, before thee I stand sinful and sorrowful. O Mother of the Word Incarnate, despise not my pe- titions, but in thy mercy hear and answer me. Amen. APPENDIX, 147 The Angelas. To be said Morning, Noon, and Night. I. V. The angel of the Lord declared unto Mary. R. And she conceived of the Holy Ghost. Hail Mary ! etc. 11. V. Behold the handmaid of the Lord. R. May it be done unto me according to Thy word. Hail Mary ! etc. in. V. And the Word was made flesh. R. And dwelt among us. Hail Mary ! etc. V. Pray for us, O holy Alother of God. R. That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ. ^^., ^^^ ^^^.._ Pour forth, we beseech Thee, O Lord, Thy Grace into our hearts, that we, to whom the Incarnation of Christ • Thy Son was made known by the message of an angel, may, by His passion and cross, be brought to the glory of the resurrection, through the same Christ our Lord. Amen. The Regina Coeli. (Said in place of tHe Angclus from Easter to Trinity Sunday.) Queen of heaven ! rejoice, Alleluia ; For He whom thou wast made worthy to bear, Alle- luia; Hath risen, as He said, Alleluia. Pray for us to our God, Alleluia. V. Rejoice and be glad, O Virgin Mary, Alleluia. R. For the Lord hath risen indeed, Alleluia. Let us pray. God, who through the resurrection of Thy Son, our Lord Jesus Christ, hast vouchsafed to make glad the world, grant us, we beseech Thee, that through the inter- cession of the Virgin Mary, His Mother, we may attain the joys of eternal life. Through the same Christ our Lord. R. Amen. Prayer to the Guardian Angel. Angel of God, my guardian dear, To whom His love commits me here, Ever this day be at my side, To light and guard, to rule and guide. Amen. 148 APPENDIX, For the Faithful Departed. O God, the Creator and Redeemer of all the faithful,. grant to the souls of Thy servants departed the remission- of all their sins, that through the devout prayers of Thy Church on earth they may obtain that remission of pain Avhich they have ever desired ; v^ho livest and reignest,. etc. Amen. V. Eternal rest give to them, O Lord ! R. And let everlasting light enlighten them. V. May they rest in peace. R. Amen. Prayer to the Holy Ghost. Come, O Holy Ghost, fill the hearts of Thy faithfut .and kindle in them the fire of Thy love. V. Send forth Thy Spirit and they shall be created.. R. And thou wilt renew the face of the earth. Let us pray. O God ! who by the light of the Holy Ghost didst in- struct the hearts of the faithful, grant us by this same Holy Spirit a love and relish of what is right and just,, and a constant enjoyment of His comforts, through Jesus Christ our Lord. A Prayer to be said before our Actions. Prompt, we beseech Thee, O Lord ! our actions by Thy holy inspiration, and carry them on by Thy gracious as- sistance, that every prayer and work of ours may always, begin from Thee, and by Thee be happily ended. Through- Christ our Lord. Amen. MORNING PRAYERS. As soon as you awake make the sign o£ the cross and say: Glory be to God the Father, who has created me. Glory^ be to God the Son, who has redeemed me. Glory be to God the Holy Ghost, who has sanctified me. Blessed be the Holy and undivided Trinity, now and forevermore. Amen. APPENDIX. 149 When dressed, kneel and say: In the name of the Father, etc. O great God, the Sovereign Lord of heaven and earth,, I prostrate myself before Thee. With all the Angels and Saints I adore Thee. I acknowledge Thee to be my Crea- tor and Sovereign Lord, m.y first beginning and. my last end. I render to Thee the homage of my being and life. I submit myself to Thy holy will, and I devote myself to Thy divine service this day and forever. An Act of Faith, of Hope, of Love (pages 145, 146). An Act of Thanksgiving. O glorious Trinity ! I praise Thee and give Thee thanks for the numberless benefits Thou hast bestowed upon me. I thank Thee, O heavenly Father ! for having created me to Thy own image and likeness, and for having preserved me to this day. I thank Thee, O merciful Son ! for hav- ing redeemed me by Thy death, and so often fed me with Thy precious body and blood. I thank Thee, O Holy Ghost ! for having cleansed my soul by Thy grace in holy baptism, for having called me to the true faith, and so often washed me from my sins in the sacram.ent of pen- ance. I thank Thee, O most bountiful God ! for having preserved me the past night, and granting me this day to serve Thee. I earnestly invite all the saints of heaven and earth to join with me in praise and thanksgiving for Thy infinite goodness. Grant that I may spend this day well, and rather die than commit a mortal sin. O my God ! grant, I beseech Thee, that whatever I do this day may be pleasing to Thee ; and vouchsafe to direct all my actions to Thy honor and glory. To the Blessed Virgin. O Mary, my Queen and my Mother, I offer myself entirely to thee, and in order to prove myself devoted to thee, I consecrate to thee this day* my sight, my hearing, my speech, my heart, my whole being. Since, therefore, I am thine O good Mother, preserve and defend me as thy property and possession. 150 AFPENDIX, To the Angel Guardian and Patron Saint. " O blessed spirit whom God in His mercy has appointed ro watch over me, intercede for me this day, that I may \ not stray from the path of virtue. Thou also, O happy ; Saint wjiose name I bear, pray for me, that I may serve | God faithfully in this life, as Thou hast done, and glorify ■ Him eternally with Thee in heaven. Amen. Our Father, Hail Mary, I believe in God, Salve Regina (pages 144, 146). . _ j The Angelus Domini (page 147). \ May the divine asistance remain always with us, and ' may the souls of the faithful departed, through the mercy \ of God, rest in peace. Amen. \ May the peace and blessing of Almighty God, the | Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, descend upon us and re- main with us forever. Amen. i Before you begin your work say: O my God ! I offer Thee this work ; vouchsafe to give it "' Thy blessing. ^ During the Day. j Raise your mind to God from time to time, especially when you hear the ; clock strike, saying: Grant, O my God ! that all the actions of this hour, and | those of every moment of my life, may be to Thy honor j and glory. \ As soon as you perceive you have fallen into any sin, ask pardon for it, saying: O my God ! I am heartily sorry for having offended Thee. I make a firm resolution, with the help of Thy grace, never more to fall into this sin, to confess it, to do penance for it, and avoid the occasions of it. Before meals say: In the name of the Father,etc., Our Father, etc.. Hail Mary, etc. Bless us, O Lord ! and these, Thy gifts, which we are about to receive from Thy bounty, through Christ our Lord. Amen. APPENDIX, 151 After meals say: f In the name of the Father, etc., Our Father, etc., Hail Mary, etc. We give Thee thanks, O Almighty God ! for all Thy benefits, who livest and reignest, world without end. Amen. EVENING PRAYERS. At night, before going to bed, kneel down and say the following pray- ers: ifi In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. Blessed be the Holy and undivided Trinity, now and for evermore. Amen. Come, O Holy Ghost! fill the hearts of Thy faithful, and kindle in them the fire of Thy divine love. Place yourself in the presence of God.. Great God ! Lord of heaven and earth ! I prostrate myself before Thee. With all the Angels and Saints I adore Thee. I acknowledge Thee to be my Creator and Sovereign Lord, my first beginning and my last end. I render to Thee the homage of my being and life. I sub- mit myself to Thy holy w^ill, and I devote myself to Thy divine service now and forever. Here repeat the Acts of Faith, Hope and Love (pages 145, 146). Then return thanks to God for the favors bestowed on you. How shall I be able to thank Thee, O Lord! for all Thy favors ? Thou hast thought of me from all eternity ; Thou hast brought me forth from nothing; Thou hast given Thy life to redeem me, and Thou continuest daily to load me with Thy favors. Alas ! my God, what return can I make Thee for all Thy benefits, and particularly for the favors of this day? Join me, ye blessed spirits, and all ye elect, in praising the God of mercies, who is so good to so unworthy a creature. 152 APPENDIX, Ask for Light to discover the sins you have committed this day. O Holy Ghost! Eternal source of light, show me, I beseech Thee, the sins I have committed this day in thought, word, and action, and grant me a perfect sorrow for them. Examine your conscience. — Reflect where you have been this day, in what company, etc. Call to mind the duties of your state and your different offences. Against God. — Omission or negligence in religious duties ; irreverence in church ; wilful distractions at prayer; oaths; murmurings; want of confidence and resignation. Against your neighbor. — Rash judgments; hatred; jealousy; contempt; desire of revenge; quarrelling; pas- sion; imprecations; injuries; detraction; raillery; dam- aging in goods or reputation; bad example; scandal; want of obedience, respect, charity, or fidelity. Against yourself. — Vanity ; human respect ; lies ; thoughts, desires, discourses or actions contrary to pur- ity ; intemperance ; impatience or rage ; sloth. Say the Confiteor (page 145). Act of Contrition (page 146). Pour down Thy blessing, O Lord ! on Thy Holy Church, on our Holy Father the Pope, on this diocese, on our Rt. Rev. Bishop (or Most Rev. Archbishop) and all pastors of souls; on this country, on our superiors tem- poral and spiritual, on our congregation ; on this family, on our parents, relations, benefactors, friends, and ene- mies. Help the poor, the sick, and those that are in their agony ; convert all heretics and enlighten the infidels. Pray for the Faithful Departed (see page 148). Memorare (page 146). O my Holy Angel ! be thou my protector. And thou my Holy Patron Saint N. and all the Saints of God, pray to the Lord our God for me. Glory be to the Father, etc. On going to bed say: ^ In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ crucified I lay myself down to rest; may He bless, govern, and pre- serve me, and bring me to everlasting life. Amen. APPENDIX, 153 THE ROSARY OF THE BLESSED VIRGIN. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. I beheve in God the Father, etc. Our Father, etc. Hail i\Iary, three times. Glory be to the Father, etc. THE FIRST PART. The Five Joyful Mysteries. First IMystery. — The Incarnation. Our Father, ten Hail Marys, Glory he to the Father, Second Mystery. — The visitation of the Blessed Virgin to her cousin, St. Elizabeth. Our Father, etc. Third Mystery. — The birth of our Lord Jesus Christ in Bethlehem. Our Father, etc. Fourth Mystery. — The presentation of our Blessed Lord in the temple. Our Father, etc. Fifth Mystery. — The finding of the Child Jesus in the temple. Our Father, etc, ''Hail, Holy Queen'' (page 143)- V. Pray for us, O holy Mother of God. R, That we may be made worthy of the promises of Christ. Let us pray. O God, whose Only Begotten Son, by His life, death, and resurrection, has purchased for us the rewards of eternal life! grant, we beseech Thee, that, meditating upon these mysteries in the most holy Rosary of the Blessed Virgin Mary, we may imitate what they contain, and obtain w^hat they promise, through the same Christ cur Lord. Amen. ifi In the name of the Father, etc. 154 APPENDIX. THE SECOND PART. The Five Sorrowful Mysteries. First Mystery. — The prayer and bloody sweat of our Blessed Saviour in the garden. Our Father, etc. Second Mystery. — The scourging of our Blessed Lord at the pillar. Our Father, etc. Third Mystery. — The crowning of our Blessed Saviour with thorns. Our Father, -etc. Fourth Mystery. — Our Saviour carrying His cross. Our Father, etc. Fifth Mystery. — The Crucifixion. Our Father, etc. ''Hail, Holy Queen,'' etc, ''Pray for us,'' etc, and "O God," etc, as in First Part. THE THIRD PART. The Five Glorious Mysteries. First Mystery. — The resurrection of Christ from tlie dead. Our Father, etc Second Mystery. — The ascension of Christ into heaven. Our Father, etc Third Mystery. — The coming of the Holy Ghost upon the Apostles and disciples. Our Father, etc Fourth Mystery. — The assumption of the Blessed Vir- gin Mary into heaven. Our Father, etc Fifth Mystery. — The coronation of the Blessed Virgin Mary in heaven. Our Father, etc "Hail, Holy Queen," etc, "Pray for us," etc, and "O God," etc. The Eight Beatitudes.— St. Matt. v. 1. Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 2. Blessed are the meek; for they shall possess the land. APPENDIX. 155 3. Blessed are they that mourn ; for they shall be com- forted. 4. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after jus- tice ; for they shall be filled. 5. Blessed are the merciful; for they shall obtain mercy. 6. Blessed are the clean of heart; for they shall see God. 7. Blessed are the peace-makers ; for they shall be called the children of God. 8. Blessed are they that suffer persecution for justice's sake ; for theijs is the kingdom of heaven. The Four Last Things to be Remembered. I, Death; 2, Judgment; 3, Heaven; 4, Hell. ''In all thy works remember thy last end and thou shalt never sin." — Ecclus. vii. 40. The Ten Commandments of God. 1. I am the Lord thy God. Thou shalt not have strange gods before Me ; thou shalt not make to thyself any graven thing, nor the likeness of anything that is in the heavens above, or in the earth beneath, or in the waters under the earth. Thou shalt not adore them nor serve them. 2. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain. 3. Remember that thou keep holy the Sabbath day. 4. Honor thy father and thy mother, that it may be well with thee, and thou mayest live long on the earth. 5. Thou shalt not kill. 6. Thou shalt not commit adultery. 7. Thou shalt not steal. 8. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neigh- bor. 9. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife. 10. Thou shalt not covet they neighbor's house, nor his field, nor his man-servant, nor his maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is his. 156 APPENDIX. The following is the shorter form of the Command- ments : 1. I am the Lord thy God. Thou shalt not have strange Gods before me. 2. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain. 3. Remember that thou keep holy the Sabbath day. 4. Honor thy father and thy mother. 5. Thou shalt not kill. 6. Thou shalt not commit adultery. 7. Thou shalt not steal, 8. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neigh- bor. 9. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife. 10. Thou shalt not covert thy neighbor's goods. The Commandments of the Church. 1. To rest from servile work, and to hear Mass on all Sundays and holy days of obligation. 2. To fast and abstain on the days appointed by the Church. 3. To confess our sins at least once a year. 4. To receive worthily the Blessed Eucharist at Easter or within the time appointed. 5. To contribute to the support of our pastors. 6. Not to contract marriage without the presence of the priest and witnesses, nor to solemnize marriage at forbidden times ; not to marry persons who are not Catholics, or who are related to us within the forbidden degrees, nor to contract any marriage otherwise prohib- ited by the Church. Pious Ejaculations. To be repeated often during the day. There is an Indulgence attached tQ each of these short prayers. Jesus, Mary, Joseph! I give my heart and soul to you. Jesus, Mary, Joseph ! assist me in life and in death. APPENDIX, 157 Jesus, Man% Joseph! may I expire in your sweet em- brace. (An Indulgence of loo days for each of these three aspirations). May the Divine Heart of Jesus and the Immaculate Heart of Mary be forever praised, blessed, loved, served, and glorified by men and angels. Amen. (Indulgence 60 days every day.) May the most just, most high, and most amiable will of God be done in all things, be praised and magnified forever. My sweetest Jesus, be not my judge, but my saviour. Jesus, my God, I love Thee above all things. Eternal Father! I offer Thee the precious blood of Jesus, in satisfaction for my sins, and for the wants of Holy Church. O sweetest heart of Jesus ! I implore That I may ever love Thee more and more. Sweet heart of Mary, be my salvation. St. Joseph, friend of the Sacred Heart, pray for us. — 158 — ^nljaUI'SScrseit^nti, ©eite. ..7-17 gfteligiott^Ic^re. ©ittleituna. 3Jom S'kI uub ©ube bc8 aKeuf^eu 19 (gtfteS .f>auVtftutf. 5Son b. ©laubcu 20 § 1. 23edviff u. ©egeiiftanb b. ©lauben^ 20 § 2. ^iot^tuenbiQfeit be§ (Siaubeu^ .... 22 I 3. (Sigcuf^afteu be§ @laiibeu§ 22 SSon b. a^oft. @lauBen§be!enntn.. 24 Grftcr ©laubensartifa 24 § 1. SSon ©ott 24 1 2. ion ben brei 90ttlid)eu iieiloueii . . 28 §3. «Dn b. (Si-jc^atfuiiQ uuD Dtcgienino beriBeit 29 § 4. SSon ben (Sugelu ^^ § 5. Son ben eiften OJJenfdjen unb bem eaubenfaUe 32 3n)eitev ®lauben§artifel 34 fritter ®iauben§artitel • 3b § 1. ^JJieujcbiDcrCuni^ :5eiu 6t)afti...... 3b §2 ®a§ Sm^enbleben Seju ^^^■^f^^-- • 3» §3. ®a§ bffcntUcbe Seben Sei'u ei;nfti 39 iBiertcv ® laubengarttf el ^^ rviinfter ®lauben5artifel ^^ eec^fter ®lauben§artifel *3 eiebeutet ^Iauben§aiti!el ^3 mdbtev ® iaubcn§avtlf el 4b ^Jceuntei- ®Iauben§arttfel 47 § 1. SSon ber mvcl)c Im ^agemcmcn... 47 § 2. 2Son ben StennjeiAcu bev Slud)e ... 49 § 3. Slnbere ©tgen^dbatten ber 5^ivcl)e e^rtfti 51 § 4. iBon bev ©emetnftbaft b. ^^iligen. -52 3el)uter®lauben§artitel 54